Travelsphere Europe & Worldwide Brochure (Apr 24 edition)

Led by the heart, guided by experts.

Europe & Worldwide holidays 2024-26

Discover amazing & authentic travel experiences

At Travelsphere, we understand that the way we operate has an impact. An impact on the places we go, as well as the people we take there.

So we craft itineraries that consider not only our customers, but the communities and lands we are lucky enough to explore.

Our guided tours deliver experiences that stay with you long after you come home.

And you’ll discover that every tour we create is… Led by the heart, guided by experts. Rated ‘Excellent’

Built with you in mind. Shared adventures

For over 60 years, we have been taking people on trips of a lifetime and as a result – we can offer unrivalled local knowledge to help you get the best out of a destination. Whilst you could sit at home and try to pull together your own itinerary, mulling over which flight to take, where to stay and what to see when you get there - why not allow yourself to relax and let us deal with the details.

From the very start of your holiday and throughout, our expert Holiday Director will be on hand to help guide you through your chosen adventure, making sure you get safely from

Relax & Discover

A to B, sharing insights about the local culture, and of course taking you to all the best sights. There’s free time built into each tour for you to make your own discoveries too – your Holiday Director can point out where to eat, the best places to shop and pick up that all important souvenir, as well as a few places of interest that you won’t find in a guidebook.

And finally, there is the rest of the group –the friends you haven’t met yet. You’ll share stories, laugh together and most importantly create incredible memories of your time away.

So, where in the world will you go? Led by the heart, guided by experts.

Choose your Holiday Style

To help choose the most suitable holiday for you, take a look at our travel styles guide.

Coastal cruise

On these holidays you’ll enjoy the comfort of staying in one or two wonderful hotels and be able to really immerse yourself in the local area and still pack lots in.

Classic Touring

Perfect for travellers who want to explore and stay in multiple destinations and enjoy incredible touring experiences.

Take to the water for a different view of the world. Part or all of your trip will include staying on board a ship in complete comfort with thrilling shore excursions available.

Festive Holidays

Ideal for when you wish to enjoy festive celebrations somewhere new.

reasons to book Great

Reasons to book

60 YEARS OF TOURING

We have been leading the way in escorted touring for more the 60 years, and we are immensely proud of our heritage and pioneering spirit. Our team work hard to create itineraries that our customers love, and feedback from our returning travellers helps us to shape future holidays.

CAREFULLY CRAFTED HOLIDAYS

We take care of all the little details from flights, overseas travel, accommodation, and experiences so you don’t have to worry about a thing. We also know that there may be times when you want to explore on your own, have that romantic meal or just put your feet upso we build free time into every holiday.

EXPERT DIRECTION & LOCAL FLAVOURS

Our itineraries have been designed to explore both iconic and off the beaten track sights, helping you to get a flavour of the region. Our Holiday Directors take you to the heart of a destination and immerse you in local traditions, culture and cuisine.

with Travelsphere

A SERVICE YOU CAN COUNT ON

From your first enquiry to when you return from your travels, our team are with you every step of the way, our Holiday Advisors are at the end of the phone and our Holiday Directors and Local Guides will be with you on tour.

BOOK WITH CONFIDENCE

All Travelsphere holidays are protected via ABTA and ATOL. Additionally, any money paid to Travelsphere is held in an independent trust until your return from your holiday. Your money is 100% protected.

TRANSFORMATIVE TRAVEL

We believe travel should be as responsible as it is fulfilling, and that our tours can have a positive impact on both our customers and the communities we visit. As well as helping local businesses earn an income from tourism, in partnership with Planeterra we also support a range of projects and social enterprises.

EXPERTISE. YEARS OF 60

A world of wonderful memories.

Since 1962, we have been developing extraordinary itineraries to destinations around the world. The pioneering spirit of our team, and our customers’ desire to explore new destinations, learn about different cultures and to simply try something new, drives us to create award-winning holidays around the globe. We listen, learn and constantly review the holidays we provide. In return, we are rewarded with extremely loyal travellers. In fact, it wouldn’t be too much to say that our past and our future is shaped by our customers.

EXPERTS AROUND THE WORLD. Service around you.

From the moment you contact us, to the time we bring you home, you can count on us to deliver nothing less than an excellent service.

Before you travel, our team of Holiday Advisors are at the end of the phone, and able to offer helpful holiday and booking advice. On tour, our Holiday Directors, together with our Local Guides, have unparalleled knowledge to share with you to create memories that will stay with you long after you return home. We’re so proud that this is reflected in our excellent online reviews and customer feedback.

Our incredible Holiday Directors. Your wonderful words

“Thoroughly enjoyed the South America tour. Perfectly planned trip to take in all of the fantastic sights and experiences.

Holiday Director, Simona, couldn’t do enough to make sure the trip went well.”

Bernadette

“Excellent programme of touring Vietnam and Cambodia. Beautiful countries with very welcoming people. Damian the tour manager and local tour guide Tan very much added to our experience.”

Karen

“Our holiday to the Rockies and Vancouver was very enjoyable, exciting and exhilarating. We had a fantastic Holiday Director Caroline, and equally fantastic coach driver Bob, who helped to make the experience even more enjoyable with their anecdotes and knowledge of the area which they shared with us”.

David

“We had the best guide ever on our Grand Tour of Italy experience. She was the most informative, knowledgeable and experienced person we have come across in all our travels. Whilst the content of the tour could not be beaten, she was most definitely the icing on the cake.

Well done Aideen”

Pauline

“The Holiday Director was always looking after us and had a passion for his country that was shared with the group in such a pleasurable manner, with a touch of banter.”

Yvonne

“Our Holiday Director Brian was first class. Personality, experience, knowledge and ‘on the ball’ all the time. Just exceptional! As was our tour guide Marat. So knowledgeable and informative”

S Payne

Epic Experiences

Meticulous attention to detail.

Every tour you choose includes a range of authentic experiences – step back in time on a walk through the cobbled streets of Pompeii, barter for souvenirs at Istanbul’s Grand Bazaar, take the funicular to the top of Corcovado to stand before the statue of Christ the Redeemer and admire the views across Rio.

We will take you to visit iconic sights and then venture beyond the guidebook into places you may never have found on your own.

Considered choices.

Changing lives through travel.

We are passionate and driven to make our holidays a force for good. We aim to make a positive impact on our customers and the places we visit.

We have always made it our mission to make your holiday the experience of a lifetime, but now more than ever, we also strive to make our tours as responsible as possible ensuring that local communities we visit benefit from tourism.

travelsphere Cares

The Best of the Deep South NEW for 2024

Stax Museum

The Stax Museum is run by the Soulsville Foundation, a non-profit organisation, that was set up to protect the music and heritage of Stax Records and develop young people for lifelong success. See pages 62-63.

For the last 7 years, we have been partnering with Planeterra - a non for profit - helping projects in the countries that we visit. But now we’re doing more - you will have the opportunity to add a £5 donation per person to your booking, and what’s more, we’ll match it. Together we can make a difference.

Why I love Touring

Our travel ambassador, broadcaster and presenter, Penny Smith, reflects on the things she loves about Travelsphere touring holidays.

KNOWLEDGEABLEGUIDES

Every Travelsphere Holiday Director

I have come across has been an incredible source of knowledge – full of top tips and quirky facts. They’ve taught me so many things I would never have found out from a guidebook. On my trip to South Africa, our Local Guide told us that zebras have different stripe patterns in the same way as humans have different fingerprints – I love learning stuff like that, it’s what travel is all about.

FABULOUS PEOPLE

I’ve met so many wonderful people on my Travelsphere holidays. I wasn’t expecting it, but one of my favourite parts of the day is meeting up with the group in the evening to relive the events of the day. I’ll never forget Liz, who I met in South Africa, she was so much fun when we went wine-tasting. She asked so many questions, which all boiled down to the one thing - “How much wine can I get into England without having to ship it!”

TIME TO DO YOUR OWN THING

Don’t get me wrong, a guided touring holiday isn’t some kind of endurance test – in fact I was surprised to discover that it can be a really relaxing and flexible holiday choice. In Italy, we had several days where we were free to do whatever we wanted.

Some days I just lounged by the pool reading my book and on others, if I felt like getting out and about, I joined an optional excursion.

ALL THE HIGHLIGHTS AND SO MUCH MORE!

When you choose a Travelsphere holiday, you can be confident that not a minute of your precious time away will be wasted.

On my 10-day holiday to India, I saw tigers in Ranthambore National Park, watched the sun rise over the Taj Mahal, gazed in awe at Jaipur’s Palace of the Winds, watched carpets being made, stayed in a Maharajah’s palace and travelled around Old Delhi on a rickshaw.

I don’t know how we managed to fit it all in – there is no way I could have organised all of that myself!

REAL EASY HOLIDAYS

For me, the very best thing about guided touring is that from start to finish, it really is a holiday. I know I don’t have to worry about anything because Travelsphere has organised it all, from my flights and accommodation to sightseeing and opportunities to sample the local cuisine. All I have to do is relax and enjoy it!

New Tours

FOR 2025

EXTRAORDINARY ADVENTURES. TRIPS THAT INSPIRE.

Norway - Huskies & the Northern Lights - page 55

Unmissable China and Yangtze Cruisepages 98-99

Canadian Rockies & an Alaskan Cruise - pages 72-73

Lisbon Coast – Historic Towns & Spectacular Sintrapages 34-35

Taj, Tigers, Temples and Rajasthan’s Palaces - pages 92-93

Classic Greece and Iconic Aegean Islands Cruisepages 48-49

European

ESCAPES

A rich history, diverse cultures, breath taking landscapes, and iconic landmarks – this enchanting continent has it all. Explore centuries-old cities, indulge in world-class cuisine, and immerse yourself in the charm of its quaint towns and villages.

Grand Tour of Italy

From top to toe, explore Italy’s famous landmarks - visit iconic cities Venice, Florence and Rome and discover the hidden gems of Pompeii, Sicily and more.

15 days from £2,849

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Welcome dinner with buffet of local specialities

14 nights in 4-star hotels

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

23 meals

14 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L),

8 dinners (D) & welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Tour the floating city of Venice

• Evening in the charming town of Treviso

• Visit the historical city of Bologna

• Taste delicious ice-cream from a famous ice-cream parlour

• View the Leaning Tower of Pisa

• Italy’s ‘art city’ Florence

• Visit the fortress town of Orvieto

• Rome and its historical sites

• Enter Montecassino Abbey

• Explore the ruins of Pompeii

• Typical lunch at the seaside town of Pizzo Calabro

• Visit Taormina for views of Mount Etna

Optional experiences

• The walled town of Lucca

• Uffizi Gallery Museum in Florence

• A night at the Montecatini Opera Festival

• Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel in Rome

• The glamorous isle of Capri

• Drive along the Amalfi Coast

• Discover Mount Etna by cable car and Jeep

Day 1 - UK to Venice

Your all-out Italian adventure is about to begin! After flying to Venice, we’ll drive you to your first hotel in Preganziol. After time to settle in, we’ll get together for a buffet-style welcome dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Venice

Today’s the day you’ll get to explore the floating city of Venice. We will begin our journey by coach and then board a boat to take us across the lagoon into the city to discover highlights including St Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. In the evening we’ll transfer you to the beautiful town of Treviso for you to explore at leisure. (B)

Day 3 - Bologna to Montecatini

This morning our journey takes us through Bologna, where we’ll stretch our legs on a sightseeing tour ending with a taste of delicious ice-cream at the famous Sorbetteria Castiglione. (B)

Day 4 - Pisa

From our base in Montecatini Terme, we’ll travel to Pisa to see the famous Leaning Tower. It forms part of the city’s Field of Miracles, a lovely green space that is also home to the Cathedral, Baptistery and Monumental Cemetery. After your visit, the rest of the day is all yours or you may want to join an optional excursion to Lucca this afternoon. (B)

Day 5 - Florence

Today, you’ll visit the ‘art city’ of Florence for a tour with a Local Guide. You’ll see highlights including the vast Gothic cathedral with its white façade and red-roofed dome, and the striking Ponte Vecchio, Florence’s most famous bridge. In the afternoon, there is an optional excursion to the Uffizi gallery with skip-the-

Preganziol

Montecatini Terme Pisa Orvieto Lucca

Montecassino Rome

Taormina Giardini Naxos Mt Etna Catania Pompeii Florence Mediterranean Sea Adriatic Sea

Vico Equense Messina

Capri Amalfi

Taormina

Classic Touring

line admission and guide. There will also be an opportunity to attend the Montecatini Opera Festival this evening. (B)

Day 6 - Orvieto to Rome

We’re heading south today, to the region of Lazio and Rome. We’ll make a stop at the impressive fortress town of Orvieto where you will have free time to look around. Admire the spectacular cathedral with its ornate façade and stroll through the winding streets of the town’s historic centre. (B,D)

Day 7 - Rome

Let’s set off and explore the magnificent sights of Rome on a guided tour. Highlights include the beautiful Spanish Steps and the ornate Trevi Fountain. This afternoon is yours to do as you please in Rome. (B)

Day 8 - Rome – Day at leisure

Today you can head out and explore Rome independently. If you would like to visit the Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel, you have the option of pre-booking an exclusive skip-the-line, two-hour guided visit with timed admission. (B)

Day 9 - Pompeii to Sorrento Peninsula

A full day of exploration begins with a visit to Montecassino Abbey before we arrive at the ruins of Pompeii for a guided walking tour - look out for villas decorated with frescoes, the Temple of Apollo, the Forum and even a bakery. Later, we’ll arrive in the scenic Sorrento Peninsula. (B,D)

Day 10 - Sorrento Peninsula –Day at leisure

Today you can relax at your hotel, or if you want to continue exploring, an optional excursion takes you on a boat trip across the Bay of Naples to the glamorous island of Capri. We’ll begin by exploring Capri Town and the hillside village of Anacapri on a guided tour, and then you will have free time to do your own thing (B,D)

Day 11 - Sorrento Peninsula –Day at leisure

Today you can relax at your hotel, or join an optional excursion and discover the beauty of the Amalfi Coast. It begins with a stunning drive along twisting clifftop roads and the opportunity to admire breathtaking views of the dramatic landscape. We’ll visit the beautiful town of Amalfi before we drive to Ravello. (B,D)

Day 12 - Pizzo Calabro to Sicily

We’re leaving mainland Italy now, and heading to Sicily, the island off the tip of

Italy’s boot. On the way, we’ll stop for lunch in Calabria and then a short ferry ride takes us to Messina, with an onward drive to our final hotel in Giardini Naxos. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Taormina

Taormina sits on a sheer cliff, perched above beautiful beaches and close to Mount Etna, so just imagine the views you’ll see today when we head there to explore. The city’s highlights include an ancient Greek amphitheatre overlooking Mount Etna and a delightful public garden with sensational views of the shimmering sea. There’s plenty of free time to make your own discoveries in Taormina. (B,D)

Day 14 - Giardini Naxos –Day at leisure

It’s the last full day of your holiday, so why not relax alternatively, having gazed at Mount Etna from afar, so maybe now’s the time to see Europe’s highest volcano up close on our optional excursion. Once here, head off on a 16-seater Jeep adventure. Back at your hotel tonight, why not enjoy a prosecco or fruit cocktail (non-alcoholic cocktails also available) while reminiscing over your favourite moments of the tour. (B,D)

Day 15 - Catania to UK

Today you’ll transfer to the Sicily’s Catania Airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Favourite moment

Lose yourself in Venice and it’s just a matter of time before you’ll find a pretty courtyard away from all of the crowds.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Secret Lakes of Italy

Uncover the captivating beauty of Italy’s secret spots where tranquil waters, unspoiled nature and delicious cuisine awaits.

8 days from £1,349

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in 3 and 4-star hotels

11 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Farewell gala dinner of local specialities and wine-tasting

Travelsphere

Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Medieval Bergamo and funicular ride

• Taste famous Italian ice cream

• Farmhouse dinner of local specialities and wine-tasting

• Scenic cruise around Lake Iseo

• Lake Idro, Lake Ledro and lunch at a trattoria

• Lake Molveno and Lake Caldaro

• Explore the elegant spa town of Levico

Optional experiences

• Guided tour of Verona

• Visit Trento, surrounded by majestic mountains

Day 1 - UK to Verona

Your flight to Verona marks the start of your Italian escape. On arrival we’ll transfer to Lake Iseo, whose deep-blue waters are surrounded by alpine scenery. Your hotel is in a great lakefront position and offers fantastic views. Enjoy some time to settle in before we get together for dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Bergamo

This morning there’s some free time to explore the picturesque town of Lovere. Later we’ll head off to Bergamo, an impressive medieval town where we’ll explore and enjoy a visit to a historic ice-cream parlour. Dinner is at the Al Rocol farmhouse where we’ll enjoy a three-course meal of local produce and wine. Located in the heart of Franciacorta, one of Italy’s most famous wine regions, the farm also grows grapes and produces its very own Franciacorta wine. Widely regarded as the country’s finest sparkling wine and Italy’s answer to Champagne, we will of course enjoy a glass or two with our meal. (B,D)

Day 3 - Lake Iseo

After breakfast we’ll discover the beauty of Lake Iseo on an included scenic cruise around its islands, stepping ashore on Monte Isola home to many pretty villages and hamlets. (B)

Day 4 - Lake Idro & Lake Ledro

We’re heading to the pretty resort of Levico Terme. Along the way, we’ll visit two more ‘secret’ lakes, the first being beautiful Lake Idro, tucked away in the valley of Sabbia between Lakes Garda and Iseo. Next, it’s Lake Ledro, whose deep-blue waters are surrounded by alpine scenery. (B,L)

Day 5 - Levico Terme – Day at leisure

Enjoy a day relaxing, or take a stroll into Levico Terme, it’s up to you. Alternatively, join our optional excursion, a guided walking tour in Verona. We’ll discover the city’s highlights including Juliet’s balcony, the supposed romantic setting for Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet, and the original Roman forum, Piazza delle Erbe, on a guided walking tour. (B)

Day 6 - Lake Molveno & Lake Caldaro

First stop Lake Molveno, located in a hidden valley at the base of the Dolomite Mountains. There’s plenty of time to explore. We’ll then head to Lake Caldaro - the warmest bathing lake in the Alps. (B)

Day 7 - Levico Terme – Day at leisure

A day at leisure gives you the chance to make your own discoveries. Alternatively join our optional excursion to Trento. This evening, we’ll enjoy a meal together in the hotel’s restaurant. (B,D)

Day

Departure dates & prices

8 - Verona to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Indulge in the mesmerizing allure of Lake Maggiore’s natural splendour and the captivating charm of Lake Como.

8 days from £1,349

Day 1 - UK to Milan

Today, we fly to Milan to begin our tour. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to the pretty resort of Baveno, where your hotel boasts a lovely lakeside setting. (D)

Day 2 - Baveno – Day at leisure

via a relaxing cruise. (B,D)

Day 8 - Milan to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 3-star hotel

14 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink Local

Included highlights

• Lake Como, Como town and cruise to Bellagio

• Explore the Alpine resort of Macugnaga

• Cruise and dinner on Isola dei Pescatori

Optional experiences

• Private Borromean Islands cruise

• Scenic rail journey across to Switzerland

• Gornergrat Glacier by train

• Visit Lake Orta and a traditional market

• Journey across the Simplon Pass to Zermatt

We’ve arranged an optional private cruise today that takes in two of the Borromean Islands. Firstly we’ll step ashore on Isola Madre, home to the magnificent English Garden before we visit the diminutive Isola Bella, which is wholly occupied by the spectacular Palazzo Borromeo. (B,D)

Day 3 - Lake Como

You’ll explore the charming town of Como on our excursion to Lake Como. Together we’ll explore the town’s historic centre. In the afternoon we venture further around the lake to Tremezzo, where our own private boat is waiting to whisk us to the elegant town of Bellagio. Once on land, you can head off and do your own thing. A network of cobbled lanes will lead you to a selection of upmarket boutiques and pretty gardens. Or perhaps you’ll find a seat at a café or bar and simply take it all in. (B,D)

Day 4 - Macugnaga & Mount Rosa

An included excursion today gives you the chance to discover the Anzasca Valley and the Alpine resort of Macugnaga. There’s plenty of time here to revel in the glorious setting, which includes spectacular views of Mount Rosa, the second-tallest mountain in the Alps. This evening we include a special dinner on the smallest of the Borromean Islands, Isola dei Pescatori. As you cruise to the island, you can enjoy lovely views of Isola Bella. (B,D)

Day 5 - Baveno – Day at leisure

Spend the day relaxing or squeeze in a few more scenic sights on an optional tour to Lake Orta. Nestled at the foothills of the Alps. We’ll also visit a traditional market and cruise to St Julius Island, in the middle of the lake. (B,D)

Day 6 - Baveno – Day at leisure

Venture further afield today, on our optional excursion into Switzerland. We’ll take a train from Tasch in the Matter Valley to Zermatt. Choose to go even further, up to 3,089 metres, by boarding the Gornergrat trainthe views are incredible. (B,D)

Day 7 - Baveno – Day at leisure

Today you can choose to relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel. Alternatively, you could join an optional excursion across the Centovalli, or Hundred Valleys, on a 90-minute

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation. Flights from London Holiday ref: FIMM 2024 2025

scenic train journey to Locarno where there is free time to explore. We’ll make our way back to Baveno

The Italian Riviera, Portofino & the Cinque Terre

Enjoy a journey of discovery through the Italian Riviera, revel in its glamour and breath-taking landscapes.

8 days from £1,699

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Cantine Lunae Winery, tasting and lunch

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Carrara Marble Quarry and museum

• Travel by coach and train to the Cinque Terre

• Scenic cruise along the coast

• Explore the magical hamlet of S. Fruttuoso

• Visit exclusive Portofino and Santa Margherita

Optional experiences

• Explore Pisa and the walled town of Lucca

• Visit charming Lerici and beautiful Portovenere

• Explore historic Genoa

Day 1 - UK to Pisa

Your exploration of the Italian Riviera starts today with your flight to Pisa. On arrival at your hotel, relax and settle in, before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Carrara & Lunae Winery

Today we’ll visit Carrara quarry to see how the area’s beautiful white and blue-grey marble is quarried. You’ll visit the quarry and a marble workshop and visit the Marble Museum. Later, we’ll head to the Cantine Lunae Winery, where we’ll learn about the centuries-old winemaking techniques, and enjoy a wine tasting paired with a lunch of local specialities. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Marina Di Pietrasanta –Day at leisure

Spend today at leisure or exploring at your own pace. Alternatively, join our full-day optional excursion by coach, which takes you firstly to Lucca, which boasts some of Italy’s finest examples of medieval and Renaissance architecture. Continuing to Pisa, where you will see the famous Leaning Tower. (B,D)

Day 4 - Cinque Terre

Today’s included full-day excursion by coach and train takes you to the enchanting area known as the Cinque Terre. This translates as Five Lands and refers to the five villages perched precariously on the cliffs high above the Mediterranean Sea, which are almost all inaccessible by road. (B,D)

Day 5 - Marina Di Pietrasanta –Day at leisure

Enjoy some free time today. Alternatively, join our optional excursion, which begins in the beautiful village of Portovenere where highlights are a picturesque harbour lined with brightly coloured houses and an impressive stone-built castle.

Next, you’ll head to the beautiful seaside town of Lerici, home to an imposing castle, a small historic centre and a crescent-shaped piazza. (B,D)

Day 6 - Portofino & Santa Margherita

After breakfast, we’ll head to Portofino, which we reach by local boat service from Rapallo along a pretty coastal stretch. Take a stroll among its snaking streets to the Church of St Giorgio, from here, the views across the bay are quite spectacular. You’ll also visit the picturesque seaside resort of Santa Margherita, which is home to a lovely palmfringed harbour that’s a magnet for small yachts. (B,D)

Day

7 - Marina Di Pietrasanta –Day at leisure

Spend today at leisure or discover more on an optional excursion to Genoa. This large port city is famous as the birthplace of Christopher Columbus. Your guided tour will take you past a diverse mix of architecture, grand palaces and a host of museums and galleries. (B,D)

Day 8 - Pisa to UK

After breakfast today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel Caesar Hotel

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Treasures of Florence & Tuscany

Take an enchanting journey through Tuscany and be immersed in timeless traditions, art-filled cities, and the stunning vineyards of Chianti.

8 days from £1,399

Day 1 - UK to Pisa

Your holiday starts today as you fly to Pisa, where you will be transferred to your hotel in Montecatini Terme. (D)

Day 2 - Pisa to Vinci

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 4-star hotel

13 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Local food and wine-tasting at Verrazzano Castle in Chianti Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Visits to the Leaning Tower of Pisa and Leonardo Da Vinci Museum

• Trip to the ‘art city’ of Florence

• Night at the Montecatini Opera Festival

• Tour of medieval Lucca

Optional experiences

• Visit to San Gimignano, Monteriggioni and Abbadia a Isola, plus medieval dinner

• Tour of medieval Montalcino and Siena

Begin your Tuscan adventure with a morning excursion to the city of Pisa. Be amazed at the aptly named Leaning Tower of Pisa that sits within the Field of Miracles. After lunch, we’ll head to the town of Vinci, the birthplace of Italian artist and sculptor Leonardo Da Vinci. A Local Guide will teach us all about the artist’s life during the Renaissance era. We’ll also stop off at the Museum of Leonardo da Vinci. (B,D)

Day 3- Chianti

Wine aficionados will enjoy today’s trip to Chianti. We travel to Greve, where you’ll find the idyllic Castello di Vicchiomaggio a beautiful and well-preserved castle. Located in the heart of the Chianti Classico region, the castle has a long history of winemaking, dating right back to the 10th century. Take a tour of its underground wine cellars to see where the wine is traditionally aged in huge oak barrels and learn how the grapes are still harvested by hand. It’ll then be time for a tasting and a light lunch on the castle’s atmospheric terrace. Later, you’ll get to enjoy an open-air performance at the renowned Montecatini Opera Festival. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Florence

Today we discover irresistible Florence. The capital of Tuscany and a UNESCO World Heritage Site, also known as Italy’s ‘art city’. We’ll tick off all its top sights, on a tour hosted by a Local Guide. (B,D)

Day 5 - Montecatini - Day at leisure

Today, take the time to relax in Montecatini Terme or pack in more Tuscan treasures with our full-day optional tour. Beginning in San Gimignano, we’ll spend the morning admiring gorgeous views and exploring the town’s 14 medieval towers before a brief stop at the charming hamlet of Abbadia a Isola and its peaceful 10th century abbey. We’ll then head to Monteriggioni for a Local Guided history tour. Try on replica armour and get to grips with historic weaponry at the Museum of Medieval Armour and Weapons before tucking into a medieval feast at a local restaurant. (B)

Day 6 - Montecatini – Day at leisure

Spend today at leisure. Alternatively join an optional excursion to discover the charms of Montalcino and Siena. (B)

Day 7 - Lucca

Today, you’ll spend time in Lucca, bursting with some of the finest examples of Italian medieval and Renaissance architecture. (B,D)

Day 8 - Pisa to UK

It’s the end of an incredible week in Tuscany and time to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FITF 2024 2025

Florence Pisa Lucca San Gimignano

Monteriggioni Montalcino Siena Vinci Greve Montecatini Terme 7

Florence

Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Capri

Admire the breath-taking beauty of the Amalfi Coast, where dramatic cliffs meet pastel-shaded villages, and crystal-clear azure waters.

8 days from £1,699

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Visit a winery in the Amalfi Hills with lunch

7 nights half board in a 4-star hotel

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

15 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L),

7 dinners (D) & welcome drink

Transportation

Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Take a boat to the island of Capri

• Discover the ruins of Pompeii

• Explore the hilltop town of Ravello

Optional experiences

• Visit the exclusive resort of Positano

• Visit the lively resort of Sorrento

Day 1 - UK to Naples

You’ll fly to Naples today and on arrival we’ll drive you to the Amalfi Coast, a spectacular 30-mile stetch of dramatic coastline suspended between blue skies and azure waters. In this glorious Mediterranean landscape, an array of enchanting towns and pretty villages nestle amongst towering cliffs and terraced vineyards. Your hotel, in the delightful village of Minori, is surrounded by pretty beaches and lush green hills dotted with lemon and orange groves. After time to settle in and explore, you’ll have dinner in the hotel’s restaurant this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Amalfi

Your sightseeing of this beautiful region of Italy begins today, as you uncover the charms of one of its most picturesque towns, Amalfi. We will travel together by boat to this historic town of gleaming, white-washed buildings and then you can explore at your own pace.

Amalfi is dominated by an impressive Romanesque cathedral set at the top of a majestic stairway and said to hold the remains of St Andrew. If you wish, you can step inside and discover the cathedral’s fine baroque interior. You’ll also want to spend time strolling amongst the town’s pretty streets and piazzas, browsing the shops and boutiques. Then, when it’s time to take the weight off your feet, an array of enticing cafés and restaurants beckon. Maybe you’ll taste your first pizza of the holiday!

Later, we’ll meet up and travel back to Minori together and then you’re free to relax before dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

Day 3 - Capri

Get ready to set sail for the enchanting island of Capri, a favoured spot of the

ITALY Sorrento Naples Minori Pompeii The Amalfi Hills

Positano Amalfi Capri

7 Nights in hotel Optional

Boat

Pompeii

international jet set from the 1950s to today. After arriving in the picturesque port of Marina Grande, you’ll explore the island on a guided tour. In Capri Town, you’ll visit the wonderful Gardens of Caesar Augustus, a series of impressive flower-filled terraces with far-reaching views over the Faraglioni, three huge rocks rising from the sea. We will also take you to the hillside village of Anacapri, with its narrow streets, pretty squares and traditional artisan workshops. From here, you can take a short scenic walk to Villa San Michele for spectacular views over the Bay of Naples.

The tour also includes plenty of free time for you to explore independently or relax with a refreshing drink. Perhaps you’ll take the chair lift to the highest point on the island and enjoy the spectacular sweeping views. You may also find it hard to resist the exclusive boutiques of Capri village! (B,D)

Day 4 - Minori - Day at leisure

After a couple of days of sightseeing, you might want to relax at the hotel today. Alternatively, if you want to see more, join our optional excursion and head to the lively resort of Sorrento, which is set above the Bay of Naples. It has long been a haunt of the rich and famous, and on this excursion you’ll soon see why. There’s stunning scenery, a fantastic variety of elegant restaurants and pavement cafés and many wonderful shopping opportunities. You’ll also get the chance to learn how the area’s famous liqueur, limoncello, is made, with a tasting included of course. Your Holiday Director will be on hand to recommend things to do during your free time in Sorrento. Perhaps treat yourself to a gelato as you stroll through its historic centre or indulge in some retail therapy and shop for souvenirs. Handmade leather sandals are a speciality here, and after your tasting, a bottle of limoncello might also be top of your list. (B,D)

Day 5 - Pompeii

Today you’ll discover the exceptional archaeological site of Pompeii, the famous Roman town frozen in time by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD. Buried under a blanket of ash, the city lay forgotten until 1748 when excavation works began and continue to this very day. Pompeii’s ruins cover a vast area, so we’ve arranged for a Local Guide to lead you through the city’s maze of streets and help you discover the must-see sites. As you wander, you’ll get a fascinating insight into the last days of the people who lived here. You’ll see villas still decorated with brightly painted mosaics, Roman baths and

an impressive amphitheatre. There are even bakeries that still have their bread ovens and flour grinders intact. After the tour, you’ll have some free time to explore further if you wish. (B,D)

Day 6 - Minori – Day at leisure

Today, you can spend time making your own discoveries. An alternative option is to come with us on an optional trip to Positano, where peach and terracotta buildings hug steep cliffs towering above the sea. Another scenic journey by boat along the Amalfi coastline gives you a chance to sit back and enjoy spectacular views of pretty villages, gardens and tranquil sea caves. Once in Positano, soak up the exclusive feel of this lovely resort as you discover the beautiful Church of Santa Maria Assunta, browse designer boutiques, or maybe while away the time on the beach. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ravello & the Amalfi Hills

Your included excursion begins with a drive up the cliffs to Ravello, a town perched above Amalfi overlooking the sparkling waters of the Tyrrhenian Sea. There’s time to make your own discoveries here and if you like gardens, you’ll be spoilt for choice. If you’d prefer to explore Ravello’s town centre, the main square is home to an interesting cathedral and cafés serving coffee and ice cream.

Then there is another chance to take in the Amalfi Coast’s sublime scenery as we drive up into the hills for lunch at il Rifugio Tramonti. Take in the stunning views from the terrace as you dine on traditional fayre, typically a selection of cheese and cured meats, homemade cakes and local herbal liqueurs. After lunch, we’ll continue to a winery to learn about the process of making wine in this region and to enjoy a tasing of local varieties. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Naples to UK

After breakfast, it’s time to bid farewell to the Amalfi Coast as we drive you back to Naples for your return flight to the UK. (B)

You’ll stay at the family-run Villa Romana in the centre of Minori. The hotel has a bar, restaurant, spa, lounge and pool. Most classic rooms have a balcony. Outdoor pools are typically open May to September.

Room upgrade

Call to speak to one of our travel advisors about a room upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FIAMA 2024 2025

*Festive departure holiday ref: XFIAMAplease visit our website for the itinerary

Single Room supplement from £750

Flight upgrade available

Fly from an airport near you - see page 126

Your hotel Hotel Villa Romana ★★★★

Uncover captivating stories, marvel at the majestic ruins and wander the preserved streets of some of Italy’s most exceptional archaeological sites.

8 days from £1,499

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 4-star hotel

14 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy a candlelit dinner on the hotel’s wisteria-shaded terrace (May-Oct)

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Pozzuoli’s Roman remains, Baia and Cumae

• Paestum temples

• The ruins of Pompeii

• Villa Poppaea at Oplontis and Herculaneum

• Pizza night at a local Pizzeria

Optional experiences

• The exclusive island of Capri

• Walk to the summit of Mount Vesuvius and visit the Museum of National Antiquities in Naples

Day 1 - UK to Naples

Your holiday begins with a flight to Naples. From there, we’ll transfer you to the pretty town of Vico Equense. (D)

Day 2 - Pozzuoli, Baia & Cumae

A day of contrasts awaits you on a tour which begins at Pozzuoli. Next stop is Baia for a visit at the Archaeological Park of Terme Romane. Your final stop is Cumae, where only ruins remain of the Greek temples that once stood here. (B,D)

Day 3 - Pompeii

Today explore the remarkable ruins of Pompeii. As you wander its streets, you’ll understand what life was like here before Mount Vesuvius erupted in 79 AD. (B,D)

Day 4- Paestum

Before you reach historic Paestum today, we’ll enjoy the beautiful Amalfi Coast. At your journey’s end you’ll discover three magnificent Doric temples. (B,D)

Day 5- Oplontis & Herculaneum

Today, your Holiday Director will host a further day of exploration. Villa Poppaea at Oplontis was so well preserved by the ash from Mount Vesuvius’ eruption that the Roman art inside almost looks freshly painted. Nearby, we’ll head to Herculaneum, which was also buried by the same eruption. (B,D)

Day 6- Vico Equense – Day at leisure

Today is free for you to spend at leisure. Alternatively, join our optional excursion to the glamorous island of Capri, reached via a short boat trip. As you explore independently you’ll see why so many have been charmed by its beauty over time. (B,D)

Day 7- Vico Equense – Day at leisure

Today you can walk to the summit of Vesuvius and enjoy breath-taking views during our optional excursion. Next, join your Holiday Director on a visit to the Museum of National Antiquities in Naples. (B,D)

Day 8 - Naples to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Hotel Aequa ★★★★

The Hotel Aequa is in the cliff-top town of Vico Equense, offering views over the Bay of Naples. Facilities include a bar, solarium, and restaurant. Outdoor swimming pools are typically open May to September.

Extend your stay

Island of Ischia* 4 nights half board from £799

At the end of your holiday, head to the island of Ischia, where you’ll stay at the 4-star Hermitage Hotel. You will be accompanied by a Local Guide.

Special Departure

Enjoy this itinerary in wintertime where you’ll stay in the 4-star Hotel Villa Romana. Holiday ref FIPPW Winter in Minori** 10 March 2025

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation. Flights from London Holiday ref: FIPP 2024 2025

Immerse yourself in the rustic charm of two spectacular regions, where picturesque olive groves, Trulli houses and Sassi Cave dwellings await.

8 days from £1,499

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Lunch at Masseria Centrone, a fortified farmhouse

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Tour of Matera and its Sassi houses

• Visit historic Lecce

• See the Trulli houses in three towns

Optional experiences

• Visit Ostuni and enjoy olive oil-tasting

• Excursion to the coastal town of Trani and the Grand Castel del Monte

Day 1 - UK to Bari

Your holiday begins with a flight to Bari in the region of Puglia in southern Italy. On arrival, we will transfer you to your hotel. (D)

Day 2 - Farmhouse Experience

Today we’ll visit a Masseria, a fortified farm. Here we’ll experience a real flavour of the food grown and produced in the Apulian region. The visit will include a chance to watch a orecchiette pasta making demonstration. The highlight of the visit will be a lunch of typical regional food accompanied by wine. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Matera

We’ll visit the UNESCO-listed town of Matera today. Here, your Local Guide will tell you all about the Sassi houses which you’ll see – incredible cave dwellings carved into the hillsides. (B,D)

Day 4 - Alberobello – Day at leisure

Today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Alternatively join an optional excursion to the pretty town of Ostuni. Stroll along its maze of narrow streets lined with whitewashed houses which sit beneath an imposing Gothic cathedral. There’s also the chance today to sample the olive oil that is produced in this region. (B,D)

Day 5 - Lecce

After breakfast we’ll head off to explore the attractive city of Lecce. Together with your Local Guide, you’ll uncover a new treasure around every corner as you stroll along streets lined with extravagant Baroque architecture. A couple of real highlights to keep an eye out for are the ancient Roman amphitheatre and the Church of Santa Croce. (B,D)

Day 6 - Alberobello – Day at leisure

Spend time enjoying the facilities at your hotel or head into Alberobello for more sightseeing. Alternatively enjoy an optional excursion to the coastal town of Trani in the north of Puglia. (B,D)

Day 7 - Alberobello, Locorotondo & Martina Franca

We’ll see Puglia’s unique Trulli houses on an included day out. Our first stop is Alberobello, where you’ll see the Trulli are decorated with painted symbols on their roofs. Then, in Locorotondo you’ll see the buildings are arranged in a circular pattern. Finally, we reach Martina Franca, in the heart of the valley, where Moorish influences have created a town of medieval palaces and churches. The houses here are adorned with wrought-iron balconies which might put you more in mind of Andalucia in Spain than Italy. (B,D)

Day 8 - Bari to UK

After a memorable week in southern Italy, it’s time to head home. Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

hotel

This hotel features an outdoor pool (typically open May to September) and beautiful gardens surrounded by olive groves, vineyards and fruit trees. Situated 5km from Alberobello, a shuttle service into town is provided. Spa facilities are available at extra cost.

Room upgrade

Trullo Rooms

For a more authentic taste of Puglia, take the opportunity to stay in a converted Trullo house in the hotel grounds. Authentic Trullo rooms or superior rooms in the main building are available. Speak to one of our travel advisors about a room upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Matera

The Best of Sicily

Brooding Mount Etna forms a dramatic backdrop to your discoveries as you revel in Roman history and uncover medieval treasures.

8 days from £1,649

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights

half-board in 4-star hotels

15 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Palermo street food tasting in local cafe

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Taormina with granita tasting

• Ascend Mount Etna by cable car

• Visit the Roman Villa del Casale

• Explore the ancient Valley of the Temples

• Sicily’s capital Palermo and Monreale Cathedral

Day 1 - UK to Catania

Your holiday begins with a flight to Catania. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Mount Etna

We’ll ascend Europe’s tallest active volcano by cable car to enjoy breathtaking views. This immense peak is listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (B,D)

Day 3 - Taormina

We’re off to Taormina today, a fascinating town which overlooks two sweeping bays. Join your Holiday Director on an included visit to the magnificent Greco-Roman theatre. Before we head back to the hotel we’ll stop for a tasting of granita. This semi-frozen dessert comes in many delicious flavours. (B,D)

Day 4 - Villa Del Casale to Campofelice Di Roccella

We’re going to head to our next base today, Campofelice di Roccella, near Cefalu. First, our journey takes us to the 4th century Villa Romana del Casale, close to the town of Piazza Armerina. Here, excavations have revealed one of the world’s richest and most complex collections of Roman mosaics. (B,D)

Day 5 - Valley of the Temples

Today with a Local Guide you’ll discover the Valley of the Temples, which is dramatically situated in Agrigento. Explore the Temple of Concord and the Temple of Zeus. (B,D)

Day 6 - Campofelice Di RoccellaDay at leisure

Today, you could take a local shuttle bus to nearby Cefalu, a pretty fishing port. There’s lots to discover here, including its winding medieval streets, sandy beaches and one of Sicily’s finest Norman cathedrals. (B,D)

Day 7 - Palermo & Monreale

Today we will visit Palermo, Sicily’s vibrant capital, where you’ll be treated to a street food experience in a local cafe. After you’ve eaten take some time to explore the lightfilled Capella Palatine chapel, which exhibits intricate Byzantine mosaics. Watching over Palermo is Monreale Cathedral, one of the greatest examples of Norman architecture in the world. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Catania to UK

After breakfast, relax and enjoy your final hours in Sicily before we drive you back to the airport in Catania for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels

Hotel Caesar Palace ★★★★

Near Taormina, you will stay in the Hotel Caesar Palace. Facilities include a bar, lounge and restaurant.

Acacia Resort ★★★★

A modern, elegant and comfortable resort located on a pristine beach between Palermo and Cefalù. It features a restaurant, bar and lovely gardens.

Add-on

5 nights from £899

Extend your holiday with a 4 night bedand-breakfast stay on the Aeolian Island of Lipari plus a final night in the city of Catania. You will not be accompanied by a Holiday Director. Aeolian Islands*

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FICLA 2024 2025

Palermo Monreale Catania (add-on) Giardini Naxos Taormina Piazza Armerina Mediterranean Sea Cefalù Mount Etna

Ancient theatre of Taormina

Sardinia’s Emerald Coast

Experience the stunning allure of Sardinia from pristine beaches to rugged coastlines and idyllic turquoise waters.

8 days from £1,599

Day 1 - UK to Olbia

Your holiday to the Italian island of Sardinia starts with a flight to Olbia. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, located on the beautiful Costa Smeralda. This evening we’ll gather for dinner at the hotel. (D)

Day 2 - Costa Smeralda

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 4-star hotel

14 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy a typical Sardinian lunch at a Traditional Sardinian Restaurant

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights

• Tour the Emerald Coast

• Visit to Alghero and Castelsardo including a boat trip to Neptune’ Grotto

• Guided walking tour of Olbia

Optional experiences

• Cruise to Sardinia’s La Maddalena islands

• Day trip to the island of Corsica

Today, we’ll explore the captivating Emerald Coast. Take a stroll around Porto Cervo, a charming town with its two bustling ports, a haven for yachts that hint at grand adventures. We’ll then stop at Baja Sardinia where you’ll find shops, bars and restaurants centred around a small square close to beautiful white-sand beaches and crystalclear waters. On our return to the hotel, we’ll make one final stop at the charming village of San Pantaleo. (B,D)

Day 3 - Alghero & Castelsardo

After breakfast, we’ll venture to the Spanish city of Alghero. Enjoy a guided walk around its cobble-stoned historical centre and stop at one of the watch towers for views of Capo Caccia in the distance.

A short boat trip will take you to Neptune’s Grotto. On a guided tour of these limestone caves, you’ll see the small saltwater lake, La Marmora, surrounded by stunning stalactites before uncovering the secrets of other rooms within the cave complex. Later, we’ll head to Castelsardo. With beautiful views of the harbour and city below, the old town is a delight to explore. (B,D)

Day 4 - San Pantaleo – Day at leisure

Today, you can choose to relax and spend your day at leisure or join our optional excursion to the La Maddalena Archipelago. We’ll visit the largest and the most prominent of the islands, La Maddalena. Enjoy time exploring the narrow streets and alleys, a hive of small cafes, restaurants and boutique shops offering traditional souvenirs. (B,D)

Day 5 - Olbia

After breakfast, we’ll head to Olbia where we’ll enjoy a guided walking tour of the city. Explore the old town with its elegant buildings and visit the Church of San Simplico. The Piazza Regina Margherita, in the heart of Olbia, invites you to stop and linger over a drink under the shade of trees before heading down Corso Umberto, where you’ll find an array of shops, cafes and boutiques. (B,D)

Day 6 - San Pantaleo - Day at leisure

Enjoy a day of leisure or join our optional excursion to the neighbouring island of Corsica. Our journey begins by road as we

to Bonifacio.

Stroll around the natural harbour, set against a backdrop if sheer cliffs and overlooked by a 9th century citadel. Walk up to the ancient walls for stunning views. Alternatively, head to the Old Town where a maze of narrow streets are home to medieval houses. (B,D)

Day 7 - San Pantaleo – Day at leisure

Today is free for you to relax and make the most of the hotel facilities. (B,D)

Day 8 - Olbia to UK

It’s time to bid Sardinia farewell as we drive you to the airport for your fight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Hotel Rocce Sarde ★★★★

This stunning 4-star hotel is located in the region of San Pantaleo and the beautiful town is a 20 minute walk away. Hotel facilities include restaurant, bar, outdoor pool and private beach. Rooms offer private facilities and air-conditioning.

Room upgrade

Call to speak to one of our travel advisors about a room upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FISARD 2024 2025

head to the town of Santa Teresa di Gallura. On arrival here, we’ll board the ferry

Alghero

Lisbon Coast – Historic Towns and Spectacular Sintra

Enjoy the perfect balance of relaxation and exploration on this Portugal escape, where the beautiful seaside town of Cascais awaits.

8 days from £1,399

Your holiday includes

Return flights

from London

Local flavours

Enjoy a ginjinha in Obidos.

A sour-cherry liquor served in a chocolate cup

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

11 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 4 dinners (D)

Transportation

Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Sightseeing tour of Lisbon, including a visit to the National Tile Museum

• Sintra and the Sintra National Palace

• Cabo da Roca - the most westerly point of Continental Europe

• The medieval town of Óbidos

Optional experiences

• The UNESCO World Heritage museum city of Evora and its Chapel of Bones

• Arrabida with a wine tasting visit in Azeitao

Start/Finish Road 7

Day 1 - UK to Lisbon

Once you’ve checked in and cleared security, why not treat yourself to a pre-holiday drink as you wait to board your flight to Portugal. When you arrive in Lisbon, we’ll drive you to your hotel in the charming seaside town of Cascais, which is situated on the western edge of the Lisbon coastline. After time to relax and settle in, we’ll meet for a drink before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Lisbon

Portugal’s capital is home to countless attractions, and today we’ll discover many of them on a guided tour. Our first stop is at the National Tile Museum, where we’ll learn about the history of hand-painted tiles and admire beautiful examples of these decorative works of art. We’ll then discover the traditional side of the city as we wander around the narrow streets of the ancient Alfama district before driving past Praça do Comércio, Rossio and Restauradores, three grand, symbolic squares. We’ll also drive along the tree-lined boulevard, Avenida da Liberdade, and see the bronze statue of the Marquês de Pombal who rebuilt the city after the 1755 earthquake.

After free time for lunch, we’ll go to Belém, where you’ll see the 16th-century Belém Tower, the Monument to the Discoveries and the immense, UNESCO-listed St Jerome Monastery. (B,D)

Day 3 - Sintra

After breakfast, we’re going to head to the charming region of Sintra with its rolling hills and fairy-tale castles and palaces. We’ll visit the medieval Sintra National Palace, a gleaming white building topped with a red roof and two huge cone-shaped chimneys. Once the home of the Portuguese royal

Obidos

family, you’ll step inside and discover a host of lavish rooms decorated with colourful tiles and mosaics.

Enjoy some free time to explore the pretty streets of Sintra and browse the one-of-akind shops selling unique handicrafts and souvenirs. If you wish, you can stop for coffee or lunch in one of the town’s delightful cafés or restaurants. We highly recommend you try two of the delicious local delicacies, queijadas, a cheesecake-like tart and travesseiros, a pastry filled with almond cream.

Later, we’ll enjoy a panoramic tour of Sintra’s scenic woods and palaces before we head to the rugged cliffs of Cabo da Roca - the most westerly point of Continental Europe, driving along the coast and passing by the stunning Guincho beach – a popular spot for surfers. (B,D)

Day 4 - Cascais - Day at leisure

After a few busy days, you now have some time to relax and do your own thing. Perhaps enjoy the hotel’s facilities or wander to a nearby beach and soak up the sun.

Alternatively, if you’d like to do some more sightseeing, join your Holiday Director for today’s optional excursion. It begins, as we cross the Tagus River on one of the longest suspension bridges in Europe, the 25th of April Bridge. We’re heading to the town of Setúbal and are going to visit the lively and colourful Mercado do Livramento, one of the best fish markets in the country.

Our journey then takes us into the coastal Arrabida National Park, which was created to protect the area’s beautiful landscape and wide variety of wildlife and birds. We’ll admire stunning views of Setúbal and the Tróia Peninsula and visit a wine cellar in Azeitao for a tasting of Moscatel de Setúbal, a local fortified dessert wine.

Finally, as we make our way back to Cascais, we’ll stop at the iconic statue of Christ the King and enjoy magnificent, panoramic views of Lisbon. (B)

Day 5 - Cascais - Day at leisure

You have another free day to explore Cascais at leisure. Stroll through the winding streets of the Old Town and stop for coffee in an al-fresco café or visit the custard-coloured Condes de Castro Guimarães. This early 20th-century villa sits right beside the sea and houses a museum with an impressive collection of art.

If you prefer, you could choose to join an optional excursion to UNESCO-listed Evora. We’ll explore this well-preserved, walled city on foot, discovering highlights including the

handsome Giraldo Square, the remains of a Roman temple and one of Portugal’s largest medieval cathedrals. We’ll also step inside the Chapel of Bones, a macabre chapel whose walls are decorated with the bones and skulls of thousands of people. The day ends with a visit to a cork factory, where we’ll learn how this Portuguese material is transformed into a wide variety of products. (B)

Day 6 - Cascais - Day at leisure

Enjoy another free day doing as much or as little as you please. Relax with a book and a refreshing drink at the hotel or, if you’re feeling energetic, why not hire a bike and cycle along the ocean-front bike path. Another option is to walk to Boca do Inferno, a sea arch where you can watch the power of the Atlantic waves crashing against limestone cliffs. Later, you might choose to head into town and explore what’s on offer for dinner. You’ll find an array of enticing restaurants with many specialising in seafood. Ask your Holiday Director if you would like a recommendation! (B)

Day 7 - Óbidos

We’re heading north to the picturesque, medieval town of Óbidos on today’s included tour. Presented to Queen Isabel as a gift in the 13th century, the town was the property of Portuguese queens for centuries. We’ll see the hilltop castle, with its imposing towers and battlements and explore the town’s maze of cobblestone streets, squares and bougainvillea-adorned whitewashed houses. Our visit also includes a tasting of the local speciality, ginjinha, a sour-cherry liquor served in a chocolate cup. (B,D)

Day 8 - Lisbon to UK

Your holiday comes to an end today as we drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FPLC 2025

7 May

Cascais

A Week in Andalucia

Bask in the warmth of the Spanish sun and immerse yourself in Andalucia’s captivating towns and fascinating sights.

8 days from £1,199

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights

half board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy a light lunch at one of Seville’s fine Tapas bars Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Sightseeing in the city of Cordoba

• Explore Andalucia’s regional capital, Seville

• Granada tour and the Alhambra Palace

Optional experiences

• Antequera, El Torcal National Park and the Dolmens

• Visit the cliff-top town of Ronda

• Tour of cosmopolitan Malaga

Day 1 - UK to Malaga

Your holiday to southern Spain begins today! After flying to Malaga, we’ll drive you to your hotel close to the town of Antequera. We’ll meet for a welcome drink and then dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Antequera - Day at leisure

If you’re keen to get started on the sightseeing right away, why not join todays optional guided tour of Antequera. This medieval town is punctuated by the towers of Moorish fortresses and Gothic churches, and we’ll see its highlights along with a visit to the Dolmens, and marvel at the wonderful scenery of El Torcal National Park (B,D)

Day 3 - Cordoba

Sitting in a beautiful position on a bend of the Guadalquivir River is the fascinating city of Cordoba, and today you’ll discover it on this walking tour. A highlight of your visit is sure to be the dazzling Mezquita, or Great Mosque, filled with more than 850 granite, jasper and marble pillars. You’ll also wander the labyrinth of winding streets and flowerfilled courtyards in the Jewish quarter before exploring Cordoba during some free time this afternoon. (B,D)

Day 4 - Seville

You’re heading to Seville today which we’ll get to know on a guided tour. This is Andalucia’s regional capital, and we’ll see highlights including the magnificent Plaza de España and the city’s Gothic cathedral. Seville is credited with the invention of tapas so it’s the perfect location for us to enjoy a light lunch at one of the fine tapas bars. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Antequera – Day at leisure

Time at leisure may be just what you need after two days of sightseeing, so why not relax at your hotel. However, if you’re keen to discover more, your Holiday Director will host an optional excursion to the clifftop town of Ronda. You’ll see the deep gorge, El Tajo, which divides the town in two and is spanned by an ancient stone bridge, the Puente Nuevo. (B,D)

Day 6 - Granada

You can’t visit this region of Spain without a trip to stunning Alhambra, a palace & fortress complex standing high on a hill overlooking Granada. Your tour includes the grand halls, patios, fountains and Generalife Gardens. (B,D)

Day 7 - Antequera - Day at leisure

It’s the last full day of your holiday and you can choose how to spend it - why not join our

optional excursion to Malaga, famous as the birthplace of celebrated artist Pablo Picasso. You’ll have some free time to explore before we take in wonderful views from the two Moorish citadels, the Alcazaba and Gibralfaro. (B,D)

Day 8 - Malaga to UK

Your holiday comes to an end after breakfast and we will drive back to the airport for our flight home. (B)

Your hotel Hotel Antequera Hills ★★★★

Historically dubbed ‘the crossroads of Andalucia’, due to being more or less the most central point to Seville, Cordoba, Granada and Malaga, Antequera is known as an architecturally beautiful city of which the 4-star Antequera Hotel sits only a short walk from.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation. Flights from London Holiday ref: FSWA

Cordoba

Little Trains of the Pyrenees

Take unforgettable scenic journeys by train through the Pyrenees to discover breath-taking mountain vistas and charming villages.

8 days from £1,449

Day 1 - UK to Barcelona

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Barcelona. On arrival we’ll transfer you to the lovely resort of Roses, on the Costa Brava. Roses is renowned for its splendid wide beaches, all of which have earned Blue Flag status. As your hotel is located right on the seafront, why not take a stroll on the golden sands before dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Trenet de Cadaques

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 3-star hotel

14 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Wine tasting at Caves Byrrh

Travelsphere

Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Journey on the Trenet de Cadaques

• Yellow Train ride from Villefranche-deConflent to Mont Louis

• Rack railway to Núria

• Travel on the Red Train ride from Rivesaltes to Axat

• Figueres and Salvador Dali Museum

• Visit Peralada Castle

The Pyrenees mountain range divides Spain and France and offers spectacular opportunities for exploration. Today’s journey is on the Trenet de Cadaques – this fun road train will take you through Roses to Cap de Creus National Park, where the mountains meet the sea. This afternoon has been left free to do as you wish. (B,D)

Day 3 - The Yellow Train

Your explorations begin in the medieval walled city of Thuir today. Located at the foothills of the Pyrenees, it is famed for its vineyards, and for the Byrrh caves, where the aperitif Byrrh is made. We continue to Villefranche de Conflent, to board the Yellow Train for a journey through the Pyrenees returning to the hotel by coach. (B,D)

Day 4 - Roses – Day at leisure

Today you have a full day at leisure to do as you please. (B,D)

Day 5 - The Red Train

This morning you will catch the Red Train and travel from charming Rivesaltes to the small town of Axat in France. Admiring panoramic views of the breathtaking scenery as you travel past picturesque vineyards, through tunnels, and over bridges and viaducts. (B,D)

Day 6 - Núria Valley Rack Railway

We’re staying in Spain today, where you’ll enjoy another fantastic trip by rail into the mountains. This time it’s an electric cog train which takes you into the Núria Valley. In fact, the railway is the only form of transport here.

As you journey into the heart of the area, you’ll get an idea of the enormity of the valley. Keep your eyes peeled for deer or marmot, and listen to your guide who will tell you more about this remote and spectacularly beautiful area. (B,D)

Day 7 - Figueres

We’ll explore Figueres today, the birthplace of Salvador Dali. After a stroll around the Old Town, we’ll visit the Dali Theatre and Museum to see many famous works by the painter. Your tour ends at the Peralada Castle. (B,D)

Day

Transfer

Room upgrade

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation. Flights from London Holiday ref: PSPYR 2024

8 - Barcelona to UK

to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

French Riviera

Soak up the glamour and charm of the South of France where sun-kissed beaches, exquisite cuisine, and opulent seaside towns create an unforgettable escape.

8 days from £1,649

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

7 meals

7 breakfasts (B) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy the sweet flavours of candied fruit and crystallised flowers at a Confiserie in Nice

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Discover the highlights of Cannes

• Visit the chic city of Nice

• Explore Monaco and Monte Carlo

• Tours of St Raphael and St Tropez

Optional experiences

• Visit St-Paul-de-Vence and Antibes

• Head over the Italian border to San Remo

Day 1 - UK to Cannes

Today you will fly to Nice and be transfered to Cannes by coach. Your hotel is located just a short walk from La Croisette, the palm treelines boulevard which runs along the seafront.

Day 2 - Cannes & Nice

Cannes is known for its long sandy beaches, designer boutiques and glamorous yachts. Today’s included excursion will introduce you to Cannes’ highlights before continuing to the chic city of Nice, where we’ll drive up Mont Boron for fantastic sweeping views. We’ll also spend some time in the Cimiez district. Queen Victoria was once a regular at the Regina Palace Hotel here, and her statue still stands at the entrance to the district. Other attractions include an ancient Roman theatre. During our time in Nice, we’ll also visit a sweet shop where candied fruit and crystallised flowers are made, maybe even tasting a few samples, and perhaps purchasing some to take home. (B)

Day 3 - Cannes – Day at leisure

Today has been left free for you to do just as you please. You might want to stroll along the famous La Croissette promenade, take a walk along the beach or enjoy some of the city’s chic cafes. There’s also the charming old town of Cannes and the marina area, where you can enjoy some of the best views across the bay of Cannes. (B)

Day 4 - Monaco & Monte Carlo

Today we’ll visit the tiny sovereign state of Monaco. Ruled by the Grimaldi family for more than seven centuries, it boasts luxurious hotels, exclusive restaurants and the highest number of millionaires per square metre than any other country in the world! Discover the district of Monte Carlo, which is the sophisticated playground of the rich and famous. (B)

Day 5 - Cannes – Day at leisure

If you’d like to venture further afield, why not join today’s optional excursion over the Italian border to San Remo. Known as the ‘Town of Flowers’, this lovely resort boasts exquisite gardens and parks, and you’ll visit its Old Town, La Pigna and Hanbury Gardens. (B)

Day 6 - Cannes – Day at leisure

Spend today at leisure, or join your Holiday Director on a full-day optional excursion to St-Paul-de-Vence, a charming hilltop fortified village to discover art galleries, boutiques and inviting cafes as you stroll through its winding streets and admire breathtaking views. We’ll continue on to the popular seaside town of

Antibes,

Day 7 - St Raphael & St Tropez

Today we include a tour of the delightful resorts of St Raphael and St Tropez. Discover St Raphael’s old quarter, then in St Tropez, why not enjoy an ice cream or a drink as you admire the yachts in the marina, or head to its atmospheric Old Town. (B)

Day 8 - Cannes to UK

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your journey back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Hotel Eden,

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FFRC 2024 2025

perhaps the most exclusive resort on the Côte d’Azur. (B)

Relax & Discover

The Best of Switzerland

Travel through Switzerland’s spectacular scenery on worldfamous railways to discover elegant towns, romantic castles, and mouth-watering local cuisine.

8 days from £2,999

Day 1 - UK to Zurich

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Zurich and then we’ll transfer you to your hotel in Davos. (D)

Day 2 - Bernina Express

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in 4-star hotels

13 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Scenic Train

Step onboard the Glacier Express and enjoy the views

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights

• Travel on the Bernina Express to Tirano

• Enjoy a journey on the Glacier Express

• Visit Trümmelbach Falls and Mürren

• Visit Schilthorn, the ‘007 Mountain’

• Lake Thun cruise and Spiez Castle

• Lausanne free public transport card

Optional experiences

• Jungfraujoch - The Top of Europe

• Glacier 3000 experience

Your day begins with a short journey from Davos to Filisur, where you will board the Bernina Express for a return journey on the famous Bernina Line. You’ll make your way from Davos across the border to Tirano in Italy. It also climbs the 2,253-metre Bernina Pass and passes through the Valtellina Valley in Italy. You will have some free time in Tirano to explore. (B,D)

Day 3 - Glacier Express

Today you’ll take a panoramic journey on the world’s slowest express train, the Glacier Express. You’ll be served a three-course lunch as you wind your way through spectacular scenery to Brig. You’ll then be transferred by coach to your next base, the traditional resort of Interlaken. (B,L)

Day 4 - Interlaken – Day at leisure

You can get to know Interlaken better today. Or perhaps you’ll come on an exciting optional trip. This takes you to Jungfraujoch – the ‘Top of Europe’ – for views of the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau summits. You’ll take the Jungfrau Railway, which travels through a mountain tunnel and takes the steep climb to Jungfraujoch. Located at 3,454 metres above sea level, this is the highest railway station in Europe. What you’ll see during two stops and from viewing platforms is an incredible world of rock, ice and snow on all sides. (B)

Day 5 - Trümmelbach Falls & Schilthorn

Your day is filled with exciting journeys, and the first takes you to explore the Trümmelbach Falls. You will then take the cable car to Birg to admire stunning vistas from its viewing platform. Then it’s on to Schilthorn, known as the ‘007 Mountain’. On its 2,970-metre summit sits a revolving restaurant, Piz Gloria, which featured in the 1969 James Bond film ‘On Her Majesty’s Secret Service’. Enjoy the 360-degree views of the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau mountains.

Your next cable car ride takes you to Mürren, a picturesque cliff-top village offering amazing views of the Lauterbrunnen Valley. we will then head back to the hotel for dinner. (B,D)

Day 6 - Lake Thun to Lausanne

The day starts with a cruise on Lake Thun to Spiez where we’ll visit the romantic Spiez Castle, perched on a rocky outcrop on the

lake’s shores. Next you’ll board the iconic Golden Pass Train. You’ll travel in complete comfort as you take in some of Switzerland’s most beautiful scenery from your carriage. The elegant town of Lausanne is your final destination. (B,D)

Day 7 - Lausanne – Day at leisure

Today you are free to explore at your leisure. Your holiday includes a Lausanne Transport Card, giving you free access to public transport as well as discounted entry to a number of attractions.

Alternatively, you may wish to join our optional excursion to Glacier 3000. Where there are breathtaking views of 24 summits, including the Matterhorn and Mont Blanc. Visit the unique Peak Walk by Tissot, the only suspension bridge between two peaks in the world. At the hotel this evening, enjoy a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 8 - Geneva to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Experience an unforgettable journey onboard the Golden Pass panoramic train through Switzerland’s stunning landscape. Favourite moment

Departure dates & prices

Bernina Express

Classic Touring

Scenic Slovenia & Lake Bled

Undoubtedly the gem of Slovenia, breathtaking Bled is our base for exploring all that this beautiful country has to offer.escape.

8 days from £1,599

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

14 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy a traditional three-course Slovenian meal

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Sightseeing tour of Bled and its castle

• Pletna boat ride to Bled Island

• Guided tour of Slovenia’s cosmopolitan capital Ljubljana

• Farewell dinner with folklore dancing

Optional experiences

• Postojna Caves & Predjama Castle

• Vintgar Gorge

Day 1 - UK to Ljubljana

Today you will fly to Ljubljana. On arrival, we will transfer to your hotel in the lakeside town of Bled. This evening, you will meet your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Bled

Located in the foothills of the Julian Mountains, Bled is a picturesque town that attracts visitors with its extraordinary beauty. Today, we’ll explore the town and its castle as part of a sightseeing tour. During the tour, you’ll also enjoy a traditional pletna boat ride across to Bled Island, home to the Pilgrimage Church of the Assumption of Mary, which is shrouded by the legend of the Wishing Bell. (B,D)

Day 3 - Bled - Day at leisure

Today is free for you to explore at your own pace, or you may wish to join your Holiday Director on an optional excursion to the Postojna Caves and Predjama Castle. An underground electric train will take you deep into the Postojna Caves. From here, you’ll enjoy a guided walk through the most beautiful caves, featuring a magnificent display of stalagmites and stalactites which have been formed over millions of years Next, you’ll visit one of the most extraordinary Gothic castles in Slovenia. Embedded into the rock, Predjama Castle is a stunning example of how man-made structures can intertwine with natural beauty. You’ll learn about the history and highlights of the castle. (B,D)

Day 4 - Julian Alps

Enjoy a full day in the Julian Alps today to admire the spectacular and unspoiled natural scenery. The journey takes us through the Upper Sava Valley to Kranjska Gora and over the Vršič mountain pass. We’ll stop at the top to admire the splendid panorama of the mountain range.

Later we’ll descend into the Trenta Valley, driving alongside the emerald-green Soca river. We’ll make several short stops before arriving in the pretty town of Bovec for some free time for lunch. (B,D)

Day 5 - Bled - Day at leisure

We have left today free for you to relax and explore at leisure. Why not enjoy a slow breakfast and perhaps make your own discoveries in the town. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ljubljana

Slovenia’s capital Ljubljana is one of the smallest capitals in Europe but offers a blend of old-world charm and an exciting mix of

culture which we will discover on a guided tour today. Watched over by a medieval castle, the Old Town blends Baroque, Art Nouveau and Renaissance buildings – as a pedestrian friendly city, it’s easy to explore the narrow cobbled streets or take a stroll along the Ljubljanica River. (B,D)

Day 7 - Bled - Day at leisure

Enjoy time at leisure, alternatively, join us on a morning excursion to the Vintgar Gorge. Discovered in the late 19th century, the Vintgar Gorge is home to some of Slovenia’s most serene landscapes and natural beauty. Wooden boardwalks blend into the rock face as they criss-cross along the crystal-clear Radovna River. This evening, we will gather for our farewell dinner at a local restaurant which includes a folklore performance by local dancers. (B,D)

Day 8 - Ljubljana to UK

After breakfast, we will transfer to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Hotel Park (June only) ★★★★ or Hotel Kompas ★★★★

You will stay in a 4-star hotel, perfectly located to explore the pretty town of Bled and the surrounding area. Hotel facilities include restaurant, bar and swimming pool.

Departure dates & prices

For up to date flight and hotel information visit our website

Lake Bled

SLOVENIA

Nights in hotel

Start/Finish Road 7 Ljubljana Lake Bled Julian Alps

Postojna Caves

Vintgar Gorge Optional

Relax & Discover

Croatian Island Hopping

Explore the historic cities of Dubrovnik and Split and admire the beauty of four picturesque islands as you cruise aboard an exclusively chartered ship.

8 days from £2,099

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7-night exclusive cruise on board the deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl exclusively chartered for Travelsphere

15 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 4 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Taste home-made olive oil on board your ship

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Explore Dubrovnik Old Town

• Enjoy a Captain’s Dinner on board

• Tour of Mljet National Park

• Discover UNESCO-listed Split

• Enjoy a farewell dinner on board

Optional experiences

• Walking tour of Korcula

• Traditional dinner with a local family in Zrnovo village

• Walking tour of Hvar

Day 1 - UK to Split

Your holiday starts today with a flight to Split, Croatia’s second-largest city. When you arrive, we’ll drive you to the harbour to join your deluxe category ship, the MV Adriatic Pearl and its crew, are waiting to greet you. Gather with your fellow passengers to enjoy a welcome cocktail, followed by a delicious evening meal on board. The ship will be docked in Spilt overnight. (D)

Day 2 - Split to Korcula

As we cruise to Korcula we’ll learn all about the process of making olive oil and enjoy a tasting. We’ll arrive after lunch. You can join us on an optional guided walking tour or you can make your own discoveries. This evening, join our optional guided walking tour of Zrnovo, one of the oldest villages on the island, includes a home-cooked dinner (B,L)

Day 3 - Korcula to Dubrovnik

Today we sail to Dubrovnik, where you will have plenty of time to explore this amazing city and learn about its colourful history. Take a stroll through the beautiful Old Town, where the narrow streets are lined with cafés, shops and restaurants. You could choose to walk around the magnificent city walls and take in stunning views of the Old Town and Adriatic Sea. (B,L)

Day 4 - Dubrovnik

Discover more of Dubrovnik today as you soak up its beauty on a guided tour of the Old Town. There’s so much to see here, so during a free afternoon perhaps stroll along the famous Stradun to the former Rector’s Palace, now a museum, or ride the cable-car up Srd Hill, which offers amazing views. Back on board the ship, tonight a special Captain’s Dinner gives you a great excuse to dress up. (B,D)

Day 5 - Dubrovnik to Mljet

This morning we take a gentle journey north. After lunch on board, we’ll arrive at Mljet. In the company of an expert Local Guide we will discover this impressive national park, which is a beautiful combination of saltwater lakes and dense forest. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Mljet to Hvar then Solta

You’ll want to be on deck as the ship approaches Hvar – the views are absolutely stunning. Step ashore in the main town for an optional walking tour. Next, we head to the tranquil island of Solta, stepping ashore in Stomorska. This fishing village is famed for its fleet of ancient wooden ships. (B,L)

Day 7 - Solta to Split

Our final port of call is Split. Together we’ll take a guided walking tour. We’ll visit a wonderful market and then you have the rest of the afternoon at leisure. Back on the ship, there’s a lovely farewell evening planned. (B,D)

Day 8 - Split to UK

After breakfast we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. (B)

Your exclusive ship

MV Adriatic Pearl Deluxe Cabin upgrade

See page 43 or go online for a closer look.

Call to speak to one of our travel advisors about a cabin upgrade.

Discover more

Croatia Uncovered 11 days from £2,649

Discover more of Croatia by land and sea. See page 42 for details.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FCRES 2024 2025

Discover Croatia’s enchanting blend of captivating islands and medieval cities by land and sea.

11 days from £2,649

Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide Croatia

Day 1 - UK to Trogir

Your holiday begins with a flight to Split. On arrival you’ll be transfered to your hotel in Trogir. (D)

Day 2 - Trogir to Krka National Park then Zadar

Your holiday includes

Return flights

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 Nights

3 nights in 4-star hotels and 7-night cruise on board the deluxe MV

Adriatic Pearl

21 meals

10 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 6 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy a Croatian lunch with a local family

Travelsphere

Included highlights

• Guided tour of Trogir

• Visit to the Krka National Park waterfalls

• Explore the marble streets of Zadar

• Guided tour of Dubrovnik’s Old Town

• Enjoy a Captain’s Dinner on board

• Tour of Mljet National Park

• Discover UNESCO-listed Split

Optional experiences

• Guided walking tour of Korcula

• Traditional dinner with a local family

• Walking tour of Hvar

After breakfast, enjoy a fascinating walking tour around the historic highlights of Trogir. Afterwards we’ll head off and explore the stunning waterfalls of Krka National Park, then transfer to the medieval walled city of Zadar. (B,D)

Day 3 - Zadar

This morning we’ll embark on a guided walking tour of the beautiful city of Zadar. After the tour, we’ll visit the rural Konoba family home, where we’ll feast on the popular Croatian delicacy ‘peka’ – meat and vegetables baked on a fire under a bellshaped pan. This evening is free to explore Zadar. (B,L)

Day 4 - Zadar to Šibenik then Split

After breakfast we’ll head towards Šibenik, a scenic town in a picturesque bay. We’ll have time here to meander through the town’s winding streets and past historic stone buildings. At the heart of Sibenik we’ll find the medieval central town square overlooked by the Cathedral of St James, where the sculptures of 71 heads adorn an exterior frieze. This evening we’ll take a bus to Split, where we’ll board our chartered cruise ship, our home for the rest of the trip. (B,D)

Day 5 - Split to Korcula

As we cruise to Korcula we’ll learn about the process of making olive oil, enjoy a tasting, then sit down to lunch onboard. This afternoon is yours to spend as you wish, or you can join an optional walking tour of the island. There’s a chance to further immerse yourself in the local culture with an optional dinner at the village of Zrnovo with a local family. (B,L)

Day 6 - Korcula to Dubrovnik

Today sees us sail to Dubrovnik. The red roofs, imposing city walls and historic architecture of its medieval Old Town has made Dubrovnik the star of many films and TV series, and you can explore it up close today. (B,L)

Day 7 - Dubrovnik

Today we’ll explore Dubrovnik in more depth on a guided tour of the famous Old Town. Back on the ship we’ll attend the Captain’s dinner, followed by drinks and dancing with the crew. (B,D)

Day 8 - Dubrovnik to Mljet

Today the ship takes us to Mljet, where we can explore dense forests and lounge by glittering lakes. Enjoy a tour with a Local Guide at Mljet National Park and have time to explore on your own. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Mljet to Hvar then Solta

You’ll want to be up on deck as the ship approaches the stunning island of Hvar. We’ll disembark in the main town for an optional walking tour. Next, we head to Solta, stepping ashore in Stomorska. (B,L)

Day 10 - Solta to Split

Our final port of call is Split. A guided walking tour will introduce us to the mighty Diocletian’s Palace. The afternoon is yours to explore. (B,D)

Day 11 - Split to UK

After your final breakfast on board the ship it’s time to say farewell to your crew and fellow passengers as we head to the for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your exclusive ship

MV Adriatic Pearl Deluxe

See page 43 or go online for a closer look.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FCRESL 2024 2025

Korcula

Classic Touring Cruise

Cruising Croatia's Coast

DISCOVER

CROATIA’S IDYLLIC ISLANDS ON THE DELUXE MV ADRIATIC PEARL

EXCLUSIVELY CHARTERED BY TRAVELSPHERE

Life on Board

There is something truly relaxing about cruising, and with our exclusively chartered ship you’ll only share your experience with fellow Travelsphere guests. You’ll be in the expert hands of your captain and crew who will take care of your every need as you enjoy the facilities on board and the comforts of your well-appointed cabin.

Days of Exploration

Each day, you’ll enjoy beautiful views as the crew navigate their way through Croatia’s idyllic islands. They’ll drop anchor in secluded bays for you to relax on board or take a dip in the sea. As your ship sails on through turquoise waters towards a picturesque harbour, why not plan your day of exploration over a coffee on the sun deck. On shore, you’ll have a chance to experience the natural wonders, historic sights, and hidden treasures of the day’s port of call.

Experience the Deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl for yourself on one of OUR amazing tours:

Croatian Island Hopping - 8 days from £2,099 page 41

Croatia Uncovered - 11 days from £2,649 page 42

Ship Facilities

Chartered exclusively by Travelsphere, the Deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl is staffed by nine crew members (including the captain). On board, you will enjoy:

• Fully equipped en suite cabin with LCD TV, safety deposit box, hairdryer and wardrobe cabinet

• Air-conditioned cabins, restaurant and bar area

• Swimming platform with direct access to the sea

• Lounging sun deck with deck-beds

• Use of a hot tub

• Fresh bed linen, towels and beach towel plus daily house-keeping

• Free wireless internet access

• Welcome cocktail

• Four-course meals prepared by the on board chef

• Captain’s Dinner

• Buffet breakfasts

• Daily fresh fruit and snacks

• Tea, coffee at tea time

• Olive oil and wine-tasting

Dubrovnik & the Highlights of Montenegro

Explore Croatia’s unforgettable walled city, Dubrovnik, and the beautiful bays and medieval towns of Montenegro.

8 days from £1,999

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in 4-star hotels

13 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Elafiti Islands cruise with lunch of typical Dalmatian cuisine

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Tour of Dubrovnik’s Old Town

• Elafiti Islands cruise

• Explore the medieval city of Kotor

• Discover Becici and Budva

• Visit Njegusi village and Cetinje, the Old Royal capital of Montenegro

Optional experiences

• Game of Thrones tour of Dubrovnik

• A scenic cruise on Lake Skadar

Day 1 - UK to Dubrovnik

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Dubrovnik. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, which is perfectly located just a short walk from the city’s Old Town and a stretch of pebbly beach. (D)

Day 2 - Dubrovnik

Today’s sightseeing starts with a guided walking tour through Dubrovnik’s maze of narrow streets. We’ll take in views from the imposing city walls and see the Franciscan Monastery and its historic pharmacy as well as many other highlights. There’s so much to see in Dubrovnik, so exploring further at your own pace is highly recommended this afternoon or if you’re a fan of Game of Thrones, why not join our optional excursion to the Old Town. (B)

Day 3 - Elafiti Islands cruise

A fantastic day out is included today – a cruise to the lovely beaches of the Elafiti Islands, which are backed by lush pine forests. Back on the vessel, we have a lunch of typical Dalmatian cuisine. lunch of typical Dalmatian cuisine. Next, we sail to Lopud, for a walk to the hilltop Franciscan Monastery. We’ll enjoy dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Dubrovnik to Budva

We’re travelling along the Croatian coast road this morning to the beautiful bays of Montenegro and the medieval city of Kotor. Afterwards we continue our journey to your hotel in Budva, situated close to the Old Town and Marina. (B,D)

Day 5 - Montenegro

You’ll get to know Montenegro on today’s included tour, which starts with a drive along the curvy road on the slopes of Mount Lovcen to Njegusi village. We’ll stop at a restaurant to sample some cheese and wine and then head to Cetinje, the Old Royal capital of Montenegro. (B)

Day 6 - Budva – Day at leisure

Relax at your hotel, or explore independently or alternatively, come with us on an optional cruise on Lake Skadar, discover picturesque islands and bays, and swim in the refreshing waters. (B,D)

Day 7 - Budva – Day at leisure

You can relax and do your own thing today or spend time getting to know the pretty coastal town of Budva. (B,D)

Day 8 - Dubrovnik to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels

Hotel Lero, Dubrovnik ★★★★

Your hotel is located 400 metres from the beach and just a 15-minute walk from the centre of Dubrovnik.

Hotel Bracera, Budva ★★★★

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FHRMR 2024

This modern hotel is located on the Montenegrin coast, just a short stroll from the beach.

The Balkan Adventure

Delve into the rich history, diverse cultures, breath-taking scenery and ancient cities of six spectacular countries.

15 days from £2,849

Day 1 - UK to Split

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Split, from where we will transfer you to your hotel. Meet your fellow travellers over dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Split to Sarajevo

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

14 Nights in 4-star hotels

23 meals

14 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Farewell dinner in a local tavern

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Evening guided walk in Split’s old town

• Discover the capitals of Sarajevo, Belgrade, Tirana, Skopje and Zagreb

• Sutjeska National Park, home to Mount Maglic

• Breathtakingly beautiful Kotor Bay

• Orientation walk in Budva

• The hill town of Kruje

• Lake Ohrid and the Bay of Bones

• Explore Novi Sad, on the banks of the Danube

• Croatian wine-tasting in Kutjevo

After a leisurely breakfast we begin our journey inland, crossing the border into Bosnia and Herzegovina before reaching one of the Balkan’s most iconic cities - Mostar. Situated at the Neretva River, this historic city is famed for its enchanting ‘Old Bridge’. After a guided tour of the bridge and the old town there will be free time before our journey continues to the country’s capital, Sarajevo where we’ll settle into our hotel this evening. (B)

Day 3 - Sarajevo

We’re going to explore Sarajevo today, a city revered for its cultural and religious diversity. You’ll see the Ottoman-style Emperor’s Mosque in the same neighbourhood as the Catholic Sacred Heart Cathedral, the Orthodox Church of the Nativity and a Jewish synagogue. (B)

Day 4 - Sarajevo to Budva

Sutjeska National Park is home to the highest peak in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Maglic Mountain. We’ll see this today before an included lunch and an onward journey across the border into Montenegro. Here the coastal town of Budva is our new base. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Kotor Bay & Becici

You’ve the chance to admire more mountain scenery today on a drive to the fjord-like Kotor Bay. We’ll take a stroll before we cruise to ‘Our Lady of the Rocks’. This afternoon we’ll spend some time in the neighbouring towns of Becici and Budva. (B)

Day 6 - Budva to Tirana

Today’s journey takes you to Albania’s capital, Tirana, with a stop on the way at the hill town of Kruje. Here you’ll see its 5th century fortress, dramatically located on top of a rocky outcrop. Afterwards, travel to Tirana where modern and historic buildings and museums are side by side. (B,D)

Day 7 - Tirana to Lake Ohrid

There’s time for a walking tour of Tirana this morning before we head to the Macedonian border and on to Lake Ohrid. Your lakeside hotel offers lovely views, so simply relax and enjoy. This evening why not enjoy a walk around the lake’s promenade, where you’ll find a good selection of restaurants and cafés. (B)

Day 8 - Lake Ohrid

We’ll spend today discovering the beauty of Lake Ohrid. After lunch, we’ll enjoy a relaxing cruise. (B,L)

Day 9 - Lake Ohrid to Skopje

Next stop on your adventure is the Macedonian capital, Skopje, which is home to the memorial house of Mother Teresa. (B,D)

Day 10 - Skopje to Belgrade

Today we’re going to cross the border into Serbia, where its capital Belgrade will be our home for the next two nights. (B)

Day 11 - Belgrade

You’ll see the highlights of Belgrade on a guided tour today. The former capital of Yugoslavia has plenty of sights to offer. (B)

Day 12 - Belgrade to Novi Sad

Today we’ll introduce you to Serbia’s secondlargest city, Novi Sad, for a tour and an overnight stay. (B,D)

Day 13 - Novi Sad to Zagreb

Your final destination on the Balkan Peninsula is Croatia, where we’ll base ourselves in its capital Zagreb. En route, we’ll stop in Kutjevo and head to a winery for a tasting. (B,D)

Day 14 - Zagreb to Split

After breakfast, your tour of Zagreb will introduce you to a city reminiscent of Prague, Budapest and Vienna, whose upper town is filled with churches and palaces. This afternoon we make the return journey to Split where we overnight. (B,D)

Day 15 - Split to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FBOCR2 2024 2025

Kotor Bay, Montenegro

Classic Touring

Discover Malta

Uncover vibrant culture, ancient history and mouth-watering cuisine on an unforgettable escape to the sun-kissed island of Malta.

8 days from £1,199

Day 1 - UK to Malta

Malta beckons as you depart on your flight to the Mediterranean isle. When you arrive, we will transfer you to your hotel where you can relax, and take in the dazzling views out to the Mediterranean Sea before dinner to savour the first magical moments of your holiday. (D)

Day 2 - Valletta

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 Nights in a 4-star hotel

11 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Evening of traditional food, folk music and dance

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Valletta city tour including the Saluting Battery

• Walking tour of the three cities of Senglea, Cospicua and Vittoriosa

• Explore ancient Mdina

• Visit to the well-preserved catacombes of Rabat

• Marvel at Mostas domed Church of Santa Maria

• Evening of traditional food, folk music and dance

Optional experiences

• Gozo island visit with lunch

• Visit Marsaxlokk and see the Blue Grotto

After breakfast, you’ll get to know Malta’s capital Valletta, a World Heritage City brimming with historical sites. You’ll head to the Barrakka Gardens to enjoy the magnificent views of the famous Grand Harbour. You’ll then visit the Saluting Battery. Afterwards, we’ll explore Valletta’s main streets on foot. (B,D)

Day 3 - Folklore Dinner Show

After a free day to explore and relax at your leisure, we head out for a fabulous dinner of authentic dishes at a traditional restaurant whilst watching a jovial story of Maltese history told through dance. (B,D)

Day 4 - Qawra - Day at leisure

Enjoy a day of leisure, alternatively join us on an optional excursion to the island of Gozo. As we step ashore we’ll discover some of the island’s highlights before lunch on a private estate overlooking the village of Għarb. We’ll then take a walking tour of the medieval city of Victoria. Our final stop is at the Qala Belvedere to admire the views. (B)

Day 5 - Qawra - Day at leisure

You’re free to relax or explore at your own pace today. If you’d prefer to discover more of the island, join us on our optional tour to Marsaxlokk, a fishing village on the island’s south coast. Then enjoy a visit to the Blue Grotto, a series of seven sea caves. (B)

Day 6- Rabat, Dingli & Mdina

Start today with a visit to the historic town of Rabat, famous for its catacombs. Following this, lunch will be in the village of Dingli on a local family farm and also learn about the traditional process of making olive oil. This unique experience will give you a taste of rural and family life on Malta. After lunch, our final destination will be Mdina, famously referred to as the Silent City. This former capital city is a living museum, enveloped entirely by fortified walls and boasting a labyrinth of narrow passageways adorned with elegant Patrician homes, baroque churches, convents, and opulent palaces. A leisurely walk through this city will provide us with a deeper insight into the captivating history of Malta. (B.L)

Day 7 - Three Cities & Mosta

Enjoy a walking tour of Vittoriosa, Cospicua and Senglea. Collectively known as the Three Cities, built and fortified by the Knights of Malta & home to historic buildings and churches. Next, a visit to Mosta to marvel the domed roof of the Church of Santa Maria, the fourth largest in the world, modelled on Rome’s Pantheon. (B)

Day 8 - Malta to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Ax Odycy Hotel ★★★★

A new, world-class destination in Qawra, overlooking breathtaking views of the Mediterranean Sea. Walk along the promenade and enjoy views of the beautiful St Paul’s Islands.

Room upgrade

Call to speak to one of our travel advisors about a room upgrade. Mdina

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FEMI

MALTA Valletta Qawra Mdina Mosta GOZO Victoria Marsaxlokk Blue Grotto

Wildflowers, nature walks and an awe-inspiring history are at the heart of this holiday on the idyllic Greek island of Crete.

8 days from £1,449

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights half-board in a 4-star hotel

14 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Sample Cretan coffee at a traditional cafenion

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights

• Wildflower meadows and the White Mountains tour

• Explore the Akrotiri Peninsula

• Chania and its Venetian harbour

• Sample Cretan coffee at a traditional cafenion

• Discover Spili and the Minoan Cemetery

• Visit the ancient city of Aptera

Optional experiences

• Knossos Palace and Heraklion

• Wildflowers of Apokoronas and visit to a women’s co-operative to discover how lace and silk are produced

Day 1 - UK to Crete

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Crete. On arrival we’ll transfer you to the lovely seaside resort of Agia Marina, on the island’s north-west coast. (D)

Day 2 - The White Mountains

You should see plenty of wildflowers on today’s tour, which takes you into the Omalos Upland Plain, Crete’s orange-growing region. As you ascend into the spectacular scenery of the White Mountains, past traditional farms and fragrant citrus groves, your Holiday Director is a specialist local guide and they will share their knowledge with you. They’ll tell you about the various types of flora you might see. You’ll also learn about the many types of endemic flowers that only grow in this part of the island. Your next stop is the viewpoint at the entrance of the Samaria Gorge, which is believed to be the largest in Europe. It’s said that at least 450 types of plant grow here, so you’re sure to notch up more wildflower spots. Keep a lookout too for Crete’s most famous inhabitants, wild goats. (B,D)

Day 3 - Agia Marina – Day at leisure

How you spend today is entirely up to you. You could choose a day of relaxation alternatively, if you’d like to delve into Crete’s fascinating history, join an optional excursion to the north coast and the magnificent Minoan Palace ruins of Knossos. The Minoans were Europe’s first advanced civilisation, and as you explore this incredible site in the company of a Local Guide, you’ll learn all about them. You’ll then head to Crete’s capital Heraklion. (B,D)

Day 4 - Akrotiri Peninsula & Chania

Spend time with your Holiday Director today as they host a botanical ramble around the Akrotiri Peninsula on the north-west coast of the island. You’ll also visit the Byzantine monastery of Agia Triada. We’re going to end our day in Chania, one of Crete’s most beautiful cities. (B,D)

Day 5 - Spili

We drive east today towards Rethymno, and visit the Minoan cemetery of Armenoi, which in spring displays a mass of wildflowers. We then continue our journey to Spili, hunting for orchids and other flowers along the way. This charming mountain village is well known for the spring water fountain in its main square, which features a row of sculptured lion heads. (B,D)

Day 6 - Aptera

A morning of exploration takes you to the hilltop city state of Aptera. Here you’ll

discover the remains of an ancient city whose impressive walls date back to the 5th century BC. Temples, Roman cisterns and a Byzantine monastery stand in a beautiful landscape strewn with wildflowers. Back at the hotel, a lazy afternoon beckons. (B,D)

Day

7 - Agia Marina – Day at leisure

If relaxation is high on your list, you may want to head to the beach today. If you would like to discover more, join today’s optional excursion to Apokoronas, an area located at the foot of the White Mountains and renowned for its wildflowers. Also included is a visit to the Folklore Museum of Gavalochori. Run by a women’s co-operative, here you’ll learn about the peasant lifestyle and see how silk and lace are produced. Your tour ends in the lovely beach resort of Almyrida. (B,D)

Day 8 - Crete to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Room upgrade

Call to speak to one of our travel advisors about a room upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FGRSC 2025 Start From 1 Apr

Chania Agia Marina

The White Mountains Heraklion Knossos CRETE Aptera Apokoronas Akrotiri Peninsula Spili 7

Samaria Gorge

Classic Greece and Iconic Aegean Islands Cruise

Experience the contrasts of Greece as you discover the ancient city of Athens, island hop in style through the Aegean and then relax on the Peloponnese peninsula.

9 days from £2,299

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Aegean Island cruise

3 night full-board cruise sailing on Celestyal Discovery

5 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels 15 meals 8 breakfasts (B),

lunches (L),

dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Sightseeing tour of Athens

• Cruise to the sun-kissed island of Mykonos

• Sail to the Turkish port of Kusadasi and visit the Greek island of Patmos

• Dock in the city of Heraklion in Crete

• Visit the picture-perfect village of Oia, on the Aegean Island of Santorini

• Cross the Corinth Canal

• Discover the ancient city of Epidaurus

• Visit an olive farm and enjoy a tasting of olive oil

• Relax in the coastal town of Nafplio

Optional experiences

• The palace complex of Mycenae, plus wine-tasting

Pre-bookable excursions: A full programme of shore excursions will be available on your cruise.

Day 1 - UK to Athens

Your holiday begins with a flight to Athens. When you arrive, we’ll drive you to your hotel and the rest of the day is yours to relax and unwind after the journey.

If you want to head out and explore your surroundings, the ancient Plaka district below the Acropolis is a good place to get your bearings. As you wander around the narrow, picturesque streets you’ll come across neoclassical buildings and churches, and plenty of cafés where you can stop for a refreshing drink. (D)

Day 2 - Athens

Join your Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide on a sightseeing tour of the incredible city of Athens. There is so much to discover, with ancient sites around every corner! We’ll see the Panathenaic Stadium, which hosted the first modern-day Olympics in 1896 and pass by the Parliament building and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier. You’ll see Hadrian’s Arch, said to have been built to celebrate the arrival of Roman emperor Hadrian to the city before reaching the iconic Acropolis. This hilltop citadel is home to several ancient ruins, including the worldfamous Parthenon with its unmistakable Doric columns. You will also visit the spectacular, Acropolis Museum, a showcase of exhibits and archaeological findings recovered from the site.

At the end of our tour, we’ll visit Shedia Home, a social enterprise café for Athenians experiencing homelessness or social exclusion, supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra. While you are here, have a drink and enjoy an talk from one of Shedia’s staff who will share insight as to what life is like for Athenians and how Shedia’s programs are providing opportunities through work.

Nafplion

GREECE

TURKEY Athens Kusadasi

Mykonos Patmos

Classic Touring Cruise

You have free time in the city to make your own discoveries this afternoon. Perhaps take a stroll at Filopappou Hill for fabulous views of the Acropolis, especially at sunset, or simply sit and enjoy some delicious Greek food in the Old Town of Plaka. (B)

Day 3 - Mykonos

The next exciting chapter of your Greek adventure begins this morning. We will travel to the port and board Celestyal Discovery, an elegant cruise ship and our home for the next three nights.

After setting sail, we’ll make our way to sun-kissed Mykonos. Affectionately known as the Island of the Winds, this magical island is dotted with 16th-century white windmills, traditional villages and gleaming whitewashed houses. Step ashore and spend the early evening exploring its stunning coastline, sandy beaches, vibrant cafés and bars. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Kusadasi and Patmos

This morning, the Turkish coast and charming port of Kusadasi await. Enjoy some time to yourselves and relax on one of the sandy beaches or browse the city’s famous bazaar. This lively collection of shops selling clothes, jewellery and souvenirs is surrounded by the Old Town’s historic walls.

Alternatively, through the cruise company, you can book an optional guided tour of Ephesus. One of the best-preserved ancient cities in the world, it is home to the incredible Temple of Artemis, one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. This afternoon, your voyage continues to the volcanic Greek island of Patmos, where St John the Apostle allegedly wrote the Book of Revelations. The cruise company offer an optional shore excursion to the Cave of the Apocalypse, where St John lived during his exile from Rome. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Heraklion and Santorini

Our next port of call is the city of Heraklion in Crete and as we arrive, you’ll want to be on deck to admire the imposing 16th-century walls of Koules Fortress. Spend a tranquil morning by the waterfront or join an optional shore excursion. The cruise company offers opportunities for you to explore the Cretan countryside or delve into history at the Palace of Knossos. Here you’ll learn about Europe’s first civilisation and the Cretan legend of the half-man, half-bull, Minotaur.

This afternoon, we’ll sail across the Sea of Crete to the spectacular island of Santorini and its breathtaking caldera. An included shore excursion takes us to the picture-perfect village of Oia, where we’ll see traditional

whitewashed houses and stunning, bluedomed churches. This evening, why not sip a drink in a café as the sun sets over the brightblue water of the caldera – the perfect way to finish your island adventures! (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Nafplion

We’ll take to the road and travel from Athens to the Peloponnese peninsula today. After crossing the famous Corinth Canal, we’ll stop at the incredible UNESCO-listed site of Epidaurus. This ancient city was once held in high regard as a place of miraculous healing and is said to have been the birthplace of Asklepios, the god of medicine. We’ll see ruins of the city’s buildings and temples and a wonderfully preserved theatre which accommodated thousands of spectators in its day.

Next, we’ll head to an olive farm and take a stroll through its verdant olive groves before visiting a mill to uncover the secrets of Greek olive oil production. Known as liquid gold, we’ll enjoy a tasting of two different varieties of olive oil and learn how to recognise its finest qualities.

Finally, we’ll arrive in the pretty coastal town of Nafplio. Once the capital of Greece, we’ll stay here for the next three nights. (B)

Day 7 - Nafplion

Today has been left free for you to explore the town of Nafplio at leisure. You might choose to soak up the sun on the beach or take a dip in the lido. There’s also the option of exploring the town’s charming, cobbled streets or taking a boat across the bay to Bourtzi Castle, an impressive 15th-century fortress built to protect the city. If you’re feeling active, we recommend climbing the steps up to Nafplio’s most famous landmark, Palamidi Castle, for fabulous views over the town and surrounding area. This evening, why not head into town and see what’s on offer for dinner. You’ll find restaurants serving a wide range of dishes, from seafood and grilled meat to traditional Greek fayre and meze. (B)

Day 8 - Nafplion

Make the most of your final day in Nafplio by doing as much or as little as you please. Shop for last-minute souvenirs, walk along the seafront or just relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel.

If you want to see even more of this amazing part of Greece, join your Holiday Director for a final optional excursion to the ruins of the ancient City of Mycenae. This fortified palace complex was discovered in 1874 and we’ll see highlights including the magnificent Lion Gate and the royal cemetery known as

Day 9 - UK

It’s time to say goodbye to Greece as we take you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your exclusive ship

Celestyal Discovery

Cabin upgrade

External Cabins are available at a supplement for the duration of your cruise. Please speak to a holiday advisor for details.

Travelsphere cares.

Visit the Shedia Home a café which provides opportunities for those experiencing homelessness. Listen to one of the guides who will share insight into what life is like for those experiencing homelessness or social exclusion and how Shedia’s programs are combatting the crisis.

In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FGCIA 2025

Start

23 Apr

14 May

10 Sep

Single Room supplement from £400

Flight upgrade available

From

£2,299

£2,399

£2,499

Fly from an airport near you - see page 126

Athens

Grave Circle A. We’ll then head to one of the best wineries on the Peloponnese peninsular, where a sommelier will introduce us to the art of Greek winemaking and guide us through a tasting. (B)

Treasures of Turkey

Experience the rich culture and ancient wonders of Turkey on an intoxicating journey across this mesmerizing land.

12 days from £1,699

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London

11 nights in 4-star hotels

Local flavours

Coffee and Baklava tasting in traditional coffee shop

Travelsphere Holiday Director

23 meals

11 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L),

10 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Transportation

Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Tour of Istanbul

• Visit the Gallipoli War Memorial

• Troy tour and visit to Pergamon

• Visit the Temple of Artemis, in Ephesus

• Visit Sirince Village

• Picnic lunch in Aphrodisias

• Pamukkale hot springs

• Visit Konya, capital of the Seldjuk Empire

• Cappadocia and the Goreme Valley

• Visit to Ankara

Optional experiences

• Istanbul by night with folklore show

• Morning cruise along the Bosporus

• Visit the Golden Horn

• Whirling Dervishes performance

Gallipoli

Canakkale

Troy Pergamon

Sirince

Ephesus

1

2

Kusadasi Pamukkale

Day 1 - UK to Istanbul

Today you will fly to Istanbul, from where we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Enjoy your first dinner in Turkey, relax and get set for your exciting journey. (D)

Day 2 - Istanbul

Launch straight into action on our city tour. From Sultanahmet Square we’ll explore the Hippodrome’s stunning obelisks and intriguing history of chariot races. Prepare yourself for breathtaking sights as we visit the Hagia Sophia and the Blue Mosque. After savouring local flavours at a Turkish restaurant, visit Topkapi Palace Museum. Sharpen your bargaining skills at the Grand Bazaar, taste baklava, a sweet pastry made of layers of filo filled with chopped nuts and honey. Dance to your own tune in the city tonight or join our optional excursion to watch a traditional Turkish show. (B,L)

Day 3 - Istanbul to Canakkale

After breakfast, explore at your own pace or join our scenic Bosporus Cruise. Settle in for a relaxing afternoon drive to Canakkale, with sweeping views of the Marmara Sea coastline. We’ll stop at the famous WWI battlefields of Gallipoli. the large and poignant resting site of Australian, New Zealand, British and Turkish soldiers. We then cross the historic Dardanelles channel to our hotel. (B,D)

Day 4 - Canakkale to Kusadasi

The myths and legends of Troy await this morning as we visit an archaeological site with more than 3,000 years of history. Our journey continues through Ayvalik to Bergama. Explore the UNESCO-listed ancient city of Pergamon, with striking remains of the Acropolis. (B,D)

Ephesus

Classic Touring

Day 5 - Ephesus & Sirince

Today’s adventure begins Ephesus, one of the best-preserved ancient cities in the world. Get your camera ready for a shot of you and the Temple of Artemis, one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. In the afternoon we’ll visit Sirince, a village known for its excellent wine production. (B,D)

Day 6 - Kusadasi to Pamukkale

We’ll travel to Aphrodisias to discover the Greco-Roman settlement and museum. The temple here dates from the 3rd century BC. You’ll enjoy a delicious picnic lunch before we travel to Pamukkale, celebrated for its startling white cliffs and mineral-rich thermal waters. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Pamukkale to Konya

Enjoy an exciting tour of the ruins at the ancient spa city of Hierapolis. You may choose to swim in the hot spring pool at the hotel before we drive to Konya, which was once the capital of the Seljuk Empire. On the way, we’ll pass the glistening lakes of Egirdir and Beysehir, surrounded by lush landscapes. (B,D)

Day 8 - Konya to Cappadocia

Konya is home to the Mausoleum of Mevlana, the founder of the sect of Whirling Dervishes. We’ll admire the Karatay Medrese and visit the 13th century Caravanserai Sultanhani. You can choose to join an optional excursion to watch the Whirling Dervishes. (B,D)

Day 9 - Cappadocia

Awake amidst Cappadocia’s other-worldly scenery for a full day of exploration ahead. Join us for a tour of Göreme Valley with its fairytale rock formations and network of man-made caves. The incredible Kaymakli Underground City was used by the earliest Christian settlers. Of its eight levels, four are open to the public and feature a maze of tunnels and rooms. At sunset, relish a glass of local wine with stunning views over Love Valley. (B,D)

Day 10 - Cappadocia to Ankara

Today we drive to the bustling capital city of Ankara. In the afternoon, visit the Museum of Anatolian Civilizations and the Mausoleum of Atatürk to discover Turkey’s ancient past. You’ll find relics from Neolithic, Bronze Age, Hittite and Lydian periods, among a staggering array of artefacts. We’ll also visit the Mausoleum of Atatürk, then enjoy an overnight stay with free time to relax. (B,D)

Day 11 - Ankara to Istanbul

A bright and early start takes you back to Istanbul to explore at leisure in the afternoon. Alternatively, enjoy an optional half-day excursion to Golden Horn, Chora Museum and Pierre Loti café with pretty views over the Bosporus. Take advantage of free time in the evening for some last-minute shopping or sightseeing, then join us for a delicious farewell dinner together at the hotel. (B,D)

Day 12 - Istanbul to UK

Enjoy breakfast at the hotel this morning before your airport transfer and flight home to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FETKT

Single Room supplement from £550

Blue Mosque, Istanbul

Ankara

Cappadocia

Pamukkale

Discover Romania & Enchanting Transylvania

Be captivated by Romania’s enchanting castles, intriguing history, stunning landscapes and rich folklore.

8 days from £1,549

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 Nights in 3 and 4-star hotels

12 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Dinner with a local family with folklore show and free-flowing wine and brandy

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights

• Visit the 17th century Mogosoaia Palace

• Explore the medieval citadel of Sibiu

• Visit an apiary and sample the produce

• Brukenthal Summer Palace Gardens

• Traditional weaving demonstration

• Dinner at a traditional restaurant

• Explore medieval Brasov

• Discover Bran Castle

• Dinner in Bran Castle grounds

• Peles Castle and Sinaia Monastery

• Panoramic Bucharest sightseeing tour

Optional experience

• Biertan, Sighisoara and wine-tasting

Day 1 - UK to Bucharest

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Bucharest, from where we’ll transfer you to your hotel. (D)

Day 2 - Bucharest to Mogosoaia then Sibiu

This morning we’ll transfer to Mogosoaia and visit the beautiful Mogosoaia Palace, built in the 1600s by the famous Prince Constantin Brancoveanu. En route to Sibiu we’ll stop for lunch in Curtea de Arges, home to a remarkable Romanian Orthodox monastery. We’ll arrive in Sibiu in the evening. (B)

Day 3 - Sibiu to Sibiel

After breakfast we’ll embark on a walking tour of Sibiu, which is as photogenic as any medieval town in Eastern Europe. We’ll marvel at the 14th century Lutheran Cathedral, home to a looming spire and Romania’s largest pipe organ, and the historic Bridge of Lies. We’ll then meet a representative from the ‘We Help!’ charity, supported by the Travelsphere Cares initiative, and learn how they help Romania’s disadvantaged children. This evening sees us head to the mountain village of Sibiel, where we will sit down to a traditional Romanian dinner in a family home. (B,D)

Day 4 - Sibiu – Day at leisure

An optional excursion this morning goes to the village of Biertan, home to a looming fortified church. Next we’ll visit Sighisoara, the birthplace of one of Transylvania’s most notorious sons, Vlad the Impaler – the real-life inspiration for Dracula. Visit one of the best viewpoints above the city for sweeping views of the surrounding area. Finally, we’ll stop at a local vineyard, to learn about the local wine-making culture and, naturally, enjoy a few samples. (B)

Day 5 - Sibiu to Brasov

Today we’re heading into the countryside to learn about rural Romanian life. We begin with a visit to a local apiary, where we’ll savour some of the produce. In Avrig we’ll relax in the gardens of the Brukenthal Summer Palace, an elegantly crumbling 19th century mansion. Then we’ll proceed to the village of Lisa to meet skilled wool-weavers who make beautiful carpets using vintage machinery powered by a water mill. Tonight, we’ll have dinner at a traditional restaurant in medieval Brasov. (B,D)

Day 6 - Brasov to Bran

This morning we’ll set off to see the sights in Brasov, including the looming Black Church. Our next stop, Bran Castle, also known as Dracula Castle, takes the Gothic up a notch with its spires and rooftops rising dramatically from the forest. Tonight, we’ll enjoy dinner in the grounds – an incredible experience. (B,D)

Day 7 - Brasov to Bucharest

Our first stop today is the striking Sinaia Monastery. It’s named after Egypt’s Mount Sinai, but with its Brâncovenesc domes and archways, this 300-year-old monastery, is distinctly Romanian. Next it’s on to the fairytale Peles Castle, a magnificent NeoRenaissance masterpiece in the Carpathian Mountains. Arriving in Bucharest in the evening, we’ll enjoy a panoramic city tour taking in iconic sights. We finish with a farewell dinner at a renowned Bucharest restaurant. (B,D)

Day 8 - Bucharest to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Travelsphere cares.

When you book this holiday you are helping us to support the ‘We Help!’ initiative, which helps disadvantaged children in Romania.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation. Flights from London Holiday ref:

Grand Baltic Explorer

On an incredible adventure, travel from Finland to Poland and explore the Baltic states of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania.

10 days from £2,199

Day 1 - UK to Helsinki

Make your way to the airport for your flight to Helsinki. Upon arrival you’ll have some free time to explore at your leisure and find a spot for dinner to sample the local cuisine.

Day 2 - Helsinki to Tallinn

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

9 nights in 4-star hotels

13 meals

9 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Lunch experience at Riga central market

Travelsphere

Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Visit Helsinki and discover its historical centre

• Explore Tallinn

• Turaida Castle and the town of Sigulda

• Latvia’s capital Riga

• Discover the Hill of Crosses and Rundale Palace

• Tour of Vilnius, Lithuania’s historical capital

• Grutas Park’s sculptures

• Guided tour of Polish capital Warsaw

Optional experiences

• Tour of Kadriorg Palace

• The Open-air Museum in Riga

• Trakai Castle and its museum

Discover Helsinki today with a full day of exploration. After you’ve enjoyed breakfast, join your Holiday Director on a stroll around the city’s historical centre. Dedicated to the famed composer, the Sibelius Monument is our next highlight, followed by the Temppeliaukio Church, carved into solid rock and crowned with a copper dome. In the afternoon we’ll take the ferry to Tallinn. (B,D)

Day 3 - Tallinn

Enjoy a walking tour of Tallinn this morning, which will introduce you to districts dating back to the Middle Ages. Together we’ll walk along narrow streets lined by Gothic-style merchants’ houses.

In the afternoon, there is an optional tour of the grand Kadriorg Palace, a gift from Peter the Great to his wife Catherine I. (B)

Day 4 - Turaida Castle to Sigulda then Riga

The next leg of your journey takes you into Latvia. Our drive here gives us the chance to enjoy further sightseeing, firstly with a stop at the reconstructed medieval Turaida Castle. Later, we can stretch our legs in the pretty town of Sigulda. (B)

Day 5 - Riga

Explore Riga today on a walking tour with a Local Guide. Your sightseeing will include the Dome Cathedral, Riga Castle and St Peter’s Cathedral. Here, we’ll take the lift up to the viewing platform to see the city from a different angle. The tour ends at the famous Riga central market where we’ll stop at a fish bar and enjoy a buffet of local specialities. If you feel brave you could even do as the locals do and try sprats on bread with a shot of vodka. There’s an optional afternoon visit to the Latvian Ethnographic Open-air Museum on the banks of Lake Jugla. (B,L)

Day 6 - Rundale Palace to Siauliai then Vilnius

We take to the road for a drive to Vilnius. En route to Lithuania’s capital we’ll call at the pilgrimage site of the Hill of Crosses in Siauliai, as well as Rundale Palace. This evening, enjoy the atmosphere of a traditional restaurant and be entertained by a folk show performed by local musicians. In this restaurant, traditional dishes are prepared from the

oldest recipes and corn bread is baked daily, a staple of Lithuanian cuisine that is not to be missed. (B,D)

Day 7 - Vilnius

After breakfast discover Vilnius with a guided tour of its UNESCO-listed Old Town, one of the largest surviving medieval towns in Europe. There’s an optional afternoon excursion to explore the 14th century Trakai Castle, located on an island and home to a museum. (B)

Day 8 - Druskininkai to Grutas Park then Warsaw

Today’s journey by road takes us to Warsaw. On the way we’ll stop off to explore the spa town of Druskininkai, which boasts many mineral springs and mud baths. Close by, we’ll also visit Grutas Park, an extraordinary collection of Soviet-era sculptures that escaped destruction when Lithuania gained its independence. This evening enjoy a traditional dinner at a restaurant. (B,D)

Day 9 - Warsaw

Discover the best of Warsaw as your Holiday Director and Local Guide point out all the highlights on today’s tour. There’s Castle Square, which fronts the Royal Castle, Sigismund’s Column and St John’s Cathedral. Together we’ll stroll through the Market Square and stop to admire the Monument of Warsaw’s Uprising. (B)

Day 10 - Warsaw to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FBALT 2024 2025

Helsinki

Classic Touring

Norwegian WondersCities, Fjords &

Mountains

Experience the unique cities, spectacular railway journeys and incredible fjord landscapes of Norway.

8 days from £1,999

Day 1 - UK to Oslo

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Oslo. On arrival in Norway’s capital, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the centre of the city. The rest of the day is free to relax and unwind or start exploring your new surroundings. Oslo, nestled at the head of the Oslo Fjord, offers a captivating blend of architectural wonders, museums brimming with history, and countless attractions.

Day 2 - Oslo

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 Nights in 3 and 4-star hotels

10 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Taste locally brewed cider from the Hardanger Valley

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• City tour of Oslo with a local expert guide

• Journey on the scenic Bergen railway to the mountain town of Myrdal

• Ride the stunning Flam railway

• Enjoy a breath-taking fjord sailing

• Scenic drive through the Hardanger valley

• Bergen city tour with local expert guide

Optional experience

• Fjord cruise and glacier visit from Balestrand

Launch straight into action today on our city tour in the company of an expert local guide. Enjoy panoramic views of the Opera house and ‘She Lies’ floating sculpture, Karl Johans gate – Oslo’s main shopping street, the imposing Akershus Castle and Fortress, and the spectacular Royal Palace. We’ll then take a picturesque ride through some of Oslo’s prettiest neighbourhoods to Vigeland Park. Step through the wrought-iron gates to explore the park home to more than two hundred sculptures. This afternoon is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B)

Day 3 - Oslo to Balestrand

After breakfast we’ll make our way to Oslo station for a journey along the Bergen Railway. As you leave the city behind and venture to the mountain station of Myrdal, you’ll watch as the landscape transforms into a stunning tapestry of lush greenery, meandering rivers, and cascading waterfalls. Myrdal station, located 866 metres above sea level, connects with the spectacular Flåm Railway, our next journey. The famous Flåm Railway is one of the most beautiful and steepest standard-gauge railway lines in the world. Our journey continues as we board a ship to sail through steep mountains flanking the beautiful Aurlandsfjord and Sognefjord to Balestrand. This historic village sits on the northern shore of Sognefjord, Norway’s longest and deepest fjord. Its famous arm, the Nærøyfjord, has World Heritage status. We’ll check in to our hotel and gather for dinner this evening. (B,D)

Day 4 - Balestrand at leisure

Today you are free to explore the captivating village of Balestrand at leisure or relax at your hotel which overlooks the fjord. If you’re feeling active, there are a number of popular, well-marked hiking trails from Balestrand suitable for experienced hikers and novices alike.

This afternoon why not take the opportunity to join our optional excursion to witness even more of the magnificent Norwegian landscapes. We’ll take a cruise on the

Fjaerlandsfjord that lead to the edge of the majestic Jostedalen Glacier, the largest in continental Europe. You’ll visit the Norwegian Glacier Museum before continuing up to the Bøyabreen glacier – a branch of Jostedalsbreen glacier.

Day 5 - Balestrand to Ulvik

Today we will leave Balestrand and travel into the lush valley of Hardanger before arriving in Ulvik, a cosy village on the shores of Hardanger Fjord. In this region you will find many fruit orchards and farms that produce their own cider and we’ll try some of the local produce this afternoon. The rest of the day is free to explore the mesmerizing countryside in Hardanger. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ulvik to Bergen

After breakfast we bid farewell to Ulvik and enjoy a scenic drive to Bergen. Cradled between mountains and North Sea, Bergen captivates with its old-world charm. Norway’s second-largest city, is known as the gateway to the fjords. The Bryggen area is one of its finest attractions – take a stroll here and be transported back in time with its characteristic wooden buildings. (B)

Day 7 - Bergen

This morning we will take in the rich history, vibrant culture, and breath-taking natural surroundings of Bergan on a sightseeing tour with an expert local guide. There will be free time in the afternoon for you to explore further at leisure. (B)

Day 8 - Bergen to UK

After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK (B)

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FNFS 2024 2025

Start From Start From

9 Aug Sold Out 16 May £1,999

6 Sep* £2,049 27 Jun £2,099

13 Sep Sold Out 11 Jul £2,199

15 Aug £2,199

12 Sep £2,049

Single Room supplement from £300

Fly from an airport near you - see page 126

*6 Sep 2024 departure operates a different itinerary staying in Voss instead of Balestrand on days 3 & 4.

Classic Touring

NorwayHuskies & the Northern Lights

Travel to the Arctic Circle and search for the Northern Lights on this thrilling winter adventure.

5 days from £1,999

FINLAND Nights in hotel Road 4

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

4 nights in A 4-star hotels

7 meals

4 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Traditional dinner in a Sami tent

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

• Tromsø tour including the Polar Museum & Arctic Cathedral

• Cable car ride to the top of Mount Storsteinen

• Husky sledding experience

• Reindeer sledding and Sami culture evening

• Search for the Northern Lights Optional experience

• Evening Northern Lights cruise

Day 1 - UK to Tromsø

Today, you’ll start your Norwegian adventure with a flight to Tromsø where on arrival, we’ll drive to your quayside hotel for a four-night stay. This evening, get to know your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Tromsø

In the summer months, Tromsø is famous for its midnight sun, yet it offers an equally incredible ambience in the winter with its dark polar nights. Enjoy some free time this morning before heading to the Polar Museum with your Holiday Director. With it’s location far to the north, Tromso has been the starting point for many arctic expeditions and the museum tells the story of the explorers, adventurers and researchers of the polar region. Later your Local Guide will take you to visit some of the city’s highlights including the Arctic Cathedral.

We’ll round off our sightseeing tour by taking the cable car to the top of Mount Storsteinen for panoramic views of the city below. This panoramic viewpoint is considered one of the best places in the world to witness the Northern Lights. (B)

Day 3 - Tromsø

This morning we’ll head to Breivikeidet, the gateway to the Lyngen Alps. Here, you will learn the art of dog-sledding before heading out on a ride through tree-lined trails and open terrain. Following the adventure, we’ll warm up by the fireplace and enjoy a warm drink and traditional lunch of moose or reindeer stew as our guides share stories about the local wildlife and daily life of the sled-pulling huskies.

This afternoon has been left free for you to enjoy Tromsø at leisure. This evening why not join an optional cruise in to the total darkness of the Arctic fjords surrounding the city. The captain will set sail in the direction where the clearest weather conditions have been predicted with the hope of observing the Northern Lights. (B,L)

Day 4 - Tromsø

Today has been left free for you to relax and explore at your own pace. You may indulge in a short walk to the Polaria Museum where you can learn about the array of creatures that thrive in the waters of Arctic regions. This evening, we’ll journey north of Tromsø to a reindeer camp owned by a local Sami reindeer herding family. Sit back and enjoy a sledding ride around the valley which is in an ideal location to observe the aurora borealis and hopefully the sky will be clear for us tonight.

You’ll have the chance to feed the reindeer before warming up around the fire of a Sami hut. After a traditional meal your Sami guide will talk about life as a reindeer herder and perform a traditional Sami song, known as a joik. (B,D)

Day 5 - Tromsø to UK

Today we will transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Scandic Ishavshotel ★★★★ Stay

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FNH 2025

Worldwide ADVENTURES

Discover exotic lands, unbelievable sights, and diverse traditions - see incredible wildlife in Africa, uncover thousands of years of history in Asia, embrace the vibrant energy of The America’s and head ‘Down Under’, where wow moments are simply the norm.

Best of The West

Take in the glitz and glamour of Los Angeles and Las Vegas, and marvel at the awe-inspiring Grand Canyon and Yosemite National Park.

14 days from £3,399

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Try clam chowder at dinner at Fisherman’s Wharf

12 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

7 meals

6 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• LA tour including Hollywood

• Tour of San Diego

• Visit vibrant Sedona

• The iconic Grand Canyon

• Stargazing at the Lowell Observatory in Flagstaff

• Drive along a part of historic Route 66

• View the mighty Hoover Dam

• Stay on the Las Vegas strip

• Explore Yosemite National Park

• Cross the Golden Gate Bridge and tour San Francisco

• Enjoy clam chowder at dinner at Fisherman’s Wharf in San Francisco

Optional experiences

• The beachfront city of Santa Monica

• Universal Studios

• San Diego Bay cruise

• Jeep tour through Red Rock canyons in Sedona

• A flight over the Grand Canyon

• Mob Museum in Las Vegas

• Las Vegas by night tour

• San Francisco cruise around the bay

Day 1 - UK to Los Angeles

You’ll be the envy of all your friends today as you travel to the airport for your flight to Los Angeles. When you arrive in this bustling metropolis, we’ll take you straight to your hotel, where a two-night stay gives you plenty of time to explore.

Day 2 - Los Angeles

You’re going to experience the excitement and glamour of LA this morning on your included tour. Highlights include Hollywood and Grauman’s Chinese Theatre, where you’ll see celebrity handprints, footprints and autographs etched into the concrete. There’s time to explore at your own pace this afternoon. However, if you’d like to discover more, you can take an optional drive on the famous Route 66 to Santa Monica, a trendy, vibrant, yet relaxing beach resort overlooking the Pacific Ocean. Stroll the famous wooden pier, lined with food stalls and fairground rides, and browse the boutiques along Third Street Promenade.

Day 3 - Los Angeles to San Diego

You can discover LA your own way this morning as you explore at your own pace. If you have always dreamed of visiting Universal Studios, that’s where our optional excursion is headed. This thrilling theme park is packed with movie memorabilia, big rides and exciting attractions. This afternoon, we’re off to our next base, the seaport of San Diego.

Day 4 -San Diego

You can soak up the sights of this Spanish influenced city on an included morning tour. Then the rest of the day is all yours to see more as you wish. You might be tempted to join an optional cruise around San Diego Bay or spend time exploring the historic Gaslamp Quarter, with its tempting array of shops and restaurants. (B)

Yosemite National Park

Classic Touring

Day 5 - San Diego to Prescott

Today we’ll leave California on a drive that takes us through a spectacular desert landscape filled with the characteristic saguaro cactus. We’ll end the day in Prescott in the state of Arizona. Set at 5,200 feet this former Wild West town is surrounded by forests, giant boulders and lakes. Don’t miss an evening on Whiskey Row in downtown Prescott with its nightly live music and cowboy saloon bars, once frequented by Doc Holiday and Wyatt Earp. (B)

Day 6 - Sedona & Flagstaff

We take to the road again today, driving into Northern Arizona. We’ll make a stop at the township of Sedona, known for its vibrant arts community. You can explore at leisure or you might choose to join an optional Jeep ride into the surrounding rock formations, they really are stunning. Our final destination today is the former Wild West town of Flagstaff. (B)

Day 7 - Grand Canyon National Park

This is the day that you visit one of the world’s most iconic natural wonders, the Grand Canyon, which is a must-see on any traveller’s list. For a truly unforgettable experience, why not choose to view this spectacular 14-milewide gorge from the air on an optional flight. However you choose to view this vast panorama, you will not be disappointed. Flagstaff is known as the world’s first International Dark Sky City and this evening you will have the chance to visit the Lowell Observatory, where Pluto was discovered. Enjoy stargazing using the six advanced telescopes on the open air observatory deck, and time to explore the campus. (B)

Day 8 - Route 66 & Las Vegas

You’re going to travel on the legendary Route 66 today, westwards to Las Vegas. On the way we’re going to pass the mighty Hoover Dam, a feat of 20th century construction. If you want to be dazzled, join an optional Las Vegas by night tour to take in the lights and sights of this spectacular desert city. (B)

Day 9 - Las Vegas

Las Vegas is all yours to discover today, so off you go on a stroll down the famous Strip. As you dip into the themed hotels lining it, you’ll find a host of attractions. There are casinos, of course, shopping malls, aquariums, and you can even take a gondola ride on Vegas’ very own ‘Grand Canal’!

Day 10 - Mojave Desert to Selma

On today’s journey back to the Golden State we’ll drive through the Mojave desert, the

driest in North America. We’ll continue through California’s fertile Central Valley filled with orchards, vineyards and farms.

Day 11 - Yosemite National Park

Travelling north, today you’re going to visit the vast Yosemite National Park. With its abundance of waterfalls, lakes and dramatic mountain peaks it’s a wonderful place to explore. We’ll stop for lunch in the park before travelling on to San Francisco. (B)

Day 12 - San Francisco

Your morning tour of San Francisco begins as you cross the iconic Golden Gate Bridge. You’ll then take in wonderful views from the city’s Twin Peaks and visit landmarks including Golden Gate Park and Chinatown. In the afternoon you can set your own pace. If you want to shop, there’s a branch of Macy’s that’s a whole block in size, and the famous cable cars are a great way to get around. You could explore Fisherman’s Wharf and see the hundreds of sea lions at PIER 39 or learn about the city’s history in one of its many museums. San Francisco Bay is at your feet too, so joining our optional cruise is another great idea. You’ll enjoy superb views of the city’s skyline and magnificent bridges, then circle the infamous Alcatraz Island. San Francisco offers a sparkling and cosmopolitan nightlife, and this evening we come together to enjoy a three-course dinner at one of the restaurants located at Fisherman’s Wharf. (D)

Day 13 - San Francisco to UK

Enjoy the final few hours of your holiday at leisure in San Francisco. Later we’ll drive to the airport and check in for our flight to the UK.

Day 14 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Favourite moment

As you stand at the edge of the Grand Canyon, you’ll be blown away by the size of this incredible natural wonder. Carved over millions of years - it’s nature in all its glory!

Extend your stay

San Francisco

2 nights from £399

Extend your stay in the beautiful city of San Francisco and discover more of the sights at your own pace. Includes two nights room only in a great quality hotel.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: USA 2024 2025

Grand Canyon

Embark on an awe-inspiring adventure through seven states and be mesmerised by the breath-taking scenery in nine National Parks.

17 days from £4,199

Your holiday includes Epic Wonders of The National Parks

Return flights from London Local flavours

15 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

17 meals

15 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Fort Hays Chuckwagon supper and cowboy music show Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Mount Rushmore National Memorial

• The Crazy Horse Memorial

• Badlands National Park

• Wild West city of Deadwood

• Battle of Little Bighorn site

• The world’s first national park, Yellowstone

• Grand Teton National Park

• Canyonlands National Park

• Arches National Park

• Mesa Verde National Park

• Monument Valley

• The iconic Grand Canyon National Park

• Bryce Canyon National Park’s unique geology

• Zion Canyon National Park

• The neon-lit city of Las Vegas

• Stay on the Las Vegas Strip

Optional experiences

• Sunset jet boat tour on the Colorado River with dinner

• Monument Valley Tour

• Helicopter flight over the Grand Canyon

• Las Vegas by night

Day 1 - UK to Denver

You holiday begins with a flight to Denver. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your overnight hotel.

Day 2 - Denver to Rapid City

Your adventure begins in earnest today with a journey to Rapid City. On the way we’re going to stop at Cheyenne and the former military and trading outpost of Fort Laramie. This is where chief Red Cloud signed the treaty that gave the supposedly worthless Black Hills to the Sioux. Just six years later, Custer discovered gold in the Black Hills, prompting the Gold Rush and ultimately causing the Battle of Little Bighorn. There’s a treat in store tonight as we head to Fort Hays Chuckwagon supper and cowboy music show located on the film set of ‘Dances with Wolves’. (B,D)

Day 3 - Mount Rushmore & Badlands

Your day begins with a visit to Mount Rushmore, with its famous granite sculptures of Presidents Roosevelt, Lincoln, Washington and Jefferson. You’re also going to see the Crazy Horse Memorial this morning. The highlights keep on coming today with an afternoon tour of Badlands National Park. Here you’ll discover an eerie world which has been carved over millions of years by the forces of nature. (B)

Day 4 - Rapid City to Deadwood

You’re heading into ‘Wild West’ territory with a drive through the Black Hills to Deadwood, a town created on the back of the Gold Rush. The city is a national historic landmark, and there’s time for you to explore a little before we head to Sheridan for the night. (B)

Day 5 - Little Bighorn Battlefield

The highlight of your day is a visit to the

historic battlefield site of the Battle of Little Bighorn. A guided tour gives you the chance to relive Custer’s Last Stand and get a fascinating insight into one of the most famous battles in western history. (B)

Day 6 - Cody to Yellowstone National Park

You’ll set foot in the world’s first national park today. Yellowstone is a wonderland of spouting geysers, hot springs, boiling pools and bubbling mud pots. On your tour you’ll see the extraordinary Yellowstone Canyon with its waterfall twice the height of Niagara and, of course, ‘Old Faithful’, which erupts every 93 minutes. The park is also a wildlife sanctuary with bears, elk, moose and herds of buffalo all roaming freely, so keep your eyes peeled for sightings. (B)

Day 7 - Grand Teton National Park

The next national park you’ll tick off your list is Grand Teton. Famed for its beautiful landscapes dominated by snow-capped peaks, lakes and glaciers, you can take in these exceptional sights today. (B)

Day 8 - Salt Lake City

We’ll head in to Utah today for an overnight stay in the state capital, Salt Lake City. Founded by the Mormons, the city is set on the shores of the Great Salt Lake and at the foot of spectacular mountains. There will be time this afternoon to explore the city. (B)

Day 9 - Canyonlands National Park

Today we visit Canyonlands National Park, an incredible rugged landscape of canyons carved by the Colorado River. The islands in the Sky District of the park offer views of the canyon wilderness below. Later we’ll arrive in Moab for an overnight stay where you have the opportunity to take an optional sunset jet boat ride on the Colorado River. This scenic trip gives you the chance to view the red rock cliffs from the water and is followed by a cowboy-style dinner. (B)

Day 10 - Arches National Park

Your next base is Cortez, which we reach via a visit to Arches National Park. When you view what is the world’s greatest concentration of red sandstone arches, you’ll understand just how it got its name! (B)

Day 11 - Mesa Verde National Park

Mesa Verde National Park is also within reach from Cortez, and it’s where your tour takes you today. This archaeological masterpiece is famed for its cliff dwellings, with Cliff Palace having more than 200 rooms. (B)

Day 12 - Monument Valley

Next is Monument Valley, instantly recognisable as the setting for many spaghetti westerns with its wide-open spaces dotted with incredible sandstone monoliths. An optional tour is available if you’d like to find out more about this fascinating destination. (B)

Day 13 - Grand Canyon

As highlights go, the Grand Canyon is hard to beat, and today is the day that you get to see this iconic natural wonder. It’s a breathtaking sight however viewed, but an optional flight gives you the thrilling chance to see it from the air. Stop just outside of the National Park and enjoy a Navajo Taco from the Native Grill supported by our Travelsphere Cares programme, before continuing to Kanab. (B,L)

Day 14 - Bryce Canyon National Park

There are just two more national parks to go now, and today you’ll view the spires of rock and vast natural amphitheatres that form the unique geology of Bryce Canyon. (B)

Day 15 - Zion National Park

A day of contrasts begins with a tour of Zion National Park, to see sheer cliffs and mesmerising rock formations. Equally enthralling is your destination tonight, the man-made wonder that is Las Vegas, where a night tour is one option. (B)

Day 16 - Las Vegas to UK

Your epic journey visiting nine of America’s national parks comes to an end as we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Please note: This itinerary includes long driving days, early starts and some evening finishes. At certain times of year Yellowstone may experience snow and we may need to use an alternative route.

Altitude: During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 10,500ft where altitude sickness can occur. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns, please consult your doctor.

Extend your stay

Las Vegas

2 nights from £349 Mount

Extend your stay in the dazzling neon-lit city of Las Vegas. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Favourite moment

Yellowstone National Park offers so many opportunities to spot wildlife. To see the magnificent bison is incredible.

Travelsphere cares.

DinéHózhó aims to further integrate Navajo culture by assisting indigenous-owned businesses in their development and connecting them to the tourist industry. On this tour you will visit the ‘Native Grill’ - a food truck run by a local Navajo family. See website for more details.

In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UAPLB 2024 2025

Rushmore

The Best of The Deep South

Experience an electrifying journey from Nashville’s musical wonders to the heart of jazz in New Orleans’ French Quarter.

12 days from £3,399

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Live jazz brunch in New Orleans’ French Quarter

10 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

7 meals

6 breakfasts (B), 1 brunch (Br) and welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Atlanta city tour

• Nashville, the city that “calls music home”

• Country Music Hall of Fame and Studio B

• Tour of Sun Studios, “the birthplace of Rock ‘n’ Roll”

• City tour of Memphis, home of the blues

• Graceland and Elvis Experience Tour

• Stax Museum of American Soul Music

• BB King Museum in Indianola

• Visit historic Natchez and tour an Antebellum mansion

• New Orleans city tour

• Live jazz brunch in New Orleans’ French Quarter

• Walking tour of the French Quarter

Optional experiences

• Grand Ole Opry evening

• Visit Tupelo – Elvis’s birthplace

• Louisiana Swamp & Bayou tour

• Lunch cruise on a New Orleans paddle steamer

Day 1 - UK to Atlanta

Fly to Atlanta, Georgia for the start of your Deep South tour. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Atlanta to Nashville

Atlanta has been through many incarnations since it was founded as a railroad terminus in 1837 and on your morning tour you’ll see its main highlights. Later we’ll drive to Nashville for a two night stay. On your free evening be sure to explore the city’s Broadway and Honky Tonk Highway, a strip of venues where there is live music 365 days a year.

Day 3 - Nashville

We’ve a fabulous music themed day in store for you today. It begins as you step inside the hallowed halls of Studio B, which became famous in the 1960s for its part in the Nashville Sound. Here, you’ll step inside the studio where Elvis recorded ‘Are You Lonesome Tonight’. As the lights are dimmed, just as they would have been for the King of Rock ‘n’ Roll, you’ll hear his incredible voice flowing from the speakers. To round off the day you’ll visit the Country Music Hall of Fame.

This evening join our optional excursion - an evening of live music at the Grand Ole Opry. This is one of the most important venues for live country music in the world. (B)

Day 4 - Nashville to Memphis

The next great musical city you’ll visit is Memphis, standing proudly on the bluffs of the Mississippi River. On arrival in the afternoon, we’re going to set off together to discover some of its many highlights. They include the Riverfront and Beale Street, the home of the blues. On this iconic street, music emanates from every open door, and street performers entertain the crowds. (B)

Nights in hotel

Finish Optional Start Road Atlanta Tupelo Nashville Memphis Vicksburg Natchez Indianola New Orleans GEORGIA ALABAMA TENNESSEE MISSISSIPPI

Courtesy of Nashville Convention & Visitors’ Corporation

Classic Touring

Day 5 - Memphis

Memphis is synonymous with Elvis Presley, and today we’re going to find out about this connection. Our first visit is to Sun Studios, where the ‘King of Rock ‘n’ Roll’ made his first recordings back in 1954.

This is followed by Graceland, where we’ll take a fascinating guided tour of the opulent mansion that was his home from 1957 until his death in 1977. Here you can fully immerse yourself in his life and career as you go back to his roots. You’ll see the living room, kitchen, TV room, pool room and the famous Jungle Room among other highlights. The tour ends at the Meditation Garden, where Elvis is buried alongside his parents. This is sure to be a wonderful highlight of your holiday, and there’s more to come tomorrow. (B)

Day 6 - Memphis

Today has been left free for you to explore more of Memphis at leisure. Maybe you’ll choose to visit one of the city’s fascinating museums, which include the National Civil Rights Museum and the Slave Haven Underground Railroad Museum.

Alternatively, if you enjoyed your visit to Graceland yesterday, today’s optional excursion is sure to be tempting. Why not come with us to Tupelo, where you’ll see the house where Elvis was born. You’ll also get to visit a fantastic museum displaying one of the most remarkable collections of Elvis memorabilia in the world. (B)

Day 7 - Memphis to Vicksburg

Leaving Memphis we’ll travel in to the Mississippi Delta stopping in Indianola to visit the BB King Museum. Here we’ll learn about this blues legend and the history, literature, music and race relations of this area that gave birth to the Delta Blues. (B)

Day 8 - Vicksburg to New Orleans

As we head deeper south we’re going to make a stop today in Natchez, a historic river town on the banks of the Mississippi. This laid back destination is filled with grand mansions and we’ll visit one today to learn about southern life in the “antebellum” period, before the civil war. Our ultimate destination is the ‘Big Easy’, or New Orleans, home to another musical genre & jazz. Your hotel here is just steps from the famous French Quarter. This is the oldest district and the cultural hub of the city, so you’re well placed to make your own discoveries. We’ll explore New Orleans’ highlights on an included tour this afternoon. As we drive around the city we’ll see St Louis Cathedral and cemeteries full of above-theground tombs, known as Cities of the Dead. (B)

Day 9 - New Orleans

Your day begins with a walking tour of the French Quarter, taking in Jackson Square, Pirate’s Alley and the world-famous Bourbon Street. We’ll end our walk at a restaurant for a buffet brunch accompanied by live jazz music, which is served in a pretty outdoor courtyard in the French Quarter. The rest of the day is yours to explore the galleries and boutiques of the French Quarter, or join an optional Louisiana swamp and bayou tour. (Br)

Day 10 - New Orleans

With so much to discover in New Orleans you can spend the day exploring at your own pace,. However, if you’re still keen to discover more, your Holiday Director is hosting an afternoon optional trip on an authentic paddle steamer. Once the only way to travel along the waterways of the South, this trip will take you on a glorious journey back to the 19th century heyday of these iconic vessels.

Day 11 - New Orleans to UK

Today your tour encompassing America’s music heritage comes to and end and we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK.

Day 12 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Special Departure

Mardi Gras*

10 nights from £3,799

23 Feb 2025

This special departure follows a similar itinerary to our The Best of the Deep South tour and includes a ticket to the fantastic Mardi Gras parade in New Orleans. See Website for Details.

Travelsphere cares.

In Memphis, we will visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music run by the Soulsville Foundation. This foundation is also a music academy set up to support young people in the area. Here you’ll visit the museum and enjoy a live performance by a couple of the graduates. You’ll also learn more about the foundation and it’s impact on the local community. See website for more details.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UTDS1 2024 2025 Start

11 May £3,399

7 Sep £3,399

12 Oct £3,399

Single Room supplement from £1,000

* Special Departure - Mardi Gras (12 days)

Flight upgrade available | Fly from an airport near you

- see page 126

Beale Street

French Quarter, New Orleans

Elvis’ Graceland mansion in Memphis

Highlights of New England

Discover New England’s captivating treasures - historic Boston, charming Cape Cod and the allure of Martha’s Vineyard.

10 days from £3,299

8 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

9 meals

Enjoy a traditional New England clambake Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - UK to Boston

Today, your tour of New England begins as you fly to Boston. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Boston to Falmouth

You’ll get to know Boston this morning on a sightseeing tour with a local guide. We’ll stop at several highlights on the city’s Freedom Trail, famous sites and locations that tell the story of the American Revolution and beyond. There will be time for lunch at Quincy Market and later we’ll head to Falmouth on Cape Cod. (B)

Day 3 - Cape Cod

• Visit the former ship-building town of Kennebunkport

• Tour of Boston including the Freedom Trail

• Cape Cod and Provincetown

• Martha’s Vineyard visit

• Visit Newport, Rhode Island

• New Bedford Whaling Museum

• The White Mountains and Franconia Notch State Park

• Discover Ogunquit and the coast of Maine

• Enjoy a traditional New England clambak

• John F Kennedy Library and Museum Optional experience

• Tour of the opulent Breakers Mansion in Newport

Today we will travel along the beautiful Cape Cod National Seashore, and stop at Chatham, one of the Cape’s most beautiful towns and home to the Chatham Light. Later, we’ll make our way to Provincetown, where you’ll find beautiful beaches, charming shops and an eclectic artisan community. Why not have lunch in one of the many tempting cafes here? (B)

Day 4 - Falmouth to Newport

You’ll take a ferry to Martha’s Vineyard this morning. This delightful island is where celebrities and presidents, past and present, choose to take their holidays. We’ll take a tour of the island’s six small towns, which include elegant Edgartown and Oak Bluffs, with its colourful gingerbread cottages. We’ll then continue to Rhode Island for a two night stay. (B)

Day 5 - Newport

On today’s visit to Newport, you’ll see why this scenic coastal town became the playground of the rich and famous, from the hugely wealthy families of the “Gilded Age” to more recently the Kennedy’s. You’ll stroll through the narrow streets of the Old Town and tour along Included highlights

• See the iconic lighthouse at Portland

Classic Touring

Ocean Drive and “ Millionaire’s Row” to see some of the summer homes built by America’s wealthiest families in the late 19th century including Rosecliff, where ‘The Great Gatsby’ and ‘High Society’ were filmed. If you wish to, you can join an optional visit to The Breakers, the most opulent mansion of them all. It was built by the Vanderbilt family and is a 70room Italian Renaissance-style palazzo. Later you’ll have some free time to explore Brick Marketplace and the waterfront. (B)

Day 6 - Newport to New Hampshire

Leaving Rhode Island today we’ll first head to the Atlantic Seaport of New Bedford. The town inspired Herman Melville to write Moby Dick and we’ll visit the New Bedford Whaling Museum to learn about this historic New England industry. Later our journey continues to Lake Winnipesaukee in New Hampshire. (B)

Day 7 - White Mountains

You’ll see glorious New Hampshire countryside today. We’ll travel through the White Mountains, along the Kancamagus Scenic Byway, which winds through the heart of the National Forest and into Franconia Notch State Park. (B)

Day 8 - New Hampshire to Maine

Before leaving New Hampshire today we’ll travel up to the Castle in the Clouds, an Arts and Crafts style mansion on a site with stunning views over the Lakes region and surrounding mountains. Later we’ll head east to coastal Maine. At Cape Elizabeth you’ll see Portland Head Light – Maine’s oldest lighthouse and enjoy some time to explore the waterfront of Portland. First settled in the 1600s, the seaport of Kennebunkport was known for its shipbuilding, and today you’ll see some of the town’s mansions, built by wealthy captains. Later we’ll head to Ogunquit, a charming beach town in southern Maine, where you’ll find quaint shops and lively restaurants. At dinner this evening we’ll get a real flavour for the region with a traditional New England Clambake. (B,D)

Day 9 - Ogunquit to UK

We leave Maine this morning and travel south to Boston. After free time for lunch in Cambridge and Harvard Square, we’ll visit the John F Kennedy Library and Museum which traces the life and times of JFK through film and a vast collection of his belongings. Later we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 10 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Favourite moment

See the spectacular Gilded Age mansions of Newport that offer a fascinating glimpse into lavish lives of the elite.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UNENG3 2024 2025

Portland Head Light

Martha’s Vineyard

Cape Cod

New England, Canada & New York in The Fall

Witness New England’s dazzling fall foliage, iconic cities, and the majestic Niagara Falls.

14 days from £4,099

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours Sample sweet, sticky Maple Syrup from a local Vermont producer

12 nights in hotels of a good standard plus 1 night in flight

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

3 meals

2 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Transportation

Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Boston, including the Freedom Trail

• Stay in Plymouth where the Mayflower pilgrims first landed

• Cape Cod and Provincetown

• Drive along the Kancamagus Highway to see the splendid fall foliage

• Explore the White Mountains of New Hampshire

• Visit a Vermont Maple Farm

• Explore French-influenced Montreal

• Ottawa, Canada’s elegant capital

• Tour of Toronto, Canada’s premier city

• Enjoy breathtaking views of Niagara Falls

• Sightseeing tour of New York City

• Stay at Times Square in the heart of Manhattan

Optional experience

• Helicopter flight over Niagara Falls

Day 1 - UK to Boston

There’s excitement in the air as you make your way to the airport and check-in for your flight to Boston in Massachusetts. When you arrive, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, which is located right in the heart of downtown Boston. After time to settle in and freshen up, we’ll meet for a welcome drink this evening.

Day 2 - Boston to Plymouth

Join a Local Guide for a guided tour of Boston, the city known for the Boston Tea Party, a political protest over the Tea Act of 1773. This event rallied residents of the North American colonies to fight for independence from Great Britain, and you’ll learn more about this as we follow parts of the famous Freedom Trail this morning. The trail leads to a collection of historic sites including the Granary Burying Ground, where some of America’s most notable citizens have been laid to rest. You’ll also visit Beacon Hill, the city’s charming historic district and we’ll cross the water and head to Cambridge, home of the worldfamous Harvard University. At lunchtime, we’ll make our way to the vibrant area around Quincy Market, where you’ll have time for a bite to eat at one of the fabulous food stalls. Later this afternoon we will make our way to Plymouth, our base for the next two nights.

Day 3 - Cape Cod

A quintessential New England town, Plymouth is where America’s founding fathers first set foot in the New World in 1620. Our first stop on today’s trip is at the town’s Pilgrim Memorial State Park. We’ll see the Plymouth Rock, a boulder said to mark the spot where the pilgrims came ashore and a replica of the Mayflower ship. Next, we’ll visit Provincetown at the tip of Cape Cod. We’ll pass the National Seashore, a protected 40-mile stretch of pristine coastline on the way and when

Vermont

Classic Touring

we arrive, you’ll have free time to explore. There’s an eclectic mix of art galleries, shops, restaurants and bars along Commercial Street; a perfect spot for lunch if you’re feeling hungry.

Day 4 - Plymouth to Lake Winnipesaukee

We are going to head north to the Lakes Region in New Hampshire today and will take a cruise on shimmering Lake Winnipesaukee. Surrounded by hills, the lake’s forest-covered shoreline is dotted with small, picturesque towns and we’ll learn about the region’s history while enjoying amazing views of the fall colours.

We’ll round off a fabulous day of sightseeing by enjoying dinner together this evening. (D)

Day 5 - White Mountains

Today, we’ll venture into New Hampshire’s White Mountains. Our drive takes us along the scenic Kancamagus Highway, a beautiful stretch of road and one of the best places from which to see New England’s exceptional fall foliage. We’ll visit the beautiful town of North Conway before travelling deeper into the mountains to admire more sensational scenery. Gazing through the window, you’ll be amazed by the sheer scale of the spectacle as you take inviews of towering mountains, hillsides and valleys swathed in a kaleidoscope of blazing colours. (B)

Day 6 - Vermont to Montreal

A journey by road gives you plenty more opportunity to soak up New England’s glorious scenery as we drive through the Green Mountains of Vermont. We’ll make a short visit to Montpelier to see the Vermont State House, the smallest state capital in the USA and stop at Morse Maple Farm to see how maple syrup is produced. We’ll then head to the lakefront city of Burlington, the perfect spot for lunch if you are feeling peckish, before continuing to the Canadian border and on to Montreal. This bilingual city occupies an island at the junction of the St Lawrence and Ottawa Rivers and has a real cosmopolitan feel. (B)

Day 7 - Montreal

This morning, a sightseeing tour will introduce us to the cobbled streets and historic buildings of Old Montreal. We’ll also step inside the city’s most famous landmark, Notre-Dame Basilica, to admire its incredible decor of carved wood, sculptures and stained-glass windows.

The rest of the day has been left free for you to explore Montreal at leisure. If you’re feeling energetic, you could climb the 250 or so steps to the summit of Mount Royal for

stunning views of the city and beyond. A more sedate option is to admire the views from La Grande Roue de Montreal; Canada’s tallest observation wheel. The city also boasts an excellent selection of fine restaurants and open-air cafes, and an array of well-known stores and upmarket boutiques for those who fancy a spot of retail therapy. Your Holiday Director will be on hand to provide recommendations if you would like help planning your day.

Day 8 - Montreal to Toronto

Our destination today is Toronto, but not before a stop in Canada’s capital city Ottawa. We’ll head to ByWard Market where you can grab a coffee and snack if you wish and then take a walk to see the highlights. Located on the Rideau Canal, Ottawa’s main attractions include the Parliament Buildings, The National War Memorial and the grand Fairmont Chateau Laurier hotel.

We’ll continue to Toronto later where your hotel is perfectly located if you want to start exploring by yourselves this evening.

Day 9 - Toronto

You’re going to discover the bustling metropolis of Toronto on a guided sightseeing tour that will finish at the base of the iconic, 553-metre-high CNTower. If you wish, you can take a high-speed lift to the tower’s main observation level where, on a clear day, the views of the city and surrounding area are incredible.

Now you have your bearings, you’ll be keen to head off and explore more of the city independently, so this afternoon has been left free for you to do just that. You could perhaps browse the one-of-a-kind boutiques and eclectic array of galleries and restaurants in the Distillery District or take a harbour cruise for magnificent views of the city’s skyline.

Day 10 - Niagara Falls

Today, we’re going to head to one of the greatest sights in the New World, the incredible Niagara Falls. Comprised of three separate waterfalls, Horseshoe Falls, American Falls and Bridal Veil Falls, you’ll have plenty of free time to explore and can choose how you want to view these thundering waters. At the Table Rock Centre, you can enjoy incredible close-up views and experience the spray of the falls from dry land. If you’re happy to get wet, a thrilling boat ride will take you right into the mist to experience the power of the falls from the river below. However, for the ultimate thrill, the chance to fly over Niagara Falls on an optional helicopter ride is an experience that’s hard to beat.

Later we’ll cross the border back into the USA

for an overnight stay in Corning, New York State.

Day 11 - Corning to New York

We’re back on the road, heading to The Big Apple today. Our drive takes us through upstate New York and gives you another opportunity to admire the beautiful fall foliage. When we arrive in New York City, a Local Guide will accompany us on a tour of the iconic sights, including Times Square, Wall Street and Broadway.

Your hotel is in the heart of Manhattan, ideal if you want to dine out this evening.

Day 12 - New York - Day at leisure

You’re free to explore New York City at your leisure. With so many incredible things to do, it’s a good idea to check in with your Holiday Director for hints and tips on how to make the most of your day.

You could start by admiring aerial views from one of the city’s tallest buildings; our favourites are the Empire State Building, Top of the Rock, and OneWorld Observatory. The 9/11 Memorial & Museum is an unmissable attraction telling the story of that tragic day in 2001 and honouring the lives ofthose who were lost. A ride on the Staten Island ferry is a great way to snap pictures of the Statue of Liberty and of course, a stroll around Central Park is a must.

This evening, you could head to Chinatown or cosmopolitan Chelsea for dinner, or maybe take in a Broadway show.

Day 13 - New York to UK

Enjoy a final morning exploring New York, before we drive to the airport for our overnight flight back to the UK.

Day 14 - UK

You’ll arrive home today.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UNEW1 2024 2025

Start From Start From 19 Sep £4,099 18 Sep £4,199

3 Oct £4,099

5 Oct £4,199

Single Room supplement from £1,200

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

New Hampshire

Uncover Canada’s rich history and immense beauty on this tour of iconic cities and striking landscapes.

12 days from £3,199

Your holiday includes Canada’s Eastern Splendours

10 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

7 meals

Return flights from London Local flavours Lunch at an authentic Sugar Shack Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

6 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Day 1 - UK to Niagara Falls

It’s time to start exploring eastern Canada with your flight to Toronto. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in Niagara Falls for an overnight stay.

Day 2 - Niagara Falls to Toronto

Included highlights

• Tour of Toronto’s highlights

• See the spectacular Niagara Falls

• Scenic cruise around the 1000 Islands

• Explore Canada’s capital city, Ottawa

• Overnight stay in the Laurentian Mountains

• Orientation tour of Quebec City

• Lunch at an authentic Sugar Shack

• Tour of Montreal including the Basilica of Notre Dame

Optional experiences

• Helicopter flight over Niagara Falls

• Spectacular views from the CN Tower

• Whale-watching at Baie St Catherine, Quebec

Today you’ll experience one of Canada’s most iconic natural wonders as you wake up close to the awesome Niagara Falls. Consisting of three waterfalls; Horseshoe Falls, American Falls and Bridal Veil Falls, Niagara Falls are a breath-taking sight, and how you view them is up to you. The thrill of flying over them on an optional helicopter ride is hard to beat. Another option is a cruise on the Niagara River, which will get you really close to the thundering waters. Later we will make our way to downtown Toronto for a two night stay. En-route we’ll visit picturesque Niagaraon-the-Lake, often described as one of the ‘loveliest towns in Canada’. Situated at the mouth of the Niagara River, it’s also renowned for its wines, in particular ice wine, which is made from grapes that have frozen naturally on the vine.

Day 3 - Toronto

Canada’s largest city is going to be a delight to explore on your morning tour. This sprawling multi-cultural metropolis offers so much. There are landmarks including the Parliament building, City Hall and the Roger’s Centre Stadium, which is home to the Toronto Blue Jays baseball team. Then you’ve got beautiful beaches on Lake Ontario’s shores, a zoo and the largest aquarium in the country. With a free afternoon, see how many you can fit in! For spectacular panoramic views, a trip to the top of the CN Tower in one of the glassfronted lifts is highly recommended. You could also spend time taking a stroll through the Old Town with its great markets.

Notre-Dame Basilica of Montreal

Classic Touring

Day 4 - Toronto to Ottawa

We travel to Rockport today, where we join our Heart of the Island Cruise, with great views of the 1000 Islands. Some islands are large and home to opulent mansions, while others are tiny, uninhabited outcrops. Later, we continue to Ottawa, our base for the next two night.

Day 5 - Ottawa

Your day begins with a walking tour of Canada’s modern-day capital city. Highlights will include Confederation Square, the National War Museum, Sparks Street, the grounds of Parliament Hill and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier. By lunchtime we’ll be in ByWard Market, so why not choose a restaurant before exploring further at your own pace. We highly recommend a visit to Rideau Hall, the official residence and workplace of Canada’s Governor General.

Day 6 - Ottawa to Mont Tremblant

Today we’ll revel in the beauty of the Laurentian Mountains, as we make our way to the resort town of Mont Tremblant, on the shores of Lake Tremblant. As you explore the resort, you’ll find a huge choice of shops and restaurants. If you like, you can ride a gondola to the top of the highest peak in the Laurentians for amazing views.

Day 7 - Mont Tremblant to Quebec City

We arrive in Quebec City today. Inside the fortified walls of this 400-year-old city you’ll find an intact fortress - La Citadelle - and the Upper and Lower towns. On your tour you’ll see the fairytale Chateau Frontenac, a hotel, which dominates the skyline, City Hall, the Latin Quarter, the Military Drill Hall and Old Quebec. Another highlight is the Plains of Abraham, the site of the 1759 Battle of Quebec between the French and British. Time to yourself this afternoon gives you the chance to explore your own way.

Day 8 - Quebec City – Day at leisure

The choice is all yours today – you can explore the cobbled streets of Quebec City at your own pace, or you can take an optional whalewatching cruise from Baie-Sainte-Catherine. Located at the junction of the St Lawrence River and the Saquenay Fjord, this is a hot spot for whale-watching. The journey itself offers fantastic river views, and the chance to see whales in their natural habitat is something you’ll never forget

Day

9 - Quebec City to Montreal

As we make our way to Montreal we’ll be rewarded by wonderful views. En route

we’re going to make a stop at an authentic Quebecois Sugar Shack for lunch. Originally used for the production of maple syrup, we’ll take a tour and enjoy traditional Quebec cuisine whilst listening to live music. Be sure to sample the pancakes and melting maple taffy on snow - delicious! (L)

Day 10 - Montreal

An important port, Montreal is filled with character and boasts a remarkable history, as you’ll find out on your tour today. Two main highlights are the underground pedestrian network, dubbed the ‘underground city’, and the Notre Dame Basilica. This huge Neo-Gothic church is a feast for the eyes with its gilded wooden interior, paintings and sculptures

Day 11 - Montreal to UK

You’ve time in Montreal this morning to explore a little more. Later, we’re going to transfer you to the airport for your overnight flight back to the UK.

Day 12 - UK

Today you’ll arrive back in the UK and say farewell to your fellow travellers.

Favourite moment

Visit Chez Dany for an authentic Quebecois Sugar Shack lunch. Enjoy a tour, live music and authentic pancakes along with a tasting of melting maple taffy on snow.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UCEC 2024 Start

Niagara Falls

Quebec

Unleash the wonders of the west, featuring a ride on the thrilling Rocky Mountaineer and an unforgettable Alaskan cruise.

15 days from £5,199

Your holiday includes Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise

25 meals

9 breakfasts (B),

9 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy fine Canadian cuisine on board Rocky Mountaineer

7 night cruise

7 nights full board on Holland America Line’s Zaandam

Travelsphere Holiday Director (pre-cruise only )

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Sightseeing tour of Banff National Park

• Discover the beauty of Lake Louise

• Two-day journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service

• Vancouver city tour

Optional experiences

• Banff Gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain

• Helicopter ride over the Rockies

• Victoria and the Butchart Gardens Pre-bookable excursions: A full programme of shore excursions will be available on your cruise.

Day 1 - UK to Calgary

Today you will fly to Calgary. On arrival, we will make our way to our hotel for an overnight stay.

Day 2 - Banff

This morning we will make our way to Banff, passing through the spectacular scenery of the Rocky Mountains. On arrival we’ll head out together to explore Banff National Park. Staggering views appear at every turn here, so be sure to remember your camera. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. You’ll also see the Hoodoos of Bow Valley and the fabulous Surprise Corner. The wildlife is equally impressive, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky.

Day 3 - Lake Louise

Nothing can prepare you for the beauty of Lake Louise - a glacial, jade-green lake surrounded on all sides by towering peaks. It’s been described as one of Canada’s most beautiful locations and you’ll see it in all its glory on today’s included excursion.

Day 4 - Rocky Mountaineer

The journey of a lifetime begins this morning as you step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train. Sit back, relax and take in the stunning views as you travel through the Canadian Rockies to Kamloops. SilverLeaf service includes seating in a single-level domed coach with oversized windows, giving you great viewing opportunities. After travelling over high mountain passes, through tunnels and along the South Thompson River, you’ll disembark the train in Kamloops and stay in a hotel overnight. (B,L)

Classic Touring

Cruise

Day 5 - Rocky Mountaineer

Another exciting day begins as you board the Rocky Mountaineer this morning. Take your seat and enjoy the views as you journey to Vancouver, following the course of the Thompson River and then the dramatic Canyons of the Fraser River. Your spectacular rail journey comes to an end in the beautiful city of Vancouver, your base for the next two nights. (B,L)

Day 6 - Vancouver - Day at leisure

Vancouver’s jaw-dropping coastal setting includes sparkling lakes, a harbour surrounded by snow-capped mountains and lush green forests. Enjoy a free day here, making your own discoveries.

If you want to explore further, why not join our optional tour to Victoria, on Vancouver Island. You’ll travel by ferry to the capital of British Columbia, where you’ll visit the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. Other sightseeing highlights include the Parliament building and the Empress Hotel.

Day 7- Vancouver

Your tour takes a new twist today, as we transfer you to Vancouver harbour to join your cruise ship. On board, once you’ve unpacked and settled into your comfortable stateroom, why not explore your wonderful floating hotel. (L,D)

Day 8 - The Inside Passage

Ahead lie days of relaxation and

exploration

as your ship traces the outline of North America’s most scenic coastal landscape. As well as enjoying the ship’s facilities, make sure you spend plenty of time on deck keeping a watchful eye for wildlife. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Juneau

Early this afternoon we’ll dock in the Alaskan capital, Juneau, which stands on one of the largest wilderness areas of the United States. Step ashore for an adventure in the great outdoors, with a visit to the 12-mile-long river of ice known as the Mendenhall Glacier just one recommendation. You might also see bears on the shore and bald eagles soaring above you. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Skagway

This morning we arrive in Skagway, a lively relic of the Klondike Gold Rush, when gold was discovered here in 1896. With its wooden sidewalks and turn-of-the-century buildings, you’ll feel like you’ve stepped back in time as you head off to explore at your own pace. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Endicott Arm & Dawes Glacier

Get ready for one of the scenic highlights of your cruise as we head to Endicott Arm, a 30-mile fjord that snakes through the Tracy Arm-Fords Wilderness Area with the majestic Dawes Glacier at its head. Glide past waterfalls and soaring mountain peaks and as you go deeper into the narrow fjord, the temperature dips and the ice chunks become larger and more plentiful. The 600-foot-tall, mile-wide Dawes Glacier takes centre stage just around a bend. Wildlife sightings are common as Endicott Arm and Dawes Glacier are the breeding grounds of harbor seals and you might also spot mountain goats balancing on cliffs or humpback whales swimming with their pods. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Ketchikan

Today our journey takes us to Ketchikan, a quaint, weathered town clinging to a mountainside. Known as the ‘salmon capital of the world’, it’s a lovely place to explore, and of course, it is the best place to sample some fresh Alaskan salmon. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - The Inside Passage

It’s your final day on board, so take every opportunity to appreciate the scenery as we cruise the Inside Passage. This series of deep fjords and tiny islands shaped by nature offers views that will simply take your breath away. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - Vancouver to UK

Your cruise comes to an end as you disembark the ship in Vancouver. You’ll then set off on a sightseeing tour of this beautiful city. Later, we will transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 15 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

See website for more information on your journey and for upgrade options on the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train.

Your ship Zaandam

Facilities include a selection of restaurants and bars, a show lounge, pools, spa and salon.

Cabin upgrade

Your holiday price is based on an inside stateroom. If you would like to upgrade your stateroom please speak to a Holiday Advisor.

Extend your stay

Vancouver 2 nights from £299

Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Favourite moment

Cruise Glacier Bay and experience the phenomenal sound of glacial shards as they crash into the brilliant-blue waters.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UCRMA 2024 2025

Glacier Bay

Canadian Rockies & Alaskan Cruise

Combine the scenic splendour of Canada’s Rocky Mountains with a cruise through beautiful Alaska.

16 days from £3,999

Your holiday includes

Included highlights

• Sightseeing tour of Banff National Park

• Discover the beauty of Lake Louise

• Vancouver city tour

• Cruise Alaska’s Inside Passage

• Dock in the Alaskan capital of Juneau

• Spend the day in goldrush town of Skagway

• Cruise Glacier Bay National Park

• Visit Ketchikan

Optional experiences

• Banff Gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain

• Travel the Sea to Sky Highway to Whistler Pre-bookable excursions: A full programme of shore excursions will be available on your cruise.

Day 1 - UK to Calgary

Today your holiday begins with a flight to Calgary. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to the mountain town of Banff for a three night stay.

Day 2 - Banff

This morning we’ll head out together to explore Banff National Park. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. The wildlife is equally impressive, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky. Other breathtaking sights will be the Hoodoos of Bow Valley, imposing spires of rock carved by the forces of nature which stand guard over the Bow River, and Surprise Corner. As the name suggests, sensational picture-postcard views are waiting for you here, so remember to bring your camera!

Day 3 - Lake Louise

Nothing can prepare you for the beauty of Lake Louise – a glacial, jade-green lake surrounded on all sides by towering peaks. You’ll see it in all its glory this morning, and will have plenty of time to take in the views from hiking trails along the shore. We’ll also stop at beautiful Moraine Lake - you can decide which is your favourite.

Day 4 - Banff to Kelowna

Today we’re taking to the road and heading through the Rockies via Revelstoke and Vernon to the Kelowna area in the beautiful Okanagan Valley. Sit back, relax and enjoy the spectacular scenery that we pass through on this thrilling journey.

Day 5 - Kelowna to Vancouver

The beauty of Vancouver is beckoning today, and on the way you can just relax and take in

Classic Touring Cruise

the views - you won’t want to miss a thing. As we make our way across British Columbia we’ll pass mountains, lakes, valleys and forests, and keep a lookout for wildlife too.

Day 6 - Vancouver

Vancouver boasts one of the most beautiful settings in the world, surrounded by mountains, forests and islands. A sightseeing tour will introduce you to highlights including the historic Gastown district, bustling Chinatown and Stanley Park, one of the worlds biggest urban parks. The rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure.

Day 7 - Vancouver - At leisure

Today has been left for you to explore this amazing city at your own pace. Make sure you find time to visit the foodie attraction of Granville Island Market, and FlyOver Canada at Canada Place is great fun. Alternatively you could join an optional excursion to Whistler, travelling on the Sea to Sky Highway.

Day 8 - Vancouver - Board Ship

Your tour takes a new twist today, as we transfer you to Canada Place to join your cruise ship. On board, once you’ve unpacked and settled into your comfortable stateroom, why not explore your wonderful floating hotel. (L,D)

Day 9 - The Inside Passage

Ahead lie days of luxurious relaxation and exploration as your ship traces the outline of North America’s most scenic coastal landscape. As well as enjoying the ship’s facilities, make sure you spend plenty of time on deck keeping a watchful eye for wildlife. If you’re lucky you could see whales and seals in the water, eagles soaring overhead and grizzly bears on the shoreline. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Juneau

Early this afternoon we’ll dock in the Alaskan capital, Juneau, which stands on one of the largest wilderness areas of the United States. No roads lead into or out of the city, and it is surrounded by nature. Step ashore for a day of discovery in the great outdoors, a visit to the 12-mile-long river of ice known as the Mendenhall Glacier is just one recommendation. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Skagway

This morning we arrive in Skagway, a lively relic of the Klondike Gold Rush, when gold was discovered here in 1896. With its wooden sidewalks and turn-of-the-century buildings, you’ll feel like you’ve stepped back in time as you head off to explore at your own pace. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Glacier Bay

Get ready for one of the scenic highlights of your cruise as we head to Glacier Bay. You’ll see enormous icebergs floating in the bluegreen water, and if we’re lucky, we might catch sight of a glacier ‘calving’, sending thousands of tons of ice thundering into the bay. Don’t put your camera down for a minute, as this area is a popular hangout for an incredible range of wildlife too. You might see humpback whales and sea otters in the water and grizzly, brown and black bears on the shore. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Ketchikan

Today our journey takes us to Ketchikan, a quaint, weathered town clinging to a mountainside. Known as the ‘salmon capital of the world’, it’s a lovely place to explore, and of course, it is the best place to sample some fresh Alaskan salmon. There’s also an option to discover Totem Pole Park - Ketchikan is home to the world’s largest collection of these fascinating works of art. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - The Inside Passage

It’s your final day on board, so take every opportunity to enjoy the scenery as we cruise the Inside Passage. This series of deep fjords and tiny islands shaped by nature offers views that will simply take your breath away. (B,L,D)

Day

15 - Vancouver to UK

We’ll disembark the ship and head to Vancouver’s North Shore. Here you’ll see the spectacular Capilano Suspension Bridge. After time for lunch we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight home. (B)

Day 16 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Extend your stay

Vancouver 2 nights from £399

Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Your ship Zaandam or Koningsdam

Facilities include a selection of restaurants and bars, a show lounge, pools, spa and salon. Your Travelsphere Holiday Director will not travel on the cruise with you but cruise staff are on hand to provide assistance. 30 August 2025 departure will sail on Koningsdam.

Cabin upgrade

Your holiday price is based on an inside stateroom. If you would like to upgrade your stateroom please speak to a Holiday Advisor.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: URAC1 2025

Start From 7 May £3,999

30 Aug £4,299

Single Room supplement from £1,700

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

Grand Tour of Canada & The Rocky Mountaineer

The ultimate Canadian adventure from east to west, including a breath-taking ride on the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train.

17 days from £6,299

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London

15 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

5 meals

3 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L) and welcome drink

Local flavours

Enjoy gourmet meals and locally sourced wines onboard Rocky Mountaineer

Scenic train 2-day rail journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service.

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Quebec City, the only walled city in Canada

• Explore Montreal with the iconic NotreDame Cathedral

• City tour of Ottawa, the nation’s capital

• Tour of Toronto, Canada’s premier city

• 1000 Islands sightseeing cruise

• Enjoy breathtaking views of Niagara Falls

• Visit Niagara-on-the-Lake

• Tour of Banff National Park

• Lake Louise, one of Canada’s most beautiful sights

• Step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer for a two-day journey

• Vancouver and Stanley Park with its famous totem poles

• Victoria, the capital of British Columbia

• Vancouver Island’s beautiful Butchart Gardens

• Experience spectacular views of Vancouver Island from Malahat Skywalk

• Learn about Canada’s First Nations at Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre

GO ONLINE TO REVIEW THE FANTASTIC OPTIONAL EXCURSIONS AVAILABLE FOR THIS TOUR

Day 1 - UK to Montreal

Your epic Canadian adventure begins with a flight to Montreal. On arrival, we’ll drive you to your hotel where you can settle in and explore at leisure.

Day 2 - Quebec City

Today, your sightseeing begins in earnest with a full-day trip to Quebec City. Founded by a French explorer in 1608, the city stands proud on the banks of the St Lawrence River. We’ll see highlights including the iconic Château Frontenac, the Cathedral-Basilica of Notre-Dame and the star-shaped fortress, La Citadelle. Outside the city walls, we’ll head to the Plains of Abraham battle site. To round off our tour, we’ll take in stunning views of the St Lawrence River from Dufferin Terrace, a wooden promenade that wraps around the Château Frontenac high above the river.

Day 3 - Montreal to Ottawa

Together, we will discover Montreal on a sightseeing tour. It boasts a wealth of 17thcentury buildings, beautiful gardens, bustling street markets, open-air cafés and the magnificent Notre-Dame Cathedral. Later, we’ll head to Ottawa, and get our bearings on a tour. Highlights include the impressive National War Memorial and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier in Confederation Square, the beautiful grounds of Parliament Hill, the Rideau Canal and ByWard Market. After settling in at the hotel, you have a free evening in this great city.

Day 4 - Ottawa to Toronto

This morning we will drive south to the St Lawrence River where it forms the border between Canada and the USA. Here we find the stunning 1000 Islands. We will explore the spectacular scenery of this unique archipelago on a sightseeing cruise before continuing to Toronto. Your downtown hotel is centrally located, perfect if you want to start exploring this evening.

BRITISH COLUMBIA

ALBERTA SASKATCHEWAN

MANITOBA

ONTARIO

QUEBEC

Toronto Classic Touring

Day 5 - Toronto

You’re going to discover the bustling metropolis of Toronto on a short sightseeing tour this morning. Once you have your bearings, you will be keen to explore further at your own pace and can do so at leisure this afternoon.

Day 6 - Niagara Falls

Your day begins with a visit to Niagaraon-the-Lake. Often described as Ontario’s loveliest town, it is located in the heart of the wine-making region on the shores of Lake Ontario. Next we’re going to head to one of the greatest sights in the New World, the incredible Niagara Falls. You’ll have plenty of time to explore and can choose how you want to view these thundering waters.

Day 7 - Toronto to Banff

Today you’re heading west to the Rocky Mountains. We’ll fly to Calgary and then continue our journey by road. Travelling through some spectacular scenery, we’re heading to the vibrant town of Banff which nestles high in the mountains.

Day 8 - Banff

We’ll tour Banff National Park today, where staggering views appear at every turn. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. There’s plenty to see and do during your free time in Banff, alternatively our optional excursions include a cable car ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain and an unforgettable helicopter flight over the Rockies.

Day 9 - Lake Louise

Today we are going to the breathtaking Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains. There are easy walking trails to explore if you want to appreciate the beauty of the lake from a different viewpoint.

Day 10 - Rocky Mountaineer

A once-in-a-lifetime journey begins this morning as you step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train. Sit back, relax, and take in the stunning views as you travel in style through the Canadian Rockies. You’ll enjoy SilverLeaf service, which includes seating in a single-level domed coach with oversized windows, giving you great viewing opportunities. Meals, snacks and drinks are all served at your seat, so all you have to do is enjoy. You’ll disembark the train in Kamloops and stay in a hotel overnight. (B,L)

Day 11 - Rocky Mountaineer

Another exciting day begins as you board the Rocky Mountaineer this morning and travel to the beautiful city of Vancouver. Keep a lookout for grizzly bears as you enjoy a fascinating commentary from your onboard hosts. (B,L)

Day 12 - Vancouver

Today, a sightseeing tour of Vancouver will introduce you to its many highlights including the Gastown district, Chinatown and Stanley Park. Now you have your bearings, this afternoon is at leisure.

Alternatively, you can join an optional excursion to Vancouver’s Northshore.

Day 13 - Vancouver to Victoria

We’re heading away from the mainland today, to spend two nights in Victoria on Vancouver Island, which we reach by ferry and an onward drive. When we arrive, we’ll head off to the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world.

Victoria is often said to resemble an old English town, with its narrow streets and grand buildings. We’ll see its highlights on an included sightseeing tour this afternoon.

Day 14 - Victoria – At leisure

You can soak up Victoria’s old-world charm at your own pace today as you explore at leisure. If you’re a wildlife enthusiast, you won’t want to miss today’s optional whale-watching excursion. The waters around Vancouver Island offer the ideal opportunity to get closer to the delights of the natural world and there’s a chance you’ll see orca, or killer whales, in their natural environment.

Day 15 - Victoria to Whistler

As we leave Victoria behind, we’ll visit Vancouver Island’s Malahat Skywalk, a wooden treetop walkway leading to a spiral tower. The tower offers panoramic views over forest-clad mountains and the inlets of the Salish Sea. Later, we’ll drive through stunning scenery on the Sea-to-Sky highway and make our way to the mountain resort of Whistler.

Day 16 - Vancouver to UK

This morning, you’ll learn about the cultural history of Whistler’s Indigenous people at the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre, a museum, art gallery and café.

Later we’ll drive back to the airport in Vancouver for our flight home. (B)

Day 17 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Your holiday includes a two-day journey on Rocky Mountaineer. On board, you will experience SilverLeaf Service.

Upgrade to GoldLeaf Service

You can upgrade to GoldLeaf Service and relax in even more comfort. Please see our website for more details.

Travelsphere cares.

You’ll visit the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre which affords youth from reserves in the region transport for classes, and the chance to train in the hospitality industry through on-site museum and cultural tours.

In partnership with

Extend your stay

Vancouver 2 nights from £299

Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UGTRM3 2024 2025

The Rocky Mountaineer

Explore the majestic Rocky Mountains and the vibrant city of Vancouver on a tour brimming with awe-inspiring scenery

12 days from £3,699

Your holiday includes Spectacular Rockies & Vancouver

Return flights from London Local flavours

Enjoy an authentic Canadian lunch at Maligne Canyon

10 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

3 meals

2 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) and welcome drink

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - Calgary

Your exciting holiday begins with a flight to Calgary. When we arrive, we’ll drive to our hotel, where you’ll have time to relax after the journey and explore Calgary at leisure. We recommend you head up to the observation deck of the Calgary Tower, more than 150 metres above the city. On a bright day, you’ll enjoy incredible views as far as the Rocky Mountains, what a fantastic way to start your trip!

Later, we’ll get together for a welcome drink at the hotel.

Day 2 - Calgary to Banff

Included highlights

• Tour of Banff National Par

• Discover the beauty of Lake Louise

• Drive along the Icefields Parkway, stopping at the Columbia Icefield

• Jasper, Maligne Lake and Maligne Canyon

• Enjoy an authentic lunch at the Wilderness Kitchen

• Rockies river safari on the Blue River

• Tour of Victoria, Vancouver Island

• Visit Butchart Gardens

• Vancouver city tour and Stanley Park

Optional experiences

• Helicopter ride over the Rockies

• Banff gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain

• Ice Explorer ride across the Athabasca Glacier

• River rafting on the Athabasca River

• Vancouver’s stunning North Shore

• Vancouver Island whale watching trip

This morning we will make our way to the town of Banff. On the way, we’ll pass through the spectacular scenery of the Rocky Mountains and tour Banff National Park, where staggering views appear at every turn. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. The wildlife is equally as impressive too, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky.

When we arrive in Banff, you’ll have some free time to explore and have lunch if you wish. There’s plenty to see and do here, you could perhaps take a scenic walk along the town’s trails or browse the shops for souvenirs. If you prefer organised sightseeing, we offer an optional ride by cable car to the top of Sulphur Mountain.

Day 3 - Lake Louise

Our first stop today is at Johnston Canyon, where we’ll take a short walk to see the waterfalls. Then, it’s on to the breathtaking Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains. Surrounded by

Spirit Island, Jasper

Classic Touring

dramatic, soaring peaks, it is described as one of Canada’s most beautiful locations, so be sure to have your camera ready. We’ll have plenty of time here and there are easy walking trails to explore if you want to appreciate the beauty of the lake from a different viewpoint. On the way back to the hotel, we’ll visit the awe-inspiring Moraine Lake and admire its stunning, turquoise-coloured water. Then, if you wish, you can end your time in Banff with one more unforgettable adventure. Why not take an optional helicopter flight over the Rockies for even more spectacular views!

Day 4 - Banff to Jasper

At times, the Banff - Jasper Highway climbs to more than 2,000 metres above sea level, and the mountain ranges flanking it soar to more than 3,00 metres. Today, we’re going to travel along this iconic route, known as the Icefields Parkway, pausing along the way to take in the views.

Before we arrive in Jasper, we’re going to stop at the Great Columbia Icefield. Covering 89 square miles and with ice as deep as 365 metres, you’ll have free time to admire this breathtaking sight at leisure. If you’re up for an adventure, an optional Ice Explorer ride to the Athabasca Glacier is highly recommended. Travelling in a purpose-built, all-terrain vehicle, you’ll learn about the history of this ever-changing wonder and have an opportunity to walk on the 10,000-year-old sheet of ice.

Day 5 - Jasper

A former railroad town, Jasper is now known for its breathtakingly beautiful national park. You’re going to discover its incredible highlights today, including Maligne Lake, renowned for its spectacular azure waters and Maligne Canyon with its spectacular waterfalls and scenic bridges. During our time at Maligne Canyon, we’ll stop at the Wilderness Kitchen where a lunch of distinctly Canadian produce will be served. Back in the town of Jasper, this afternoon has been left free for you to relax – maybe by browsing the shops or sipping a locally brewed beer. Alternatively choose to join us on an optional excursions to take in the amazing scenery on an exhilarating Athabasca River rafting experience. (B,L)

Day 6 - Jasper to Kamloops

Our journey to Kamloops in British Columbia takes us over Yellow Head Pass, past Mount Robson – the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies – and along the Trans-Canada Highway. The scenery may be spectacular but the highlight of your day is sure to be our stop at Blue River for an exciting Rockies river

safari. This once-in-a-lifetime cruise will take you through Grizzly Bear Valley on the lookout for an array of wildlife including moose, eagles, ospreys and, of course, grizzly bears. Our overnight hotel in Kamloops has a convenient, downtown location, ideal if you want to head out for dinner this evening. (B)

Day 7 - Kamloops to Victoria

The ferry terminal is where we’re heading this morning on a journey which takes us once again through the rugged scenery of the Rocky Mountains. Our ferry will take us to Vancouver Island and then we’ll travel by road to Victoria, the provincial capital of British Columbia. This fabulous city is often said to resemble an old English town, with its narrow streets and grand buildings. We’ll get our bearings and see its highlights on a sightseeing tour when we arrive.

Day 8 - Victoria – At leisure

You can soak up Victoria’s old-world charm at your own pace today as you explore at leisure. Maybe you’ll head to the renowned Royal BC Museum or visit one of the city’s craft breweries for a tasting. If you’re a wildlife enthusiast, you won’t want to miss today’s optional whale-watching excursion. The waters around Vancouver Island offer the ideal opportunity to get closer to the delights of the natural world and there’s a chance you’ll see orca, or killer whales, in their natural environment.

Day 9 - Victoria to Vancouver

Your morning tour takes you to the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. Established on the site of a former limestone quarry, the displays include an impressive collection of roses, and plants from as far afield as Japan and the Mediterranean. Later, we return to the mainland by ferry and travel by road to Vancouver. This city boasts an idyllic setting, where the ocean meets the mountains, and you’ll see its highlights this afternoon. Your sightseeing tour will take you to the city’s historic core, known as ‘Gastown’, and then on to bustling Chinatown and Stanley Park with its famous totem poles. Our centrally located hotel is just steps away from some fabulous restaurants, so why not head out and see what’s on offer for dinner. Your Holiday Director will be happy to point you in the right direction if you would like a recommendation.

Day 10 - Vancouver – At leisure

It’s the last full day of your holiday and you’re free to do as you please in Vancouver. You could explore what culinary treats are on offer

at Granville Island’s Public Market, check out a museum or head to one of the large shopping malls for some retail therapy.

Alternatively, if you’d like to join an optional excursion, come with us to Vancouver’s North Shore. Here you’ll see the spectacular Capilano Suspension Bridge and take a cable-car ride up Grouse Mountain. On a sunny day the views of the city, the snowcapped mountains of Washington State and Vancouver Island are simply breathtaking.

Day 11 - Vancouver to UK

Enjoy a little more free time in Vancouver before we drive you to the airport for your flight home.

Day 12 - UK

After an overnight flight, you’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Extend your stay

Vancouver

2 nights from £299

Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: URV 2024 2025

Single Room supplement from £1,100

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

Rocky Mountains

Winter Wonderland

Snow-capped peaks, frozen waterfalls, and magical sleigh rides create an unforgettable winter paradise in the Canadian Rockies.

9 days from £2,599

Your holiday includes Rockies

Return flights from London Local flavours

2

7 nights in great quality hotels plus 1 night in flight CANADA

5 meals

5 breakfasts (B) and welcome drink Travelsphere Holiday Director

Enjoy a drink around a firepit at Lake Louise Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Banff National Park tour

• Banff Gondola ride

• Horse-drawn sleigh ride

• Relax in Banff ’s hot springs

• Jasper National Park tour

• Stay in the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise

• Lake Louise fire-pit drinks

Optional experiences

• Snowshoeing on Lake Louise

• Maligne Canyon Icewalk

Day 1 - UK to Calgary

Your winter escape starts with a flight to Calgary and on arrival we’ll transfer you to Banff. The rest of the day is free for you to spend at leisure.

Day 2 - Banff

This morning, we’ll explore UNESCO-listed Banff National Park. Nestled in the heart of the Rockies, this incredible wilderness is home to snowy mountains, glistening glaciers and icecovered lakes. You’ll see vast swathes of pine forest, where wolves, elk and deer roam free, so keep your eyes peeled. Other scenic highlights are the Hoodoos of Bow Valley, imposing spires of rock carved by wind and water, and the sensational views at Surprise Corner. You’ll then take a ride on the Banff Gondola. This cable car takes you to the top of Sulphur Mountain for unrivalled views of Banff and six scenic mountain ranges. The rest of the day is yours to do as you please. Perhaps you’ll decide to take advantage of your hotel’s facilities or maybe take a stroll around Banff. There’s a great selection of bars and restaurants just a short walk away, where a warm welcome and possibly a roaring fire await. (B)

Day 3 - Banff

There can be no better way to travel through a snowy landscape than on a horse-drawn sleigh, and that’s the plan today. You’ll be treated to magnificent views as you listen to the jingle of sleigh bells on this unforgettable journey. Later, you can warm up – and soak up some history – when you visit Banff ’s natural hot springs. They’re located in an historic spa and bathhouse but with lovely modern amenities. As you relax in the soothing hot waters of a mountain spring, you can take in views of snow-covered peaks in every direction. (B)

Jasper

Nights in hotel Start/Finish Road

Classic Touring

Day 4 - Banff to Jasper

You can sit back and take in more stunning scenery today as we journey by road to Jasper, a former railroad town. At this time of year its national park is described as a Christmas card come to life, with its snow-dusted evergreens and frozen waterfalls. You’ll get to see it for yourself tomorrow. But for now, just relax and enjoy your hotel’s facilities, or head into town to one of its many cosy bars or restaurants. (B)

Day 5 - Jasper

Jasper National Park has been deemed by the World Heritage Committee to be among the most significant sights on earth. Today’s the day that you get to explore for yourself and see what all the fuss is about! It is home to abundant wildlife, shimmering glaciers, crystal-clear lakes, thundering waterfalls and evergreen forests. And all this is surrounded by rugged snow-capped mountain peaks. We’ll take all these wonderful sights in before you have the option to join a thrilling winter adventure on our optional excursion. In the company of a Local Guide you’ll head off on an icewalk in the Maligne Canyon. As we head to the bottom of this deep gorge, we’ll see frozen waterfalls, ice caves and incredible ice formations. You’ll also learn about the spectacular landscape of the Maligne Valley and hear tales about the mysterious ‘disappearing’ Medicine Lake. (B)

Day 6 - Jasper to Lake Louise

Today we travel to picture-perfect Lake Louise, said by many to be one of the most beautiful places in Canada. This glacial, jadegreen lake is situated high in the mountains surrounded by towering peaks on all sides. Our hotel for the next two nights, the stunning Fairmont Chateau, is situated in an enviable position right next to its shores. Built more than 100 years ago as a base for outdoor enthusiasts and alpinists, it has played a part in the colourful history of the Rockies. This evening is yours to enjoy everything this luxury resort has to offer. (B)

Day 7 - Lake Louise – At leisure

How you spend today is entirely up to you. You might choose to stay exactly where you are and revel in your hotel’s excellent facilities and wonderful surroundings. Another way to spend some time is on an amazing optional excursion which takes you on a snowshoeing tour of Lake Louise. This ancient and efficient mode of transport simply involves wearing specially designed snowshoes which distribute your weight over a larger area. This allows you to walk on the snow with ease, without sinking into it. Tonight we’ve a real treat in store, as we settle down by an outdoor fire-pit to enjoy a drink together.

Day 8 - Calgary to UK

After some free time this morning, we’ll transfer you to Calgary for your flight back to the UK.

Day 9 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Please note: We want you to get the most from your holiday with us so please be advised that this tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Feature hotel

Fairmont Chateau

Lake Louise

Steeped in history, this iconic hotel has sat on the shores of Lake Louise for over 100 years, surrounded by rugged mountains and the mighty Victoria Glacier. Originally a one-storey log cabin, the hotel has evolved over the years to become a luxurious mountain resort and your holiday includes a two night stay here. Hotel facilities include a choice of restaurants and bars, spa and health club featuring indoor heated pool, whirlpool, steam room and fitness centre. The well-appointed guest bedrooms feature en suite facilities, coffee-maker, kettle, hairdryer and TV.

Room upgrade

Call to speak to one of our travel advisors about a room upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: UWIN1 2025

Snowshoeing on Lake Louise

Sleigh ride, Banff National Park

Lake Louise

The holiday of a lifetime for nature lovers. Explore Ecuador’s cloud forest and stay on three of the Galapagos Islands.

14 days from £5,699

holiday includes Galapagos Island Hopping

Your

Return flights from London Local flavours

25 meals

11 nights in great quality hotels plus 2 nights in flight 2

11 breakfasts (B), 10 lunches (L),

4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Try a typical Ecudorian coastal dish (Encocado de pescado) on Isabela island Transportation Overseas transfers, internal flights, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Otavalo Market

• Visit a working chocolate farm

• Search for hummingbirds in Alambi Cloud Forest

• Hike through the Mindo Cloud Forest

• Mitad del Mundo, the Equator line

• See giant tortoises at a private ranch

• Tintoreras snorkelling and hike to see marine iguanas

• Charles Darwin Research Station

• San Cristóbal Interpretation Centre and Frigatebird Hill

• Snorkelling at Kicker Rock

Optional experience

• Los Tuneles snorkelling

Day 1 UK to Quito

Today, your wildlife adventure begins with your flight to Quito.

Day 2 Quito - Day at Leisure

On arrival in Quito we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Located high in the Andes, 9,000 feet above sea level, you may need a little time to acclimatise, so today you’re free to relax and explore at your leisure. You could take a stroll through the UNESCO-listed Old Town or, for a fabulous panoramic view of the city, we recommend you head to El Panecillo.

Day 3 Otavalo

Today we travel to the market in Otavalo, considered to be one of the biggest and best in South America. It’s a few hours drive from Quito, so en-route we’ll stop at Mira Lago to admire stunning views of San Pablo Lake and the nearby volcanoes. Otavalo Market has lots of colourful textiles and handicrafts on offer, so you might want to have a go at bargaining for a few souvenirs. Next we’ll head to Cotacachi, a laid-back town famous for its leather. The main street is packed with shops selling jackets, shoes, wallets and more, so be warned, you might be tempted to treat yourself! (B,L,D)

Day 4 Quito to Mindo

Today you’re heading to the Mindo Cloud Forest, an area of spectacular scenery and wildlife. Our first stop will be at a butterfly garden and orchid park where you’ll have a chance to see striking owl eye and blue morpho butterflies, and more than 200 different species of orchid. After an included lunch it’s back on the road in search of hummingbirds. The Alambi Cloud Forest is home to a number of different species and you’ll have an opportunity to see them up close. This afternoon we will visit El Quetzal de Mindo, where you’ll see cocoa trees, have

Turtle

Classic Touring

a peek at a working chocolate farm and learn how Ecuadorian chocolate is made. You’ll get to try some samples and you may want to try the locally made craft beer as well. With our afternoon chocolate fix satisfied, we’ll head back to the hotel for a local dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 5 Mindo to Quito

This morning we’re going to go on a hike through the cloud forest to enjoy more of the spectacular scenery and wildlife on foot. Then we’ll travel to Mitad del Mundo, where you can pose for a photo on the Equator line! We’ll arrive back in Quito later this afternoon, and tonight we’ll get together for dinner and a briefing about tomorrow’s journey to the Galapagos Islands. You will be provided with a duffle bag for your belongings - all luggage is inspected on arrival at Galapagos and duffle bags make this process easier. (B,L)

Day 6 Quito to Santa Cruz

Today we fly to the Galapagos Islands. A Local Guide will meet us when we arrive on Santa Cruz, and the sightseeing starts straight away. We’ll make our way to a private ranch in the Highlands, where giant tortoises are free to roam. Whilst enjoying lunch keep an eye out the birds - many species can be spotted here, including the Galapagos mockingbird. Later we will transfer you to your hotel and there’s time to relax before dinner. (B,L)

Day 7 Santa Cruz Island to Isabela Island

This morning we’ll transfer by boat to Isabela Island and make our way to the little town of Puerto Villamil. Once we’ve arrived and settled in we’ll have a practice snorkeling session to help us prepare and test our gear for the afternoon activity. This afternoon, after lunch we’ll board our panga for the Tintoreras tour. This small boat tour of Isabela’s bay includes a short cruise along the coast, a snorkel and a walk on Tintoreras Islet. It’s our best chance to see the Galapagos Penguin along with pelicans, and hopefully blue-footed boobies! The snorkeling is done in a sheltered area, where you may spot colourful tropical fish, sea lions, starfish, urchins, rays, turtles and perhaps even sharks. On Tintoreras Islet, we’ll hop off for a short walk on this lavaladen land, which is home to nesting marine iguanas and scurrying lava lizards. This evening you will head to a local restaurant for dinner where you can try the national dish of Ecuador, typical on the coast - Encocado de pescado - fish in coconut sauce. (B,L,D)

Day 8 Isabela

This morning we’ll take a short ride to a nearby wetland that is home to pink flamingos and pintall ducks, before walking

to the nearby Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre where we’ll see giant tortoises in all stages of development - there’s nearly 1,000 here! A level path and wetland walkway leads back to town, where you’ll pass through mangrove areas as well as barren landscapes where the prickly pear cactus grows. Looks for birds and marine iguanas along the path, before heading to our next activity, The Wall of Tears - a poignant reminder of the penal colony which once existed on Isabela Island. In the middle of the 20th century, convicts built the 100-metre-long wall in harsh, unpleasant conditions and it stands today as a monument to their suffering. (B,L)

Day 9 Santa Cruz

This morning you’re free to do just as you please. However, if you enjoy snorkelling our optional excursion to Los Tuneles is a must. You’ll head to one of the best snorkelling spots in the Galapagos for a chance to explore underwater lava tunnels teeming with marine life. Look out for reef sharks, sea turtles, sea horses and more.

Later we’ll travel back to Santa Cruz by boat and after dinner, you might want to stroll down to the waterfront. At night the locals can often be found playing Ecua-volley, or Ecuadorian volleyball, which is always fun to watch. (B,L)

Day 10 San Cristóbal

Your adventure continues with a visit to the Charles Darwin Research Station, where we’ll learn more about efforts to conserve several species of the giant tortoise. Lonesome George was perhaps the most famous Galapagos tortoise. His species, the Pinta Island tortoise, became extinct when he died in 2012 and he was preserved by expert taxidermists. You’ll see him on display at the centre.

We’ll travel to another island, San Cristóbal, by boat this afternoon. After checking into our hotel, we’re going to walk to the Interpretation Centre. Here you’ll learn about the history of the archipelago, Charles Darwin’s famous visit in the 19th century and today’s work to protect the amazing landscapes. Afterwards you can make your own discoveries. Hiking trails take you to Frigatebird Hill, and if you climb it you may be rewarded with close-up views of the birds - they have a distinctive w-shaped silhouette and are able to glide for hours without flapping their wings. This evening is yours to do as you please. (B,L)

Day 11 San Cristóbal

You’re going to take a cruise along the coast and hopefully catch a glimpse of San

Cristóbal’s fabulous marine life today. Keep a lookout for birds including the great frigate and blue-footed booby, before the captain drops anchor for your first snorkel of the day. Take to the water and perhaps you’ll spot damselfish, pufferfish, and maybe even sea lion pups. Then it’s on to Kicker Rock, where the remains of a volcanic tuff cone rise 143 metres from the ocean. Snorkelling a channel between the rocks, you might be lucky enough to see spotted eagle rays, chocolate chip starfish, sea turtles and Galapagos sharks. After a busy morning you’ll be ready for lunch on board. Then we’re going to stop at a beautiful beach accessible only by boat – a little slice of paradise and the perfect place to relax. (B,L,D)

Day 12 Quito

It’s your final day in the Galapagos and you’re free to spend it at leisure. Perhaps head to the beach for one last swim, or shop for some lastminute souvenirs.

Later, we’ll drive the short distance to the airport for our flight back to Quito. We’ll round off our holiday with a farewell dinner this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 13 Quito to UK

You’re adventure comes to an end today as we transfer you to the airport ready for your return flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 14 UK

You will arrive in the UK today.

Please note: To experience the best of the islands and their wildlife, this holiday requires a significant amount of walking. During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 9,000ft where altitude sickness can occur. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions, or have any other concerns, please consult your doctor. Island Taxes of approximately $230 including Galapagos National Park entrance fee are not included in the cost of your holiday and will be payable locally upon arrival in Galapagos. Hotels in the Galapagos Islands are generally more basic than those found on the mainland of Ecuador, and all properties used have been chosen due to location and optimised for the itinerary.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LGAL 2025

Start From

24 Apr £5,799

16 Oct £5,699

Single Room supplement from £1,475

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

Galapagos Islands

The Best of Costa Rica

From vibrant wildlife to majestic volcanoes, Costa Rica will enchant and delight nature-lovers.

12 days from £3,799

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Try a Casado in San Josea Costa Rican staple

10 nights in lodges and 3 & 4-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

16 meals

10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L),

3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Tour of San José, Costa Rica’s vibrant capital

• Tortuguero National Park, including boat trip

• Visit the Hanging Bridges of Arenal

• Explore Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve

• Visit Carara National Park

• Visit Manuel Antonio National Park

Optional experiences

• Visit the Ecotermales Hot Springs with dinner

• ‘Safari Float’ boat trip

• Enjoy a night walk in the Monteverde Forest

Day 1 - UK to San José

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to San José. We will transfer you to your hotel on arrival.

Day 2 - San José to Tortuguero

Today you’re heading to Tortuguero National Park, home to an array of wildlife including monkeys, sloths, crocodiles and caymans. Our journey takes us through the Braulio Carrillo National Park and across the Continental Divide, where you’ll take in breathtaking views of primary forests. Towards the end of your journey, we will transfer you to your lodge by boat. This afternoon you’ll learn all about sea turtles when we visit the Tortuguero Village and the Caribbean Conservation Museum. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Tortuguero National Park

Today you will discover Tortuguero National Park, which sits in the heart of the jungle. It’s one of the best places in Central America to observe turtles nesting up close, and you will experience this remote rainforest on a boat trip through jungle-sheltered canals. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Tortuguero National Park to Muelle de San Carlos

After breakfast we leave Tortuguero by boat and then drive to the village of Muelle de San Carlos. We’ll stop at a restaurant for lunch on the way, and then visit ‘Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour’ in the afternoon. During our tour of this community coffee plantation, we will gain an insight into the lives of Costa Rica’s coffee producers. There will also be an opportunity to sample the coffee and purchase some to take home as a souvenir.

When we arrive in Muelle de San Carlos, the rest of the day will be free for you to relax and enjoy the facilities at the hotel. You could take a dip in the swimming pool or perhaps enjoy a drink with your travelling companions. (B,L)

Hanging Bridges of Arenal

Classic Touring

Day 5 - Muelle de San Carlos

Enjoy a day relaxing or join our optional excursions. This morning, you can choose to join our optional excursion, Safari Float on the Caño Negro River. This is a leisurely paddle along the river spotting wildlife and plant life as we go. And, this afternoon there is the opportunity to join our excursion to the La Fortuna Hot Springs which has dinner included. The hot springs are naturally heated and set within a beautiful surroundingperfect for relaxing! (B)

Day 6 -Muelle de San Carlos to Monteverde

After breakfast we will begin our journey to Monteverde, on the way we will visit the Hanging Bridges of Arenal. Explore the rainforest on a walking trail which crosses 15 bridges, six of which are hanging in the rainforest canopy, offering a spectacular view of the scenery below. Keep your eyes peeled as you walk - more than 250 species of bird live in this rainforest reserve along with a vast array of reptiles, mammals and insects.

American Quakers set up the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve in the 1950s and now it’s home many different species of birds and mammals, including the howler monkey and you may be lucky enough to spot abundant wildlife, and this evening you could choose to join our optional guided forest walk excursion. (B)

Day 7 - Monteverde

Early this morning we will go on a guided tour through the Monteverde National Reserve. Only 1% of all remaining forests on the planet are classified as cloud forests, so our visit to one today is a real privilege. Within the reserve, over 30 species of orchid that were new to science at the time of their discovery have been found! (B)

Day 8 - Monteverde to Manuel Antonio

After breakfast at our hotel we will drive to Manuel Antonio. On the way we will stop at Carara National Park. Carara National Park, established in 1978 as a biological reserve, is known as a haven for birds with scarlet macaws, motmots and several species of trogon all frequenting the national park. (B)

Day 9 - Manuel Antonio

Although the smallest national park in Costa Rica, Manuel Antonio National Park is one of the most beautiful and diverse, today we will visit it. Be sure to keep your eyes peeled for the rare squirrel monkeys that call the park home! (B)

Day 10 - Manuel Antonio to San Jose

Today we will travel to San José, the capital of Costa Rica. We’ll introduce you to sights such as the National Theatre and the Gold Museum. Then, when you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours to do as you please. This evening, enjoy dinner at a local restaurant and sample typical Costa Rican cuisine. Why not try a casado, a popular dish of rice, black beans, salad, plantains and a tortilla. The name casado means “married man” in Spanish, and is thought to originate from restaurant customers who asked to be treated like ‘casados’, since married men ate such meals at home.. (B,D)

Day 11 - San Jose to UK

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport in San José for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 12 - UK

It’s time to bid farewell to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK today.

Favourite moment

The lodge at Tortuguero National Park, which is teeming with wildlife, is only accessible by boat, making your stay even more special.

Travelsphere cares.

When you book this holiday you are helping us to support the Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour. Mi Cafecito is a successful tourism and agriculture co-op. You’ll learn about the lives of Costa Rica’s coffee producers and sample the coffee. See website for more details.

In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LCOSTA 2024

Arenal Volcano, La Fortuna

Tortuguero

This intriguing country is like nowhere you’ve been before, where Incan ruins, lost civilisations and intoxicating landscapes are king.

16 days from £4,099

Your holiday includes Epic Peru

13 nights in 3 and 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

Return flights from London Local flavours Cookery class in Cuzco, sampling different Peruvian dishes Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage 19 meals

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Local Guide

dinner (D)

Day 1 UK to Lima

Depart on your flight to Lima. You’ll arrive on the morning of day 2, when we’ll transfer you to your overnight hotel.

Day 2 Lima

You’ll get to see the highlights of Lima today on a tour of the city. In the heart of the historic centre, you’ll find Plaza Mayor surrounded by some of the most iconic sights in the city such as the grandiose Government Palace, 16th century Catedral de Lima and Archbishop’s Palace. Nearby you’ll discover the stunning cloisters of the Church of San Francisco. While its colonial past is clearly evident in its beautiful squares, fine churches, palaces and mansions, as you explore, you’ll also see the architectural legacy of the Incans and Native Indians. (B)

Day 3 Lima to Paracas

Included highlights

• Tour of Lima

• The Pachacamac Temple in the valley of Lurin

• Cruise the Ballestas Islands

• Visit the ‘White City’ of Arequipa

• See the spectacular Colca Canyon

• Guided tour of the Sillustani ruins

• Lake Titicaca and the floating islands

• Tour of Cuzco

• Machu Picchu guided tour

Start your day with a journey by road to Paracas along the Pan American Highway, which cuts through a barren desert landscape. We’ll stop at the site of the ancient Pachacamac Temple where we’ll be transported back to pre-Incan times as we explore. The ruins consist of adobe walls and pyramids and you’ll also see the remains of early frescoes. Tonight we will stay in Paracas. (B)

Day 4 Paracas to Nazca

We’re taking to the water today for a fascinating cruise around the Ballestas Islands. This protected wildlife reserve provides shelter for many different species. On your cruise, keep a lookout for Humboldt penguins, sea lions and more. Later we’ll travel to Nazca for an overnight stay. (B)

Day 5 Nazca to Arequipa

Sit back, relax and take in lovely coastal views as you journey to Arequipa, our base for the next two nights. (B)

Lima Pacific Ocean BOLIVIA

Weaving, Arequipa

Classic Touring

Day 6 Arequipa

You’ll understand why Arequipa is known as the ‘White City’ after today’s tour. It is loomed over by ice-capped volcanoes and as you explore, you’ll see many buildings made from white volcanic rock. We’ll also head inside the Museum of Andean Sanctuaries to see archaeological finds from the Andes, and the Santa Catalina Convent, a masterpiece of colonial architecture. You can choose to spend the afternoon just as you wish. (B)

Day 7 Arequipa to Colca

After setting off early this morning, a scenic drive takes us to the Colca Canyon, whose steep walls are deeper than the Grand Canyon. This is one of the best places in South America to spot the Andean condor, a magnificent bird of prey, so keep your eyes skyward. We’ll stay in Colca overnight. (B,L,D)

Day 8 Colca to Puno

Our next base is Puno, on the shores of Lake Titicaca. We’ll drive here today and on the way stop off at the archaeological complex of Sillustani, where the religious rituals of the pre-Inca Colla people will be explained. You’ll take a walk around the site and see ruined stone Chullpas towers that stand alongside Lake Umayo. (B,L)

Day 9 Puno

You’re going to enjoy superb close-up views of sacred Lake Titicaca and the Uros floating islands this morning.

The lake sits 12,500ft up in the Andes and covers a huge area of 3,500 miles. The manmade Uros islands are made from totora reeds and home to the indigenous Uros people. Here you’ll learn about the traditional lifestyle and how the reeds play an important role - used not only to make the islands, but also boats, houses, mattresses, crafts and used as medicine.

We’ll head back to dry land this afternoon where you can explore Puno at your own pace. (B)

Day 10 Puno to Sacred Valley

There is a full day of travelling today as we will journey to Cuzco and from there, we will transfer to Sacred Valley. This drive will offer spectacular views all day as we start off by heading along the Andes Mountains and then following the Urubamba River though spectacular valleys. We will stop on numerous occasions to visit sites in this special region such as the Lithic Museum in Pucara and Andahuaylillas, along with a photo stop at La Raya - the highest point of the mountain pass. We will also stop for lunch in a restaurant in the Valley. (B)

Day 11 Machu Picchu

You’ve seen many of Peru’s incredible sights so far on your tour, but today offers something really special. You’re going to get the chance to explore the ruined ‘lost city’ of Machu Picchu, perched high above a steep valley and swathed in jungle. Your journey here is by narrow gauge railway, with the last part by bus. A walk with a Local Guide on the mountain top and time to go your own way will help you to uncover its splendour. You’ll be able to wander through the temples and terraces and enjoy spectacular views of the lush green Urubamba Valley thousands of feet below. (B,L)

Day 12 Cuzco - Day at leisure

Today we transfer to the ancient city of Cuzco. On the way we’re going to visit a community centre in Ccaccaccollo to learn how the weaving co-operative, supported by Travelsphere Cares, has impacted the village. Very few communities benefit from tourism and this centre helps maintain a traditional way of life, helping bring back weaving traditions whilst supporting small local communities. Today, more than 55 women are part of the association, constantly learning new methods, whilst also maintaining traditional ones. Women involved in the project report that all of their children are now able to study at university, and they are the first generation to be completely literate in Spanish. Learn all about weaving and dyeing techniques used to create traditional garments, and afterwards have the opportunity to purchase them. Afterwards we will travel on to the city of Cuzco where the rest of the afternoon is at leisure. (B)

Day 13 Cuzco

This morning we will enjoy a walking tour of Cuzco. We will then head to sites such as the Koricancha Temple, this ancient Inca palace was the centre of worship of the Sun God and visit Cuzco’s cathedral. Later, we will visit the Sacsayhuamán fortress, an impressive example of Inca military architecture. We’ll finish the day by heading to a restaurant for a cookery class, sampling different Peruvian dishes for lunch. (B,L)

Day 14 Cuzco to Lima

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to Lima, where the rest of the day will be free. Why not pick up some last minute souvenirs or enjoy a relaxing meal overlooking the Pacific Ocean. (B)

Day 15 Lima to UK

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Day 16 UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Extend your stay

Amazon 4 nights from £1,299

This 4-night adventure at the end of your holiday takes you to the heart of the Peruvian Amazon rainforest. You’ll enjoy Amazon boat trips and visits to Tambopata National Reserve, Lake Sandoval, a local farm and a botanical garden. Includes 3 nights full board and 1 night on a bed and breakfast basis.

Travelsphere cares.

Visit the Planeterra Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative, which enables local women to sell traditional textiles to travellers. See local weaving and dyeing techniques used to create garments and souvenirs, and learn how the co-operative has impacted the community.

In partnership with

Please note: During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 12,000ft where altitude sickness can occur. This should not be a problem, although everyone should take it easy at first. Our tour has been designed to allow a more gradual increase in altitude, giving you more time to adjust to the lower oxygen levels. Other simple measures, such as eating light meals and drinking lots of fluids can also help to alleviate the symptoms. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns please consult your doctor.

This holiday includes walking in areas of rough ground, gradients and steps, often with no hand rails to offer assistance.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LPRU2 2024 2025

Start From Start From

2 Oct £4,099

28 May £4,249

1 Oct £4,299

Single Room supplement from £580

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

Machu Picchu

Latin Wonders of The World

Admire world-wonders and soak up the spectacular sights and sounds on a captivating adventure through four Latin American countries.

18 days from £4,999

Your holiday includes Return flights from London Local flavours

nights in flight

Authentic Argentinian gaucho BBQ dinner Travelsphere Holiday Director Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Explore ‘City of Kings’ Lima

• Tour of Cuzco

• Discover the ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu

• Visit the market at Pisac

• Catamaran cruise on Lake Titicaca

• Visit the Inti Wata Cultural Complex

• Tour of La Paz including Moon Valley

• Tour of Buenos Aires

• Iguaçu Falls from the Brazilian side

• Visit the statue of Christ the Redeemer

Optional experiences

• Dinner and tango show in Buenos Aires

• Estancia ranch tour

• Iguaçu Falls from the Argentinian side

• Enjoy views of Rio from Sugarloaf Mountain

Day 1 - UK to Lima

Start your South American adventure with a flight to Peru’s capital, Lima.

Day 2 - Lima

On arrival in Lima today we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the heart of the Miraflores district for an overnight stay.

Day 3 - Lima to Cuzco

You’ll get to know Lima this morning on an included tour. One highlight of your tour is the main square, where you’ll find the Presidential Palace, the cathedral and the Metropolitan City Hall. This afternoon we’ll transfer to the airport for our flight to Cuzco. (B)

Day 4 - Cuzco

Cuzco, the ‘Imperial City’, was once the capital of the Inca Empire. On your tour this morning highlights include the elegant Plaza de Armas and the impressive cathedral. You’re also going to visit the Inka’s Expression Workshop where you can watch artisans at work. (B)

Day 5 - Cuzco to Machu Picchu

Today is the day you get to explore the incredible ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu. Your journey to the ruined city is by narrow gauge railway with an onward journey by bus. You’ll set off on a walk with a Local Guide, who will introduce its splendour. Afterwards you’ll have time to explore this fascinating citadel by yourself. We’ll then head to the small town of Aguas Calientes. We’ll have lunch here before making our way to the Sacred Valley by train. (B,L)

Day 6 - Cuzco to the Sacred Valley

You are going to visit the vibrant Indian market in Pisac today – a great place to pick up a unique souvenir of your holiday and mingle with the locals. Later, we’ll return to Cuzco. (B)

Lima Cuzco

Puno Lake Titicaca

Machu Picchu

Sacred

PERU

Machu Picchu, Peru

Classic Touring

Day 7 - Cuzco to Puno

Early this morning we take to the road and head to Puno, on the shores of Lake Titicaca, stopping at La Raya pass en route. We will also stop at the Inca ruins in Raqchi, where there is a beautifully decorated 17th century church. (B,L)

Day 8 - Lake Titicaca to La Paz

Your day begins with a cruise across Lake Titicaca to Sun Island. You’ll step ashore to visit the Inca Garden, steps and fountain before heading to the Inti Wata Cultural Complex. As we cruise back to the harbour we’ll enjoy a buffet lunch, and then our journey continues by road to the Bolivian city of La Paz. (B,L)

Day 9 - La Paz

There’s lots to see in La Paz, an intriguing city which sits high above sea level and is beautifully framed by the three-peaked Illimani Mountain, so let’s go out and explore. Hidden treasures lurk around every corner, and on this full-day tour you’ll discover gems including the Indian Market and fascinating Witches Market. The stalls here sell all kinds of charms and potions that promise to ward off evil spirits. You’ll also visit Moon Valley, a lunar landscape of canyons and spires, and take a cable car ride from one end of La Paz to the other for fantastic views of the city and the mountains that surround it. (B,D)

Day 10 - La Paz to Buenos Aires

Today we’ll transfer to the airport for our flight to Buenos Aires, arriving this afternoon. Argentina’s thrilling capital is known as the ‘Paris of the Americas’. Why not head out to explore, or simply relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel. (B)

Day 11 - Buenos Aires

We’ll explore the sights of Buenos Aires on a tour that takes in all of the highlights including Plaza de Mayo, the Cathedral of Buenos Aires, where the tomb of General San Martin is located and the Recoleta cemetery the burial place of Eva Perón. This evening you have the option to enjoy a traditional dinner and tango show. (B)

Day 12 - Buenos Aires – Day at leisure

Today is free for you to do just as you wish. Alternatively, you could join one of the optional excursions that will be available. This evening we will take you to a typical Argentine restaurant for a traditional asado dinner. In true Argentine style this is served late evening. (B,D)

Day 13 - Buenos Aires to Iguaçu

We’ll transfer to the airport this morning for our flight to Iguaçú, home of the famous waterfalls, which span Argentina and Brazil. (B)

Day 14 - Iguaçu – Day at leisure

Today is free for you to spend just as you please. You can explore the area at your own pace, or choose to join a full-day excursion into the Iguaçú National Park and the Argentinian side of the Iguaçú Falls. Situated at the meeting point of three countries –Brazil, Paraguay and Argentina – they are a truly awesome sight and considered one of the world’s largest natural wonders. Higher than Niagara, wider than Victoria, Iguaçú actually consists of 275 separate falls, and about three-quarters of the total length is on this side. From one of the many trails here you can actually walk into the heart of Devil’s Throat, the best-known of the individual falls. In fact you’re quite likely to get wet on this side, as the walkways take you sometimes within arms length of the thundering waters for a really unique experience. (B)

Day 15 - Iguaçu to Rio de Janeiro

We are going to see the Iguaçú Falls from the Brazilian side today. Although smaller than the Argentinian side, from here you can take in the full panorama of these immense falls as you stand on special walkways and feel the spray on your face. This afternoon we’ll fly to Rio de Janeiro. (B)

Day 16 - Rio de Janeiro

Rio de Janeiro is unique – simply bursting with energy, excitement and entertainment. You’ll head to Corcovado, home to the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer today. This afternoon you have the option to view Rio from another wonderful vantage point, Sugarloaf Mountain. (B)

Day 17 - Rio de Janeiro to UK

You’ve a free day in Rio to explore at your own pace. If you want to relax and soak up the sun you are perfectly placed as your hotel boasts a wonderful spot right on the world-famous Copacabana Beach. Curving in a crescent over four kilometres, its white sand is lapped by azure waters and is sure to prove too tempting to resist.

This evening we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 18 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Visiting the Witches’ Market in La Paz is a surreal experiencethe items on sale give a fascinating insight into Bolivia’s traditions. Favourite moment

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LWOL 2024 2025

Iguaçú Falls

Illimani Peak, Bolivia

Chile, Argentina & Brazil

Discover the incredible sights in three fascinating countries on this once-in-a-lifetime South American adventure.

14 days from £3,999

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Dine at a typical Brazilian Churrascaria

11 nights in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

15 meals

10 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Chile’s capital, Santiago, which lies beneath the stunning Andes

• Tour of Mendoza, Argentina’s wine capital

• Visit the cosmopolitan city of Buenos Aires

• View the Iguaçú Falls from the Argentina side

• View the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer at Corcovado

Optional experiences

• Tour of Valparaiso and Viña del Mar, including a wine-tasting

• Experience a typical ‘estancia’ ranch

• Visit one of Mendoza’s many vineyards for a wine-tasting

• River tour on the magnificent Tigre and Parana Delta

• Enjoy a delicious dinner and a thrilling tango show in Buenos Aires

• Enjoy superb views of Rio de Janeiro from Sugarloaf Mountain

Day 1 - UK to Santiago

Your holiday begins today with your flight to Chile’s capital Santiago.

Day 2 - Santiago

You’ll arrive in Santiago today, where we’ll transfer you to your hotel for a two-night stay. You’ll see wonderful sights on an afternoon tour, with highlights including the Presidential Palace and the residential districts of Las Condes and Providencia.

Day 3 - Santiago – Day at leisure

The choice is yours today – spend time exploring Santiago, or join your Holiday Director on an optional day of discovery which starts with a scenic drive. Your first stop will be the Casas del Bosque vineyard to taste award-winning wines. Our explorations then take us to Viña del Mar, a beach resort also known as the ‘Garden City’, and the coastal city of Valparaiso. We’ll have lunch here, and sightseeing highlights include Fisherman’s Wharf, Plaza Sotomayor, the Naval Academy and La Sebastiana. (B)

Day 4 - Santiago to Mendoza

Today we take a great journey by road over the Andes and across the border into Argentina to your new base, Mendoza. Mount Aconcagua, which at 23,000ft is the highest peak in the Americas, is just one possible sightseeing highlight along the way. (B)

Day 5- Mendoza – Day at leisure

This morning you will embark on a sightseeing tour of the wonderful city of Mendoza. Located at the foot of the Andes, with a buzzing art and social calendar, it is certainly one of the most friendly in South America. This afternoon has been left free for you to discover more of this city at your own pace. (B)

Santiago, Chile

Classic Touring

Day 6 - Mendoza to Buenos Aires

Argentina’s capital Buenos Aires beckons today, and we’ll fly there this morning. With a three-night stay, there’s plenty of time to explore, and we’ll start with a tour this afternoon. Taking in the Plaza de Mayo and the cathedral, which houses the tomb of Argentina’s liberator General San Martin. We’ll also visit Recoleta Cemetery, the burial place of political icon Eva Perón, before returning to our hotel. (B)

Days 7-8 - Buenos Aires –Days at leisure

Buenos Aires is yours to explore. Alternatively, if you’d like to experience life on a typical ranch, or ‘estancia’, an optional day out will take you into the heart of the Argentinian Pampas. Here you’ll see the gauchos displaying their horsemanship skills, and you’ll also get to tuck into an Argentine barbecue. Some of the world’s best beef comes from Argentina – so meat-lovers are in for a treat. Tigre and Parana Delta is a labyrinth of magnificent waterways fed by the Parana River. You can explore this maze of riverside villas, Victorian docks and English-style gardens from a traditional riverboat on an optional excursion. (B)

Day 9 - Buenos Aires to Iguaçu Falls

We’ll fly to Iguaçú Falls today, where our base for two nights is on the Argentinian side of this natural wonder. You could spend a relaxed afternoon enjoying your hotel’s facilities. (B)

Day 10 - Iguaçu Falls

Today we’re going to explore Iguaçú Falls on a full-day excursion to the Argentinian side of the National Park. The Falls are one of the world’s largest natural wonders and consist of an astounding 275 separate waterfalls, falling from an average height of 70 metres. This tour also includes walking along Upper and Lower trails that allow you to observe the waterfalls close-up. (B)

Day 11 - Iguaçu Falls to Rio de Janeiro

You might take the chance to relax this morning before we fly to the thrilling city of Rio de Janeiro. (B)

Day 12 - Rio de Janeiro

You’re going to wake up in one of the most unique and dazzling cities in the world today, welcome to Rio!

To get you started, we’re going to visit Corcovado, which is home to the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer. To reach the statue we’ll travel on the small cog railway

which winds up the mountain. You’ll be keen to get out in Rio this afternoon, whether that’s to see more sights or stretch out on Copacabana Beach, which is just across from your hotel. There’s also the option to take a cable-car ride to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain. This evening we’ll gather as a group for a farewell dinner at a typical Brazilian Churrascaria. Experience the famous Brazilian barbecue and taste traditional Brazilian food. (B,D)

Day 13 - Rio de Janeiro to UK

You’ve time to see a little more of Rio today before we transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Day 14 - UK

It’s time to say goodbye to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK.

Favourite moment

Nothing can prepare you for the incredible sight of Iguaçu Falls, set amongst lush rainforest teeming with exotic fauna and flora.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Rio De Janeiro, Brazil

Gauchos, Argentina

Beautiful waterfall in Iguazu, Argentina

La Boca, Buenos Aires

Beyond The Golden Triangle

Delve into India’s captivating culture and rich history - explore the Taj Mahal and search for the elusive Bengal tiger.

10 days from £1,999

Your holiday includes

8 nights in 4 & 5-star hotels and lodges plus 1 night in flight

Enjoy a glass of ‘lassi’ in Jaipur Travelsphere Holiday Director

19 meals

8 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L),

8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Included highlights

• Tour of New Delhi

• Discover Old Delhi on a cycle rickshaw

• Dawn visit to the Taj Mahal

• Agra Fort and Itmad ud Daulah tomb

• The deserted city of Fatehpur Sikri

• Search for tigers on a morning Ranthambore safari

• Afternoon safari in Ranthambore

• Traditional dinner with local entertainment

• Visit the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur

• Try a lassi in Jaipur

• Venture up to the hilltop Amber Fort

Optional experience

• Performance of ‘Mohabbet The Taj’

Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Delhi.

Day 2 - Delhi

On arrival in Delhi, we’ll transfer you to your comfortable hotel, the rest of the day will be at the hotel for you to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities. (L,D)

Day 3 - Delhi to Agra

We’ll start our sightseeing in the 17th century walled city of Old Delhi, we’ll explore by foot as we take a stroll through the fabled street bazaar, Chandni Chowk, and admire the impressive marble domes of Jama Masjid Mosque. We’ll also visit Gandhi Smriti Museum, the location where Gandhi spent the last 144 days of his life and the place of his assassination. And enjoy a cycle rickshaw ride through the walled city of Old Delhi. As we go, we’ll delve into its maze of crowded streets and thronging markets, and see the spectacular exterior of the Red Fort.

Next, we tour New Delhi, a spacious, imperial city created by the British in 1911. We’ll drive through elegant boulevards to see the iconic India Gate and imposing Parliament House, which are grand reminders of the city’s colonial past. We’ll also see Humayun’s Tomb, built in 1570 and said to have inspired the Taj Mahal and Bangla Saheb Gurudwaraa Sikh Temple. Our day concludes with a drive to Agra. (B,D)

Day 4 - Agra

Get ready to experience one of the highlights of your holiday today – a dawn visit to the incredible Taj Mahal. This magnificent mausoleum, built by the Emperor Shah Jahan for his wife Mumtaz, is one of the world’s most glorious sights. Our next stop is at the red4 Jaipur Dausa Amber Fort Shimla (add-on)

Ranthambore

Classic Touring

sandstone Agra Fort, where Shah Jahan was imprisoned by his son, then we’ll see the Itmad ud Daulah tomb. This was the first monument in India to be built entirely from marble and is known as the ‘Baby Taj’. If you would like to enjoy an evening out, there’s the option to watch a performance of Mohabbat the Taj, about Emperor Shah Jahan and his wife. (B,D)

Day 5 - Agra to Ranthambore

Our first stop today is at the deserted, fortified city of Fatehpur Sikri. A fine example of Mughal architecture, its highlights include a huge mosque and an array of palaces and pavilions. Later sit back and enjoy the everchanging scenery with your fellow travellers as you are taken to Ranthambore. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ranthambore

A thrilling day lies ahead, with not just one but two safaris in Ranthambore National Park, said to be the best game reserve in India. On morning and afternoon game drives we’ll make our way through thick forest, where pretty waterfalls provide the perfect habitat for more than 300 species of birds. Our knowledgeable Local Guide will help you to spot other residents of the park, including crocodile, hyena, jackal and more. Keep your fingers crossed for a sighting of the elusive tiger, or the even rarer leopard. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Ranthambore to Dausa

Today we journey by road to our next hotel. We’ll have lunch on arrival and then you’re free to relax and do just as you wish. Later, we’re going to get together to enjoy dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Dausa to Jaipur

Today we’ve the famous ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur in our sights, which we’ll reach by road. Views of sandstone buildings tinged with pink and ochre set amongst barren hills will greet us on arrival in the capital of Rajasthan. We’ll get our bearings with an afternoon guided tour, which includes the commanding City Palace and the Mughal treasures in its museum. We’ll also see the elaborate façade of the Palace of the Winds, from where ladies of the court could watch unseen. Before we head to our hotel, there will be time to browse the colourful ceramics and textiles in the Old Town’s bustling markets.

Whilst in Jaipur you will also be served a glass of Lassi, a blend of water, yoghurt, spices and sometimes fruit. The drink, traditionally served in earthen pots to add a unique aroma, is topped with a thick layer of malai, leaving you refreshed and surprisingly full! (B,D)

Day 9 - Jaipur to Delhi

Your day begins with a short drive to the marvellous Amber Fort, a 17th century stronghold which sits on a hilltop overlooking the desert. We’ll step inside to see the eerie Temple of Kali, the jewel-like Palace of Mirrors and the enchanting Hall of Pleasures. Later, we return to Delhi by road. (B,D)

Day 10 - Delhi to UK

This morning we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. As you are travelling westwards, you will arrive later the same day. (B)

A safari in Ranthambore National Park is incredible - watching out for the varied wildlife with the anticipation of seeing a tiger. Favourite moment

Journey to Shimla 4 nights from £649

Enjoy a fascinating and unforgettable journey by train to the hill station of Shimla, the ‘Queen of Hill Stations’, in the foothills of the Himalayas. Includes half board in great quality hotels, plus two lunches. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Feature hotel Grand Mercure, Agra

The 5-star Grand Mercure is located just a short distance from the world famous Taj Mahal. We stay in guests room with a view of the Taj Mahal from the window!

Please note: In 2025 and 2026 we will stay for an extra night in Jaipur, instead of 1 night Duasa.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LIBTR 2024 2025 2026

*Christmas Departure, holiday ref: XLIBTR

Single Room supplement from £625

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

Taj Mahal, Agra

Amber

Taj, Tigers, Temples & Rajasthan’s Palaces

Venture beyond the Golden Triangle to discover the cultural highlights of India’s Rajasthan.

15 days from £2,999

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Homecooked dinner in Jaipur Travelsphere Holiday Director Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Delhi city tour

• Amritsar town and the Golden Temple

• Changing of the Guards Ceremony at the Wagah Border

• Taj Mahal at sunrise

• Agra city tour and Agra Fort

• Visit the Abhaneri stepwells

• Morning and afternoon safaris in Ranthambore

• Explore the Amber Fort

• Tour of the ‘Pink City’ Jaipur

• Mehran Garh Fort and Jaswant Thada

• Bishnoi village safari

• Jain Temples

• City tour of Udaipur

• Sunset cruise to Jagmandir

• Delhi street walk

Optional experiences

• Palki ceremony at the Golden Temple

• Taj Mahal at sunset

• Ranthambore Fort

Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Today you will fly to Delhi.

Day 2 - Delhi

On arrival in Delhi we will travel to our hotel. This afternoon we will begin our sightseeing with a city tour stopping to admire the marble domes of Jama Masjid and taking a rickshaw ride through the fabled street bazaar of Chandni Chowk. You will drive pass through Red Fort, India Gate, and President House in Delhi.

Later continue to visit Humayun Tomb, built in 1570, it is one of the earliest examples of a garden tomb and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (B,D)

Day 3 - Delhi to Amritsar

We will leave Delhi and head to the train station to join the train to Amritsar. One of the most pristine cities, Amritsar is renowned world over for the Golden Temple, also known as Harmandir Sahib Gurudwara. This evening you have the opportunity, on our optional excursion, to experience a Palki Ceremony at the Golden Temple. (B,D)

Day 4 - Amritsar

Today we will visit the Golden Temple and Jaliawala Bagh, before we take a walking tour of the local market in Amritsar Town. This afternoon we make the short journey to the Indo-Pakistan ‘Wagah Border’ village where we can watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony. (B,D)

Day 5 - Amritsar to Agra

This morning we will take a flight from Amritsar to Delhi where we enjoy an included lunch before travelling onto Agra. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Agra

An early start this morning is well worth it

Taj Mahal

Classic Touring

as we are visiting the Taj Mahal at sunrise. Having returned to the hotel for breakfast we head out again on a city tour of Agra, highlights include Agra Fort and Itmadud-Duala known as ‘baby Taj’. This evening you could choose to take in views of the Taj Mahal from another angle from Mehtab Bagh (Mughal Gardens) as the sun sets. (B,D)

Day 7 - Agra to Ranthambore

Today’s journey will take us to Ranthambore National Park where we will stay for two nights. Along the way we will visit the incredible architecture of Abhenari Stepwells. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Ranthambore

If we are lucky today is the day we will see tigers in Ranthambore. We’ll head out on two safaris in the morning and this afternoon in to the National Park. Ranthambore National Park is home to an array of incredible wildlife so keep your eyes peeled not only for the elusive tiger but sloth bears, leopards, striped hyenas and so much more. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Ranthambore to Jaipur

Before we leave Ranthambore this morning, you could join our optional excursion to Ranthambore Fort, located in the national park. As well as being a building of significance, the views over the national park are impressive.

Later we will continue our journey to Jaipur –the ‘Pink City’. This evening we are hosted by a local family for a cooking experience and dinner. (B,D)

Day 10 - Jaipur

This morning we will visit the Amber Fort, taking a journey by jeep to see the hilltop ramparts that overlook the Maota Lake. Later, we’ll enjoy a full city sightseeing tour of Jaipur including the City Palace, built by Maharaja Sawai Jai Singh, and drive past the Hawa Mahal, known as the Palace of the Winds and a UNESCO World Heritage site. (B,D)

Day 11 - Jaipur to Jodphur

We continue our journey through Rajasthan, arriving in Jodhpur in time for lunch at a local restaurant. This afternoon we will visit Mehran Garh fort and Jaswant Thada, an exquisite cenotaph built of sheets of marble that have been intricately carved. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Jodphur to Udaipur

Today we will take a jeep safari in the Bishnoi Village. The Bishnoi community are loyal worshippers of nature and a visit here offers

you a glimpse of tribal India. We then travel towards Udaipur, along the way we will make a stop at the famous Jain Temples and enjoy lunch. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Udaipur

Our sightseeing in Udaipur this morning will take in the City Palace, a local temple and The Saheliyo ki Baadi, known as Courtyard of Maiden.

At sunset we will take an evening cruise on Pichola Lake to Jagmandir Island where a golden sandstone palace rises from the water’s edge. (B,D)

Day 14 - Udaipurto Delhi

We will make our return journey to Delhi. On arrival we have an amazing experience, we will join a tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll do this in the company of former street children, who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity, supported by Travelsphere Cares, equips youngsters with a range of skills and helps them to better their lives. They are also provided with a warm bed at night and a hot meal each day. This evening we will gather together for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 15 - Delhi to UK

We transfer to the airport for our flight to the UK, arriving the same day. (B)

Travelsphere cares.

On this holiday you will take an eye-opening guided walk through the streets of Delhi in the company of former street children who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity equips disadvantaged youths with a range of skills to help better their lives. During the walk, you’ll gain insight in to the charity and the lives of those who have benefitted from the work that they carry out. In partnership with

Add-on

3 nights from £999

Extend your holiday with 3 nights on the coast of the Arabian Sea. You’ll stay in a 5-star hotel on a half-board basis where you can spend your days relaxing on the beach or exploring the local area. Goa

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LITTR 2025

Start From

8 Feb £2,999

11 Oct £3,099

Single Room supplement from £999

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

Amritsar

Ranthambore

Contrasts of India - Northern Cities & Kerala Backwaters

This is an all-out exploration of India, from the Golden Triangle in the north to Kerala’s peaceful backwaters in the south.

18 days from £2,999

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London 15 nights in 3, 4 & 5-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

1-night cruise On a traditional houseboat

Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Depart for your flight to Delhi today.

Day 2 - Delhi

On arrival in Delhi we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Your sightseeing starts in the 17th century walled city of Old Delhi. Here you’ll delve into a maze of crowded streets and vibrant markets, and take a cycle rickshaw through the fabled street bazaar of Chandni Chowk. We’ll stop to admire the marble domes of Jama Masjid Mosque before visiting Humayun’s Tomb. (D)

Day 3 - Delhi to Ranthambore

Included highlights

• Old Delhi walk with former street children

• New Delhi tour

• The world-famous Taj Mahal

• Agra Fort visit

• Search for tigers on two safaris in Ranthambore

• Abhaneri stepwells

• The ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur

• Discover the Amber Fort

• Bandipur National Park drive

• Ooty tour and botanical gardens

• Tea plantation and Sims Park

• Cochin tour with Mattancherry Palace and Fort Cochin

• Srirangapatnam, the island fortress of the warrior King Tipu Sultan

• Kerala’s beautiful port city of Cochin

• Kathakali dance performance

• Stay on a houseboat amongst Kerala’s tranquil backwaters

Optional experiences

• See the Taj Mahal at sunset

• The Spice Trail in Cochin

Your day is filled with wonderful experiences, starting with a short tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll do this in the company of former street children, who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity, supported by Travelsphere Cares, equips the youngsters with a range of skills and helps them to better their lives. Next we travel onto Ranthambore National Park. (B,D)

Day 4 - Ranthambore

An exciting day is on the cards, with morning and afternoon safaris in Ranthambore National Park. With the help of a Local Guide we’ll look for wildlife including crocodile, hyena, jackal and more. If you’re lucky you may spot the elusive tiger or the even rarer leopard. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Ranthambore to Agra

Today we’ll drive to Agra. If you want to this evening you could join our sunset excursion to Mehtab Bagh, a centuries-old garden complex, which sits on the other side of the river to the Taj Mahal. (B,D)

Day 6 - Agra to Jaipur

Today is the day that you’ll see one of India’s

Ranthambore safari

Classic

most famous landmarks, the incredible Taj Mahal. This mausoleum on the banks of the Yamuna River was built by Emperor Shah Jahan for his wife Mumtaz. You’ll also visit the red-sandstone Agra Fort.

Later we travel on to Jaipur, en-route we stop at the incredible sight, Abhaneri stepwell and we have an included lunch stop. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Jaipur

Your grand tour continues this morning in the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. A morning of discovery takes you to the Amber Fort, a 17th century stronghold set high on a hill above the parched desert. You’ll also visit Jaipur’s City Palace this morning, with the elaborate façade of the Palace of the Winds just one highlight. This evening we experience the mastery of the local cuisine by joining a local family for a delicious home cooked meal. (B,D)

Day 8 - Jaipur to Bangalore

In the morning we’ll fly to Bangalore. The city is an important centre for business and technology but despite its cosmopolitan feel, it still retains many traces of its British colonial past in its grand architecture.

If you head out to explore, look out for the grand Tudor-style Bangalore Palace and its beautiful gardens. (B,D)

Day 9 - Bangalore to Mysore

Before we leave Bangalore, we’ll take a city sightseeing tour that includes the 16th century Bull Temple and the summer palace of British military adversary Tipu Sultan. Next in our journey we will visit Sri Rangapatnam located on an island in the Cauvery River. Our final destination of the day is Mysore. According to legend, the city was ruled by Mahishasura, a buffalo-headed demon who was slayed by the goddess Chamundeshwari on top of Chamundi Hill. (B,D)

Day 10 - Mysore

Today we include a visit to Chamundi Hills and a city tour to uncover Mysore’s highlights. The opulent City Palace is the star of the show - it’s one of the largest monuments in India. In the afternoon we take in the sights of the local vegetable and flower market. (B,D)

Day 11 - Mysore to Ooty

Today’s journey includes incredible scenery, through Bandipur National Park’s, lush green landscapes and with a bit of luck we’ll see elephants, deer and peacocks by the roadside. On arrival in Ooty we will visit the botanical gardens, church and the local market. (B,D)

Day 12 - Ooty

We make our way to the railway station to

join the toy train to Coonoor. Here we will tour a tea plantation to see the tea plucking in action, and visit Sims Park. (B,D)

Day 13 - Ooty to Cochin

It is time to head south, to Kerala, we drive to Coimbatore where we will join a train to Cochin. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - Cochin

Our tour this morning will take us to the exquisite murals at Mattancherry Palace, the ancient Jewish synagogue and enchanting Fort Cochin, where Chinese fishing nets line the shore. This afternoon you could join our optional excursion - a spice trail walking tour. This evening we will experience a traditional Kathakali dance performance. (B,D)

Day 15 - Cochin to Alleppey

Today we will experience the incredible backwaters of Kerala. We travel to Alleppey to board our traditional, thatch-roofed Kettuvallam houseboat for an overnight cruise through the labyrinthine canals. (B,L,D)

Day 16 - Alleppey to Marari

After breakfast aboard our houseboat we travel on to the beach resort of Marari. (B,D)

Day 17 - Marari - Day at leisure

You might choose to enjoy some ‘me’ time today on the beach, which is just steps away from your spa hotel. Laze on its golden sands under the shade of a palm tree, or take a dip in the enticing waters of the Arabian Sea. You may have the chance to watch as the fishermen haul in their traditional nets. (B,D)

Day 18 - Marari to UK

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Travelsphere cares.

On this holiday you will take an eye-opening guided walk through the streets of Delhi in the company of former street children who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity equips disadvantaged youths with a range of skills to help better their lives. During the walk, you’ll gain insight in to the charity and the lives of those who have benefitted from the work that they carry out.

In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LINGT1 2024 2025 Start

Amber Fort, Jaipur

Botanical gardens, Ooty

Kerala backwaters

Highlights of Sri Lanka

Tour the exotic paradise island of Sri Lanka - teeming with vibrant wildlife, breath-taking landscapes, and a rich, colourful culture.

13 days from £2,949

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Eat in a wonderful restaurant serving Sri Lankan food

11 nights in 4 & 5-star hotels

Travelsphere Holiday Director Transportation

Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Eat in a wonderful restaurant serving Sri Lankan food, with a menu specially chosen for Travelsphere with beer and wine

• Minneriya National park

• Village walk including catamaran ride

• Visit the Dambulla cave temples

• The UNESCO-listed Sigiriya rock fortress

• Spice garden visit with cookery demonstration

• Royal Botanical Gardens and Temple of the Tooth

• Tea plantation visit

• Sightseeing tour of Nuwara Eliya

• Yala National Park safari

• See reminders of Dutch colonial rule in Galle

• Visit a turtle hatchery

Day 1 - UK to Colombo

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Colombo.

Day 2 - Colombo

On arrival in Colombo we’ll transfer you to your hotel, where you’ll stay overnight. After your flight, a relaxed afternoon is the perfect way to start your holiday. Why not pick a spot by the hotel’s swimming pool and soak up some sun.

Tonight, you will join your fellow travellers for a traditional Sri Lankan meal in a restaurant. You will enjoy a variety of local dishes, specially chosen for Travelsphere, including rice served with a curry of fish or meat, and curries made with vegetables, lentils and fruits, accompanied by pickles, vegetables and salads, and beer and wine. (D)

Day 3 - Colombo to Minneriya

Today a short sightseeing tour will introduce you to Sri Lanka’s capital, Colombo, a bustling metropolis boasting an attractive blend of old and new. Grand colonial-era buildings and Buddhist temples rub shoulders with modern skyscrapers, fine restaurants and high-end boutiques.

You will then drive to Sigiriya, in the heart of Sri Lanka’s Cultural Triangle. A two-night stay here means there’s time to visit Minneriya National Park, where elephants, deer and wild boar roam. (B,D)

Day 4 - Minneriya

to Sigiriya

Today, we’ll visit the UNESCO-listed site of Sigiriya on a guided climb, a spectacular rock fortress featuring water gardens, moats and the impressive Lion Gate. Explore the frescoes of beautiful maidens and the Mirror Wall with ancient graffiti. Later, we will experience local life in the nearby village of Hiriwaduna, where

INDIA

Dambulla cave temple

Classic Touring

a walk and a catamaran ride are all included. We will walk over village paths, a tank (ancient reservoir), a bund and through forest. And, you’ll cross a jungle rivulet by catamaran to reach a farmers simple wattle and daub house. (B,D)

Day 5 - Sigiriya to Kandy

Kandy is a beautiful town, and it’s your next base. On the way here we’re going to stop at the Dambulla cave temples, home to more than 150 Buddha images. We’ll also visit a spice garden in Matale, where you’ll learn how these aromatic ingredients are used in traditional Sri Lankan cuisine, and pick up some tips to take home. (B,D)

Day 6 - Kandy

Today’s included tour takes you to the Royal Botanical Gardens at Peradeniya, which are home to more than 5,000 species of plants and trees.

For lunch, you’ll visit the Sthree Café, supported by the Travelsphere Cares scheme. At the café, we will enjoy a traditional Sri Lankan dining experience as we’re served fresh, vegetarian cuisine, prepared from locally sourced, seasonal ingredients.

You’ll then have a tour of Kandy, where highlights include the Market Square and the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic, one of Buddhism’s most sacred places of worship. Said to have been built in the early 1700s, it houses the tooth relic of Buddha brought to Sri Lanka from the Kalinga province in ancient India in the 4th century AD. Several buildings have been added to the temple complex by successive rulers, the latest being the Golden Canopy over the inner shrine where the Tooth Relic is placed (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Kandy to Nuwara Eliya

After breakfast, we’re setting our sights on Nuwara Eliya, in the heart of Sri Lanka’s hill country. Home of the famous Ceylon tea, it is surrounded by a lush green carpet of plantations, and en route to our hotel we’ll visit one. Here we’ll see how the leaves are delicately picked by hand and turned into our favourite brew.

On arrival in Nuwara Eliya, settle into your hotel, then get your bearings on a sightseeing tour. (B,D)

Day 8 - Nuwara Eliya - Day at leisure

Today is free for you to do as you please. Why not explore the local area. (B,D)

Day 9 - Nuwara Eliya to Yala

Your day begins as we continue by road to Yala, where you’ll find the landscape ranges

from open parkland to dense jungle. En route you’ll visit The Elephant Transit Home in Udawalawe, where injured or orphaned elephants from around the island are brought and given treatment and care, before being relocated at Udawalawe National Park. As you reach Yala, look out for watering holes, small lakes and lagoons. These attract the many animals that thrive here, including a sizeable population of elephants, which we’ll hope to spot tomorrow. End the day relaxing at your hotel. (B,D)

Day 10 - Yala

This morning you’ll enjoy an exciting safari in Yala National Park. Here elephants and leopards may be spotted as well as many other species such as sloth bears, monkeys and crocodiles. This afternoon there’s a guided nature drive. (B,D)

Day 11 - Yala to Beruwala

Your final destination is Beruwala, home to one of the longest beaches in Sri Lanka. You will stay here for two nights and en route you’ll visit Galle, the port where the Portuguese first landed in Sri Lanka. Captured later by the Dutch, you’ll see plenty of reminders of Dutch colonial rule among its narrow alleys, churches and monuments. You’ll then visit a turtle hatchery where these endangered creatures are protected and released into the wild. Enjoy the rest of the day relaxing on the beach. (B,D)

Day 12 - Beruwala - Day at leisure

Beruwala is a busy little town which has managed to retain its charm, so maybe head out to explore or just stay put and enjoy the facilities of your beachfront hotel. (B,D)

Day 13 - Beruwala to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Extend your stay

Beruwala Beach 2 nights from £299

Extend your Sri Lankan adventure for an extra two nights at Beruwala Beach. You’ll stay on a half board basis at the Cinnamon Bey Beruwala, where you can relax and explore at leisure.

Available on all 2024 and 2025 dates. See website for details.

Travelsphere cares.

In Kandy, we will visit the Sthree Cafe and Craft Shop. This is a project supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra that provides opportunities for women and at-risk youth. Here you’ll enjoy lunch and learn more about how the cafe benefits the local community.

In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LSRL 2024 2025

Sigiriya rock

Unmissable China and Yangtze Cruise

Take in the highlights of Shanghai, Xian and Beijing and sail along the mighty Yangtze River.

16 days from £3,399

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

10 nights in 4-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

4-night cruise on the River Yangtze

32 meals

14 breakfasts (B),

11 lunches (L),

7 dinners (D)

Traditional Peking Duck dinner Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Tour of Shanghai

• Journey on the High-speed China Railway

• Visit Ciqikou’s Old Town

• Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre

• Discover Jinli Street in Chengdu

• Xian tour with a visit to the City Wall

• The world-famous Terracotta Army

• Visit the Summer Palace in Beijing

• Boat ride on Kunming Lake (weather permitting)

• The Great Wall of China

• Beijing landmarks including Tiananmen Square and the Forbidden City

Optional experiences

• Shanghai by night cruise

• Discover the ancient city of Suzhou

• Magical Face Changing Show with dinner

• Xian by night

• Tang Dynasty Show, Xian

• Beijing Acrobatic Show with dinner

• Beijing Hutongs walking tour

Day 1 - UK to Shanghai

You adventure in China begins today as you fly to Shanghai.

Day 2 - Shanghai

On arrival in Shanghai, we will transfer you to your hotel, where you’ll stay for three nights.

Shanghai by night is dazzling and at its heart is the Huangpu River, with its constant and extraordinary stream of water traffic and the famous riverside boulevard, the Bund, which is lined with magnificent former colonial buildings. This evening after dinner, why not join our optional cruise along the Huangpu River. (D)

Day 3 - Shanghai

Shanghai offers many sightseeing possibilities. Your included tour squeezes plenty in, with highlights including Nanjing Road, the Yu Yuan Gardens, the Jade Buddha Temple and stroll along the Bund. (B,L)

Day 4 - Shanghai

You could spend today exploring Shanghai or join an optional excursion to Suzhou, located on China’s historic Grand Canal. This beautiful 2,500-year-old city is famed for its landscaped gardens and traditional architecture.

We’ll also visit the Institute of Silk Embroidery, where you will see artists at work creating elaborate pieces which can take months, even years to complete. (B)

Day 5 - Shanghai to Yangtze Cruise

Today we board a high-speed train to Yichang. On arrival we’ll board our ship and embark on a scenic Yangtze River cruise. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Yangtze Cruise

Today you’ll cruise through the magnificent

Yangtze River

Classic Touring Cruise

Three Gorges region, where we will stop for shore excursions, bookable on board, including the Three Gorges. If river conditions are favourable, a further optional excursion will be available - ‘Tribe of the Three Gorges’.

This evening, enjoy the captain’s welcome dinner and entertainment. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Yangtze Cruise

Today, we’ll transfer to another vessel, to cruise through the picturesque Goddess Stream, which flows into the Yangtze. Back on the ship, we’ll sail into the Wu Gorge, famed for its forest-covered mountains, then through the Qutang Gorge. River conditions permitting, you might like to join an optional shore excursion to White Emperor City. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Yangtze Cruise

Today step ashore to visit the Snow Jade Cave, a unique labyrinth of streams and caves. Later, an optional shore excursion could take you to Fengdu Ghost City. This evening join your captain for a farewell banquet on board the ship. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Chongqing to Chengdu

Today you’ll disembark the ship in Chongqing and set off to explore further by land. You’ll visit Ciqikou Old Town, whose history can be traced back more than 1,700 years. The village is a great place to watch local women at work in embroidery workshops. You’ll also see the Guild Hall, a magnificent complex of houses, prayer houses and shops built by immigrants during the Qing Dynasty. Later we’ll travel to Chengdu by high-speed train. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Chengdu

Your day begins with a fantastic tour of the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre to view these endangered creatures. We visit in the morning as this is when the Pandas are at their most active, when they feed and play. The afternoon will be spent exploring Jinli Street, where you can sample local delicacies and visit tea houses and silk workshops. This evening, you’ve the option to attend a Face Changing Show. Performed in a traditional tea house, dinner is also included. (B,L)

Day 11 - Chengdu to Xian

We make our way to Xian today, the ‘City of Eternal Peace’ and home of the famous Terracotta Army. Your sightseeing begins with a visit to the Tomb of Emperor Jingdi, also known as Hanyangling. Next we’ll visit the

ancient and beautifully preserved City Wall. This evening there will be the chance to discover Xian by night on an optional excursion. (B,L)

Day 12 - Xian

Today you’ll see the Terracotta Army at Li Shan Mountain. Discovered in the 1970s, this collection of at least 6,000 life-size terracotta figures represent individuals of the Imperial Guard.

We will also visit the Green Tea House, where there may be an opportunity to meet one of the farmers who discovered the warriors. After a special dumpling dinner, there’s the option to see a Tang Dynasty show. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Xian to Beijing

We start today by taking a high-speed train to Beijing. There’s plenty of time to discover all its highlights. You’ll visit the Summer Palace and, if weather conditions allow, you’ll enjoy a cruise on Kunming Lake.

You can also attend an optional excursion to an exhilarating acrobatic show with dinner. (B,L)

Day 14 - Beijing

Today we head to Tiananmen Square. This is bordered by the Qianmen Gate, the Great Hall of the People and the Gate of Heavenly Peace. We’ll go through the gate, which forms the entrance to the incredible Forbidden City, to admire the magnificent buildings that house the Imperial Palace.

The afternoon is free for you to explore Beijing at leisure, or perhaps join our optional excursion to discover the city’s hutongs by rickshaw. (B)

Day 15 - Beijing

Today we will walk along the ramparts of the Great Wall of China. Here, you can explore at your own pace, walk between the wall’s watch towers or simply take in the breath-taking scenery.

Later, this evening, we’ll meet up again for a farewell dinner of Peking duck. (B,D)

Day 16 - Beijing to UK

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your cruise ship

Your cruise ship, part of the Victoria fleet, boasts well-furnished, comfortable cabins, all of which are outside and feature private balconies and bathrooms with shower.

Your cruise includes all meals, with Western and Chinese-style buffets at breakfast, lunch and dinner, and a captain’s farewell banquet. There are a host of activities available during your time on the ship along with a range of optional shore excursions, which are booked locally at an additional cost.

Cabin upgrade

Enhance your cruise with an upgrade to Promenade deck cabin with amenity package Please ask your Holiday Advisor for further details.

Travelsphere cares.

On this tour you will visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre. This non-profit institute is committed to conservation, research, breeding and education programs and is a sanctuary to more than 150 Giant Pandas, red pandas and other endangered species.

Please note: To introduce you to China’s many sights, our itineraries are very full with some early starts and long days, but they are also extremely rewarding.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LCGR 2025 Start

The Great Wall of China

JapanLand of the Rising Sun

From modern Tokyo to ancient Kyoto, discover the unforgettable highlights of Japan.

13 days from £5,399

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London

Local flavours

Sushi-making demonstration

10 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

High-speed train journey on the iconic Bullet Train

14 meals

10 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L),

3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - UK to Tokyo

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Tokyo.

Day 2 - Tokyo

This evening you’ll arrive in Tokyo, where we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 3 - Tokyo

Your explorations of Japan begin here in dazzling Tokyo and take you first to the Meiji Jingu Shrine. This collection of buildings and tranquil grounds is dedicated to the first emperor of modern Japan. Next we’ll transfer to the district of Asakusa, where you’ll visit the fascinating Sensoji Buddhist temple, and head to the vibrant Nakamise shopping street. In the afternoon we’re going to visit the Tokyo Tower and make a stop close to the spectacular Imperial Palace. Tonight we’ll head out to a restaurant for a welcome dinner. (B,D)

Day 4 - Hakone & Mount Fuji

Included highlights

• Tour of Japan’s capital, Tokyo

• Hakone, gateway to Mount Fuji

• Cruise on Lake Ashi

• Cable-car ride over Owakundi Valley

• Matsumoto Castle, Japan’s oldest existing castle

• Visit a wasabi farm

• Takayama, a traditional city in the mountains

• Shirakawago visit

• Sightseeing in Kyoto including Nijo Castle

• Kinkakuji Temple

• Arashiyama and rickshaw ride through a bamboo forest

• Visit the historic city of Nara

• Hiroshima sightseeing tour and Miyajima Island

• Tour of Osaka

A spectacular sight awaits us today, as we journey to Hakone. This is the gateway to Mount Fuji, Japan’s highest mountain, and the Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park. The scenery here is breathtakingly beautiful and we’ll take a cable-car ride over the Owakudani Valley to admire views of mountains, sulphur hot springs and crystalclear Lake Ashi.

The lake formed thousands of years ago in the crater of a dormant volcano, and we’ll take a tranquil and scenic cruise across its waters. At the hot springs, you’ll have a chance to try the local delicacy of ‘black eggs’. Cooked in the sulphur, eating just one egg is believed to add seven years to your life! We’ll also make a photo stop at a great spot close to Mount Fuji, so you can capture its stunning beauty if the weather is on our side. (B)

JAPAN Hiroshima Osaka

Kyoto Shirakawago Takayama Matsumoto Tokyo Mount Fuji Nara

Mount Fuji

Classic Touring

Day 5 - Tokyo to Takayama

Your next base is Takayama, and a day of discoveries starts with a visit to the ancient and perfectly preserved Matsumoto Castle. Set against the stunning backdrop of the Japanese Alps, it’s the country’s oldest five-tiered wooden castle and has been designated a National Treasure of Japan.

In the afternoon we’re going to tour Daio Wasabi Farm to see how Japanese horseradish is grown. The farm has a number of large fields where the wasabi plants grow and we will admire them from specially designed walking trails. To round off your visit, why not treat yourself to a wasabi-flavoured ice cream! (B,D)

Day 6 - Takayama

Our day out today starts with the chance to see a traditional house and enjoy some free time in Takayama.

One of Japan’s most scenic areas is Shirakawago, located along the Shokawa River. We’ll head here to take in wonderful sights of pine-covered mountains and centuries-old thatch-roofed farmhouses. (B)

Day 7 - Takayama to Kyoto

A journey by train this morning takes us to Nagoya, where we board one of Japan’s famous Bullet Trains bound for Kyoto.

We’ll start the sightseeing as soon as we arrive in the historic city of Kyoto. It’s filled with fascinating temples, ancient buildings and splendid gardens, and we’ll see highlights including Nijo Castle, built in 1603 for the first Shogun of the Edo Period. We’ll also admire the Sanjusangendo Temple, the longest wooden building in Japan, which houses 1,001 unique carved statues of Kannon, the Goddess of Mercy. (B)

Day 8 - Kyoto

We’ll start the day in the beautiful district of Arashiyama where a rickshaw ride through a bamboo forest promises to be an exhilarating experience. Next we’re heading to the Kinkakuji Temple with its Golden Pavilion. A sushi-making demonstration and lunch are also included before an afternoon of exploration in Nara.

This historic city is where we’ll find the Todaiji Temple, the Deer Park with its hundreds of free-roaming deer and Kasuga Taisha, the most celebrated shrine in Nara. (B,L)

Day 9 - Kyoto - Day at leisure

Today has been kept free for you to explore Kyoto at your own pace. Perhaps visit some of the many captivating temples or head to the

Gion District and experience a traditional tea ceremony. The choice is yours. (B)

Day 10 - Kyoto to Hiroshima

Today we’re taking a Bullet Train to Hiroshima. This city is well known as the target of the first-ever atomic bomb. Here, we will visit the Atomic Bomb Dome and Peace Memorial Park. We’ll also visit nearby Miyajima Island, taking in views of the beautiful Itsukushima Shrine, a UNESCO-listed site built over water. Tonight we’ll get together for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 11 - Hiroshima to Osaka

Osaka is the final destination of your tour, so take this morning to relax and admire the view of Japan from the window. You’ll spend the rest of the day discovering Osaka Castle and the Floating Garden Observatory at the top of the Umeda Sky Building. (B)

Day 12 - Osaka to UK

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 13 - UK

Your holiday comes to an end as you arrive back in the UK today.

Favourite moment

Step through the doors of the Sanjusangendo wooden temple and as the smell of incense fills the air, come face to face with 1001 statues of Kannon.

Special Departures

Cherry Blossom* & Autumn Colours**

Japan is a beautiful destination to visit at any time of the year but if you choose to travel in late March early April there is the chance you’ll see the spring flowering of Japan’s Cherry Blossom. Travelling in Autumn is just as magical, as the fall foliage is a spectacular sight of colour as trees are covered in leaves of deep red, orange, and gold.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LJAPN 2024 2025

Shinjuku

Geisha

Kyoto

This fascinating introduction to the diverse landscapes of Vietnam complemented with a visit to Cambodia’s Angkor temples.

14 days from £3,399

Your holiday includes Invitation to Vietnam & the Temples of Angkor

Return flights from London

Local flavours

Vietnamese tasting menu followed by a three-course meal at KOTO

10 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

1 night fullboard cruise Sailing on Halong Bay

24 meals

11 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L),

5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Hanoi tour and trishaw ride

• Enjoy a Vietnamese coffee overlooking Hoan Kiem Lake

• See a traditional water puppet show

• Overnight cruise through Halong Bay

• Sightseeing tour of Hue

• Boat trip along the Perfume River

• Drive along the scenic Hai Van Pass

• Hoi An tour

• Ho Chi Minh City tour

• Visit the amazing Cu Chi Tunnels

• Saigon River cruise including dinner

• Explore the Angkor temple complex

• Visit the village of Chansar

• Receive a blessing at a Buddhist temple

Optional experiences

• Seaplane flight over Halong Bay

Day 1 - UK to Hanoi

Your holiday begins with your flight to Hanoi.

Day 2 - Hanoi

On arrival in Vietnam’s capital, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Tonight you will experience a welcome dinner like no other at the Koto Restaurant, a social enterprise that provides training to disadvantaged children. KOTO has trained over 700 students in Hanoi and Saigon, with 200 of them currently enrolled. Enjoy the aroma and flavours of Vietnamese and South-East Asian specialties, and try a selection of traditional dishes before sitting down for a three course meal. (D)

Day 3 - Hanoi

Your sightseeing in Hanoi begins at the mausoleum where Ho Chi Minh lies in state guarded by silent sentries. We’ll then head to the Temple of Literature. After a busy morning, we’ll enjoy lunch at a restaurant specialising in traditional Hanoi delicacies.

This afternoon, we head to the Ancient Quarter and board a trishaw. After a short stop for a Vietnamese coffee, we’ll continue on foot to Kim Ngan temple. Then watch a traditional water puppet show and enjoy backstage access. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Hanoi to Halong Bay

The beauty of UNESCO-listed Halong Bay cannot be underestimated. You’ve the option to view the bay on a seaplane flight before heading to your unique overnight accommodation. We’ll cruise through the dramatic limestone peaks that rise from the water and watch the sun set over the bay, before enjoying dinner on board. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Halong Bay to Hue

You’ll wake up to the beautiful surroundings of

Angkor Wat

Classic Touring

Halong Bay and watch the sun rise as coffee, tea and cookies are served on board. The rest of your morning is spent enjoying this unique destination, and may include activities such as kayaking and swimming, or visits to local markets and caves.

Later we will disembark the ship, make our way to the airport and fly to Hue. (B,L))

Day 6 - Hue

A full day in Hue means you’ll get a real flavour of Vietnam’s former capital. We’ll start with a relaxing cruise along the Perfume River, which takes us to the Thien Mu Pagoda. Then we’ll continue to the citadel, the ancient seat of royal power. We’ll explore the former Imperial Palace and learn more about the area’s intriguing architecture, which was inspired by Beijing’s Forbidden City.

We’ll stop for lunch, a vegetarian meal, before we continue our tour with a visit to the imposing tomb of Emperor Minh Mang, located in a beautiful setting surrounded by gardens and lakes (B,L)

Day 7 - Hue to Hoi An

Driving over the Hai Van Pass, possibly the most scenic of coastal road in Vietnam, our journey today takes us south to Hoi An. You’ll be enchanted by this ancient riverside town, and after lunch we’ll take a tour. Highlights include the Japanese Covered Bridge and a cruise on the Thu Bon River.(B,L)

Day 8 - Hoi An

Today you will visit STREETS International’s Oodles of Noodles project, a local community project, which supports disadvantaged young people by providing them with training for a career in the hospitality industry. You’ll meet some of the students, learn about different types of local cuisine. Afterwards, enjoy some delicious food made with local ingredients will be served. (B,D)

Day 9 - Hoi An to Siem Reap

We’ll start today with a visit to a small workshop to find out more about the beautiful silk lanterns of Hoi An. We’ll then fly to Siem Reap in neighbouring Cambodia where we will stay for two nights. (B)

Day 10 - Siem Reap

We start the day with a visit to the South Gate of Angkor Thom. Our explorations uncover the Bayon, where hundreds of smiling faces decorate the towers and Phimeanakas. We’ll also take in the Terrace of the Elephants and the Terrace of the Leper Kings before driving to Ta Prohm, a temple which has been left to the clutches of the jungle. We’ll also visit

the world’s largest religious monument – the magnificent Angkor Wat. During your visit to Angkor Wat Temple, you will have the opportunity to experience a memorable activity: receiving a blessing from a Buddhist monk. Finally we’ll climb to the top of Bakheng Mountain and enjoy fabulous views of the jungle. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Siem Reap to Ho Chi Minh City

This morning we will travel to Banteay Srei temple, considered the jewel in the crown of all the Angkor temples. This small delicately carved pink sandstone temple is also known as the Citadel of Women.

We’ll then visit the village of Chansar, which is supported by our Travelsphere Cares project. We’ll enjoy a walking tour of the village and a simple Khmer lunch. Later we fly to Ho Chi Minh City. (B,L)

Day 12 - Ho Chi Minh City

You’re going to spend this morning discovering the Cu Chi Tunnels. This incredible network of underground passages was first constructed in the late 1940s by the peasant army fighting the French. You’ll get the chance to head inside to explore. When we return to Ho Chi Minh City, we will enjoy a city tour. This evening, enjoy a cruise along the Saigon River. Dinner will be served on board (B,D)

Day 13 - Ho Chi Minh City to UK

This morning you have free time to make your final explorations, before we transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B,L)

Day 14 - UK

You’ll arrive in the UK today where you adventure comes to an end.

Favourite moment

As you cruise between the massive limestone karsts of Halong Bay, it’s so easy to forget that you are actually sailing on the ocean.

Travelsphere cares.

STREETS International is a social enterprise in Vietnam that offers a professional-level hospitality training for at-risk adolescents. On this tour you will visit Oodles of Noodles, where you will be introduced to the 26 different types of noodles available in Hoi An and you’ll even get to try some too. When you book this holiday, you are also contributing to projects in Chansar village which support the local community.

In partnership with

Discover more

A Journey Through South East Asia 22 days from £4899

An extended version of this tour is available where you’ll explore more of Cambodia, as well as Laos and Thaliand. See pages 100-101 for details.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LVVV 2024 2025 Start From Start From

Paddy fields

Halong Bay

A Journey through South East Asia

From ancient temples to tranquil countryside and vibrant cities, this is an unforgettable adventure uncovering the wonders of South East Asia.

22 days from £4,899

Your holiday includes

43

Local flavours

Vietnamese tasting menu followed by a three-course meal at KOTO

1 night fullboard cruise Sailing on Halong Bay

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Tours of Hanoi, Hue, Hoi An and Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam

• Bicycle rickshaw ride around Hanoi’s Ancient Quarter

• Vietnamese coffee overlooking Hoan Kiem Lake

• Traditional water puppet show with backstage visit

• Overnight cruise on Halong Bay

• Boat trip along the Perfume River

• Travel the scenic Hai Van Pass

• Visit the Cu Chi Tunnels

• Dinner cruise on the Saigon River

• Explore Cambodia’s Angkor Temple complex

• Chansar village

• Receive a blessing from a monk

• Visit a Khmer family

• Visit a village built on stilts in Tonle Sap Lake

• Luang Prabang tour

• Cruise the Mekong River to Pak Ou Cave

• Kuang Si Waterfalls visit

• Experience an alms-giving ceremony

• Chiang Rai sightseeing tour followed by a visit to the hilltribe villages

Optional experiences

• Seaplane flight over Halong Bay

Day 1 - UK to Hanoi

Your holiday begins with your flight to Hanoi.

Day 2 - Hanoi

A two-night stay in Hanoi offers plenty of time to get to know the city. Enjoy a welcome dinner at the Koto Restaurant. (D)

Day 3 - Hanoi

We’ll get to grips with Hanoi’s many highlights on a full day of exploration including a bicycle rickshaw to explore Hanoi. Later we’ll watch a traditional water puppet show. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Hanoi to Halong Bay

A wonderful treat is in store today as you not only admire the stunning beauty of UNESCOlisted Halong Bay but also spend the night cruising its waters. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Halong Bay to Hue

Wake up to glorious views of Halong Bay, enjoy tea, coffee and cookies and choose from a selection of activities. We’ll then head to the airport for our flight to Hue. (B,L)

Day 6 - Hue

Today we’ll enjoy a full day of exploration in Hue starting with a cruise along the Perfume River before visiting the former Imperial Palace and the imposing tomb of Emperor Minh Mang. (B,L)

Day 7 - Hue to Hoi An

A scenic drive via the Hai Van Pass this morning takes us to Hoi An, an enchanting ancient riverside town. After checking into our hotel and enjoying lunch we’ll head off on a tour of its highlights. These include the Chua Ong Pagoda, the Jinshang Temple, dedicated to the Goddess of the Sea, and the Japanese Covered Bridge. We’ll also take a cruise on the Thu Bon River. (B,L)

Ta Prohm

Classic Touring

Day 8 - Hoi An

Today you will visit STREETS International’s Oodles of Noodles project, a scheme which supports disadvantaged young people. You’ll learn about different types of noodles, and have a go at making some yourself. (B,D)

Day 9 - Hoi An to Ho Chi Minh City

Previously known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is our destination today. After our flight our discoveries begin on an afternoon tour. Highlights include the Central Post Office, designed by the renowned French architect Gustav Eiffel, and the elegant Saigon Opera House. We’ll also see the Reunification Palace, where the Vietnam War came to an end. (B)

Day 10 - Ho Chi Minh City

Spend this morning discovering the remarkable Cu Chi Tunnels. The afternoon is free for you to spend at leisure. End the day with a dinner cruise on the Saigon River. (B,D)

Day 11 - Ho Chi Minh City to Siem Reap

We fly to Siem Reap in neighbouring Cambodia today, on arrival we’ll begin our discovery of the iconic temples of Angkor. Our visit will include Banteay Srei, Banteay Samre, and then the magnificent Angkor Wat. What better way to end the day than by enjoying spectacular views at sunset from the top of the Phnom Bakheng Temple. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Siem Reap

We’ll visit the small village of Chansar, which is supported by our Travelsphere Cares project. Then enjoy a walking tour of the village followed by a simple lunch with a Khmer family and a visit to a Buddhist temple to receive a blessing from a monk. (B,L)

Day 13 - Siem Reap

Today’s discoveries begin at the South Gate of Angkor Thom, then we’ll visit the Bayon and also climb to the top of the Phimeanakas, for fantastic views. We’ll then view the Terrace of the Elephants and the Terrace of Leper Kings before we drive to Ta Prohm. (B,L)

Day 14 - Siem Reap to Luang Prabang

Our journey by road this morning takes us to Kompong Khleang, a village built on stilts whose residents earn a living by fishing on the Tonle Sap Lake. We’ll gain insight into life here before we transfer to the airport and fly to Luang Prabang in Laos. (B,L,D)

Day 15 - Luang Prabang

Today we’ll discover the highlights of the former royal capital of Luang Prabang on a tour.

Admire the ornate Wat Xieng Thong and the

Wat Mai, with its beautiful gilded façade. Then we head to the former Royal Palace. Next we’ll see Wat Visoun and Wat Aham, and you’ll have the chance to climb the 328 steps to the top of Mount Phousi.(B,L)

Day 16 - Luang Prabang

It’s an early start today as we rise to the sound of the temple gong and witness a Buddhist alms-giving ceremony. A procession of about 300 young monks in saffron-coloured robes will walk by us silently collecting food in their bronze bowls. Later, we head to the Kuang Si Waterfalls. (B,L)

Day 17 - Mekong River to Pakbeng

You’ll spend the day cruising the Mekong River to Pakbeng, for an overnight stay at a riverside hotel. En route we’ll call at the Pak Ou Caves, a holy site packed with more than 4,000 images of Buddha. (B,L,D)

Day 18- Pakbeng to Chiang Rai

We’ll set sail once more after breakfast, cruising the river to Huay Xai. Look out for wildlife along the way – if you’re lucky you might spot elephants from a nearby sanctuary bathing in the water. We’ll cross the border into Thailand and make our way to Chiang Rai. (B,L,D)

Day 19 - Chiang Rai

Begin your tour at Wat Rong Khun and learn about some of the surrounding areas at the Hill Tribe Museum before meeting some of the tribe’s people of nearby Akha and Yao hill tribe village. Continue to Chiang Saen before finally heading to Mae Sai. (B,L,D)

Day 20 - Chiang Rai to Bangkok

Fly from Chiang Rai to Bangkok. This evening, we gather for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 21 - Bangkok to UK

Enjoy some time to explore before we transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK via Hanoi. (B)

Day 22 - UK

You will arrive back in the UK today as your holiday comes to an end.

Favourite moment

Witness a Buddhist alms-giving ceremony - a procession of about 300 young monks in saffroncoloured robes, silently collecting food in bronze bowls.

Travelsphere cares.

STREETS International is a social enterprise in Vietnam that offers a professional-level hospitality training for at-risk adolescents. On this tour you will visit Oodles of Noodles, where you will be introduced to the 26 different types of noodles available in Hoi An and you’ll even get to try some too. When you book this holiday, you are also contributing to projects in Chansar village which support the local community.

In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LVSEA 2024 2025

Halong Bay

Hanoi

Uzbekistanthe Heart of the Silk Route

Delve into the heart of the historic Silk Route as you discover the spellbinding land of Uzbekistan and its captivating history.

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

11 days from £2,699 Puppets

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - UK - Tashkent

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Uzbekistan's vibrant capital city, Tashkent.

Day 2 - Tashkent

On your arrival this morning, relax and refresh at your hotel. We’ll explore city highlights in the afternoon, including a ride on the Tashkent metro. Central Asia’s oldest metro dazzles with mosaics, portraits and magnificent columns at every stop. Tonight, we’ll sit down to a tasty welcome meal at a local restaurant. (D)

Day 3 - Tashkent to Samarkand

Included highlights

• Ride through Tashkent’s beautiful metro stations

• Discovery tour of Samarkand

• Walking tour of Registan Square

• Traditional breadmaking and lunch with a local family

• Drive the Takhta Karacha Pass

• Explore the home of national hero, Tamerlane

• Discover the holy city of Bukhara

• Bukhar Puppetry and Miniature School experience

• Sample exotic teas at an historical teahouse

• Drive through the Kyzylkum Desert

• Walking tour of Khiva’s Itchan Kala

• Dinner with Uzbek Khorezm dances

• Tashkent city tour including Khast Imam Square

• Visit to a famous ceramics studio

Optional experiences

• Samarkand’s old traditions: astronomy and papermaking

• Countryside excursion to Bahauddin Naqshbandi and Sitorai Mokhi Khosa Palace

The high-speed Afrosiab train whisks us to one of the most prominent cities on the Great Silk Road. From the eras of Alexander the Great and Genghis Khan to the artistic legacies of the Turkic ruler Tamerlane, it’s fair to say that this ancient city has seen some history! The latest research indicates that Samarkand was founded an incredible 2,750 years ago.

We’ll visit Gur-Emir Mausoleum, home to the graves of Tamerlane and his descendants, along with the impressive remnants of Mosque Bibi-Khanum. The elaborate Shah-i-Zinda Necropolis is an important site for pilgrims, as it’s the alleged gravesite of Qusan ibn-Abbas, a cousin of the Prophet Muhammad. (B,D)

Day 4 - Samarkand

Decorated by mosaics and ornate minarets, the madrasas of Registan Square are some of the greatest works of the Islamic world. After we’ve had our fill of awe-inspiring architecture, get ready for the enticing smell of baking bread as we join a local family for a home-cooked meal. Explore at your leisure for the rest of the day or join us for an optional excursion to three incredible destinations.

Classic Touring

The first, the Meros Silk Paper Factory, has revived the ancient tradition of paper-making in Samarkand, once renowned for its use in Persian and Arabic manuscripts. Second is the famous Ulugh Beg Observatory, which produced advanced astronomical discoveries before it was destroyed by religious extremists in 1449 - we’ll visit the museum here. Thirdly, we’ll discover the Tomb of Prophet Daniel. (B,L)

Day 5 - Samarkand to Bukhara

Settle in for a scenic drive over the spectacular Takhta Karacha Pass, as we follow the Silk Route to the hometown of Tamerlane. Shakhrisabz is a traditional centre for folk art, dotted with ruins and medieval buildings. We’ll explore the Ak Saray Palace, Kok Gumbaz Friday Mosque and the mausoleum of Dorut Tilavat, then enjoy some free time. After a relaxing afternoon drive, look forward to a traditional dinner in Central Asia’s holiest city, Bukhara. (B,D)

Day 6 - Bukhara

Highlighting more than 2,000 years of history, medieval Bukhara offers a visual feast of architectural wonders and photogenic streets. Our full-day tour shows you the very best of the UNESCO-listed historic centre, including the atmospheric Old Jewish Quarter, PoiKayalan Ensemble and Kalyan minaret. We’ll delve into tradition at puppet and miniature painting workshops, and sip spicy teas flavoured with fragrant cardamom, anise, cinnamon and oregano. Get set to give your wallet a workout at the trading domes, featuring market stalls piled high with hand-woven carpets, silk scarves and unique jewellery. (B,D)

Day 7 - Bukhara

There’s so much to discover here, it will be a challenge to squeeze it all into one day. But it’s a challenge we’re willing to accept!

Our tour continues at the Zindan, an old jail complete with a grisly torture chamber. Close by is the spectacular Fortress Ark, the city’s oldest structure. We’ll walk along the city walls to Samanids Mausoleum, a 9th century architectural treasure.

Explore at your own pace this afternoon, or join us for an optional, countryside excursion. Discover Bahauddin Naqshbandi, the burial tomb of the Sufism leader, and the exquisite summer residence of the last Emir of Bukhara, Sitorai Mokhi Khosa Palace. On our return, we’ll stop for a look at Chor Minor and its four quirky, turquoise-topped turrets. (B,L)

Day 8 - Bukhara to Khiva

You’ll get a well-deserved rest today on our

drive to Khiva through spectacular desert landscapes. The Kyzylkum Desert stretches for hundreds of miles and once presented sunscorched dangers for traders traversing the legendary red sands. Luckily for us, we’ll get to get experience it in comfort! (B,D)

Day 9 - Khiva

A living museum, Khiva’s twisting alleyways, glistening mosaics and ornate minarets are a stark contrast to its brutal history of barbaric slave trading. A walking tour of UNESCO-listed Itchan Kala, an old Khiva oasis, showcases 51 ancient structures, 250 dwellings, majestic mosques and caravanserais. As Khiva is wellknown for handicrafts, there’s plenty of time here to admire and buy woodcarvings, woven carpets and fleece hats.

Tonight offers a treat for the senses, with dinner and a folklore performance. A captivating form of dance combining Arabic, Persian, Turkic, Indian and Chinese elements, Khorezm features dazzling spins, sensual undulations and lavish Oriental costumes. (B,D)

Day 10 - Khiva to Tashkent

Saying goodbye to Khiva, we’ll fly back to Tashkent today. But don’t worry, your incredible journey isn’t over just yet! We’ll take a city tour on arrival, starting with Khast Imam Square which is the holy heart of ancient Tashkent. See the works of worldfamous ceramic masters (now fifth and sixth generation), along with the performing arts hubs of Theatre Square and Broadway, the Earthquake Memorial and Amir Temur Square. Tonight, we’ll sit down together for a delicious farewell dinner at a local restaurant. (B,D)

Day 11 - Tashkent to UK

Today, your holiday comes to an end as we transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Favourite moment

Savour the enticing aromas of freshly baking bread and enjoy a home-cooked meal with a local family, discovering traditional Uzbek dishes such as plovtypically made with rice and meat.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FUBZ 2024 2025

Start From Start From

10 Sep £2,749

8 Oct £2,749

6 May £2,699

9 Sep £2,749

7 Oct £2,749

Registan Square, Samarkand Chor Minor

Ultimate South Africa

Explore vibrant towns and cities, stunning panoramas and search for incredible wildlife on this all-encompassing South African adventure.

17 days from £4,299

Your holiday includes

14 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

A ‘braai’ dinner in a Boma under the African stars

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

23 meals

14 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L),

7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, internal flights, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - UK to Cape Town

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Cape Town.

Day 2 - Cape Town

On arrival in Cape Town, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, and en route to our hotel, you’ll see many of the city’s highlights. If the weather permits we’ll even make the trip up Table Mountain by cable car.

Day 3 - Cape Peninsula

Included highlights

• Cape Town tour and Table Mountain

• Cape Peninsula, Cape Point, Boulders Beach and Botanical Gardens

• Winelands tour and tasting

• The Drostdy Museum in Swellendam

• The Cango Caves and a Safari Ostrich Farm

• Drive along the Garden Route

• Knysna Lagoon with Featherbed excursion

• Storms River Mouth in Tsitsikamma National Park

• Gqeberha Highlights

• The Zulu battlefields

• Game drive in Kruger National Park

• God’s Window, Bourkes Luck Potholes, Three Rondavels, Graskop Gorge Lift and forest walk of the Panorama Route

Optional experiences

• Cape Town Township tour

• Additional game drive in Kruger National Park

There’s a great day ahead as we set off to explore the Cape Peninsula to take in some absolutely breath-taking views including the Twelve Apostles Mountain Range and a drive along one of the most spectacular coastal drives in the world, Chapman’s Peak (weather permitting), we’ll explore Cape Point, stop at Boulders Beach, famous for its penguin colony, and travel into Simon’s Town before completing our travels with a visit to the wonderful Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens. (B)

Day 4 - Cape Town – Day at leisure

The choice is yours today, explore at leisure or perhaps come on an optional excursion to Langa, Cape Town’s oldest township. En route, you’ll visit Bo-Kaap Malay Quarter and drive through District Six. (B)

Day 5 - Cape Town to Western Cape Winelands

Today we discover the winelands of the Western Cape. Our first stop is Franschhoek. We’ll enjoying a tasting before visiting the Spice Route Destination in Paarl. Finally we’ll tour the charming, historic town of Stellenbosch. We’ll wander along Dorp Street admiring fine examples of Cape Dutch, Georgian and Victorian architecture, and take in views of the mountains and surrounding countryside. (B)

Kruger National Park

Return flights from London Local flavours

Classic Touring

Day 6 - Stellenbosch to Oudtshoorn

Your next base is Oudtshoorn, during our drive here we’ll stop and explore Swellendam, one of the oldest towns in South Africa. A tour will introduce its stunning architecture and you’ll also have time to visit its museum. (B)

Day 7 - Oudtshoorn to Knysna

Oudtshoorn is the ‘ostrich capital of the world’, and home to the world’s largest population of these unique flightless birds. Today, we’ll visit the Safari Ostrich Farm to see some of these fascinating creatures up close. And then, before arriving in Knysna, we will stop at the Cango Caves, magnificent underground caverns more than 20 million years old. (B)

Day 8 - Knysna

Knysna lies at the heart of the Garden Route and is surrounded by ancient forests. After a leisurely start we’ll cruise across Knysna Lagoon to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, and walk through the forest past the ancient sea caves, before enjoying a buffet lunch under a canopy of Milkwood trees. (B,L)

Day 9 - Knysna to Gqeberha

Your journey to Port Elizabeth, or Gqeberha as it is now known, via Plettenberg Bay includes a stop at Storms River Mouth in Tsitsikamma National Park. Here you can walk across the 77-metre-long suspension bridge which hovers above the tumultuous water flowing into the Indian Ocean. Later, we will take in some highlights of Gqeberha en-route to our hotel for this evening. (B,D)

Day 10 - Gqeberha to Battlefields

On arrival in Johannesburg you’ll discover a very different territory to that previously experienced, as we head into the heart of the Zulu kingdom, the KwaZulu-Natal battlefields. The area is our base for two nights. (B,D)

Day 11 - Battlefields

On today’s guided tour you’ll retrace history as you stand at the very spot where the 1879 Battle of Isandlwana and subsequent conflict at Rorke’s Drift took place. A Local Guide will bring to life the events of the day when 20,000 Zulu warriors, armed with traditional weapons, confronted the firepower of the British army. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Greater Kruger

The Mpumalanga Lowveld region of South Africa is 40 mins from the Kruger National Park, South Africa’s largest game reserve. Your accommodation over the next few nights is luxury safari tents. Enjoy the spectacular views on todays journey. (B,D)

Day 13 - Kruger National Park

Kruger National Park is home to the Big Five - lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino. Today you’ll travel in an open safari vehicle with an expert guide to track down the best wildlife sightings - it’s a wonderful way to experience the African wilderness. We will return later this afternoon and the rest of the day is yours to do as you please. (B,D)

Day 14 - GreaterKruger – Day at leisure

You could relax and enjoy the facilities at the lodge, or head out on an optional game drive and continue your search for wildlife. (B,D)

Day 15 - Greater Kruger & the Panorama Route

Start your day with a drive along the breathtaking Panorama Route. The rainforest at God’s Window, Bourke’s Luck Potholes and the Three Rondavels are some of the highlights. We’re also going to take an unforgettable journey on the Graskop Gorge Lift. (B,D)

Day 16 - Greater Kruger to UK

Today we will transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK

You’ll arrive in the UK today.

As the sun rises over Kruger National Park, the landscape comes alive - which of the ‘Big Five’ will you spot first on a thrilling game drive? Favourite moment

Special Departures

Whale watching*

18 days from £4,499

13 & 27 Sep 2024, 12 & 26 Sep 2025, 11 & 25 Sep 2026

Your tour will be extended by one night, allowing time for a visit to Hermanus - recognised as one of the best whalewatching destinations in the world. See website for details.

Extend your stay

Victoria Falls

5 days from £1,399

Visit the mighty Victoria Falls where you’ll enjoy a sunset cruise along the Zambezi River, a guided tour of the Victoria Falls and a fabulous Boma Dinner & Drum show. Available on all 2025 and 2026 dates. See website for details.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

South African SafariTracking the Big Five

Spend your days searching for the Big Five and relaxing at your boutique lodge on this wonderful safari holiday.

10 days from £2,799

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London

7 nights in a 5-star safari lodge plus 2 nights in flight

20 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L),

7 dinners (D), High Tea and welcome drink

Local flavours

Bush dinner around a firepit on one evening Specialist Local Guide Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Morning and afternoon game drives on most days in the lodge’s private reserve

• Take a guided safari walk

• Stargazing evening

• Visit the Ground Hornbill conservation project

Day 1 - UK to Johannesburg

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Johannesburg, arriving on day 2.

Day 2 - Johannesburg to Greater Mabula Game Reserve

Your local guide will meet you on arrival in Johannesburg and transfer to your luxury safari lodge in the Greater Mabula Game Reserve. Located in the Limpopo Province and known for its rugged beauty, the Waterberg Biosphere is surrounded by low-lying mountain ranges, escarpments, and a network of streams, rivers, and lakes. It proudly hosts South Africa’s inaugural savannah biosphere reserve, in additional to several other nature reserves, providing a protected habitat for diverse array of wildlife. Upon your arrival, you’ll be warmly greeted by the lodge team, who will then look after you throughout your stay. Enjoy a welcome drink with your fellow travellers, and if time allows, there may be the opportunity to take your first afternoon game drive before a welcome dinner this evening. (D)

Day 3 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve

After an early rise, we’ll enjoy tea, coffee and South African rusks before heading out on our first morning game drive - this is the when the 12,000 hectares Greater Mabula Game Reserve is bathed in glorious morning sunlight. The reserve’s diverse habitats provide the ideal conditions for an incredible selection of large mammals including the renowned ‘Big Five’ - lions, leopards, elephants, buffalos, and rhinos. Keep your eyes peeled in the shadows where you may spot the elusive brown hyena, jackals, cheetahs, and a range of smaller, lesser-seen predators. And that’s not allthe sweeping savannah plains sustain iconic species including zebras, wildebeests, impalas, warthogs, and giraffes.

SOUTH AFRICA BOTSWANA

ZIMBABWE

ZAMBIA

Greater Mabula Game Reserve

Classic Touring

Each game drive is in a luxury Land Cruiser and unveils a unique chance to witness wildlife in their natural habitat and learn about their behaviours and roles in the eco-system. The Waterberg environment transitions with the seasons and the landscape changes dramatically before and after the rains. The deep green thickets and lush grasslands, replenished by summer rains, dramatically transform the bushveld into the greys, yellows and browns at the onset of autumn and winter.

After your explorations, you’ll return to camp for breakfast and to spend some leisurely hours at the lodge. Both lunch and high tea will be served daily before you head out on your afternoon game drive. (BLD)

Day 4 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve

Today promises two more captivating game drives. You may observe a large herd of impala and zebra grazing on the plains or witness a herd of elephants as they trapse across the open grasslands or trample through thick bush to feed off the trees. Your drive might take you to stop along one of the dams where you can search for hippos and crocodiles who appear to float just below the water surface or search for one of Africa’s most elegant spotted big cats, the cheetah. Later in the day, venture into the bush to enjoy a delightful sundowner. As the sun sets, take in the tranquillity of this incredible setting with your fellow travellers. (BLD)

Day 5 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve

One morning during your holiday, you will also enjoy a guided safari walk through the African bush. This wonderful experience offers you the chance to meet nature up close and your guide, an expert in walking safaris will introduce you to smaller animals and a variety of plant and tree species. Learn more about the Waterberg’s biodiversity and take some time to listen and look out for the countless species of birds.

There will be plenty of time for you to relax at the lodge perhaps lazing by the pool or indulging in a treatment at the lodge’s spa (payable locally) before a game drive this afternoon. (BLD)

Day 6 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve

This morning you will visit the Mabula Ground Hornbill Project, a non-profit conservation project. The team here aim to slow down, and then reverse the decline of the Southern Ground-Hornbill in South Africa. Learn about how they are changing perceptions of this iconic but endangered species and the work they have carried out since releasing the first

group of birds at the Mabula Private Game Reserve in 1999. Later, enjoy an afternoon safari drive before dinner. (BLD)

Day 7-8 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve

As well as your two daily game drives, there are a variety of optional excursions (bookable locally) that you can enjoy.

One evening during your stay (weather permitting), you’ll enjoy an authentic South African Braai, served in the open air around a roaring fire.

After dinner on another evening, when there is a clear night, you will enjoy some time star-gazing under the vast African sky in the company of a local expert. (BLD)

Day 9 - Greater Mabula Game

Reserve to Johannesburg

After breakfast, you’ll be transferred Johannesburg for your flight back to the UK, arriving on day 10. (B)

Day 10 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Please note: The order of the included activities may change depending on the weather.

Your hotel 5-Star Safari Plains

Safari Plains is a boutique, luxury safari lodge set in the Mabula Game Reserve. Facilities include high–ceiling dining room, elegant lounge and friendly bar. The swimming pool is at the centre of the lodge grounds and has seating and loungers surrounding it for those relaxing afternoons. For further relaxation the lodge has it’s on spa with a menu of treatments available to book (payable locally). Your accommodation is in private luxury safari tents set along the winding sand pathways of the lodge. Each of the tented suites has a viewing deck with seating, tea and coffee making facilities, wi-fi and air-conditioning. Outdoor

After the afternoon game drive, finding the perfect spot for the South African golden hour ‘ritual’a sundowner. Favourite moment

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LUSAF 2024 2025

Dining

Exterior of Safari Plains Lodge

A herd of elephants

A Namibian Adventure

Uncover Namibia’s extraordinary towering dunes, vast plains, and majestic mountains. Meet the wildlife and immerse yourself in its fascinating culture.

14 days from £4,599

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

11 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels & lodges plus 2 nights in flight

18 meals

11 breakfasts (B), 9 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Breakfast at sunrise at the Sossusvlei dunes Specialist Local Guide Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Orientation tour of Windhoek

• Rehoboth – home of Namibia’s Baster community

• Breakfast and sunrise at the Sossusvlei dunes

• The red dunes of Sossusvlei and Sesriem Canyon

• Namib Naukluft Park, and stunning ‘lunar landscape’

• Coastal town of Swakopmund at the start of the Skeleton Coast

• Burnt Mountain, the Organ Pipes and Twyfelfontein rock carvings

• Petrified Forest

• Game viewing in the Etosha National Park

Optional experiences

• Sossusvlei nature drive

• Dolphin & seal cruise from Walvis Bay

• Living Desert tour

• Damara Living Museum

Day 1 - UK to Windhoek

Today you will fly to Namibia’s capital, Windhoek.

Day 2 - Windhoek

Windhoek is an oasis in the desert. An interesting mix of historical architecture and modern buildings. It has many German eateries and shops, and the German language can be heard throughout. It is also distinctly, undeniably African, and it’s this mix of cultures that makes it such a fascinating city to explore. (D)

Day 3 - Windhoek to Sossusvlei

We head south through the mountains today, via the town of Rehoboth, which has been home to a fascinating community – the Basters – for more than 140 years. The Basters are a Namibian ethnic group descended from Afrikaners and indigenous tribes.

Later, we’ll head for the Namib Desert and the stunning red dunes of Sossuvlei, and arrive at our lodge. This afternoon, you might wish to join an optional nature drive in the grounds of the lodge. (B,D)

Day 4 - Sossusvlei Dunes & Sesriem Canyon

We set off early for an exciting morning exploring the breathtaking landscapes of Sossusvlei taking a picnic breakfast with us. You’ll get the chance to observe the stunning dunes close-up as the changing angles of the sun colour them from warm apricot to deep red and all shades in between.

Board a 4x4 shuttle for a closer look, where you’ll have the chance to climb these awesome dunes and explore the dazzling white surface of the Deadvlei. We’ll watch the sunrise and enjoy breakfast in these beautiful surroundings. Continue towards the stunning,

Sossusvlei Dunes

Classic Touring

other-worldly landscape of Sesreim Canyon, which was shaped by the once-mighty Tsauchab River over millions of years. Up to 30 metres deep at points, this majestic gorge features some stunning rock formations. (B,D)

Day 5 - Sossusvlei to Swakopmund

Head towards Namibia’s cool, refreshing coast this morning, on a journey that will take you through the northern edges of the stunning Namib Naukluft Park. We visit Swakopmund, a delightful coastal town nestled between desert and sea, where lush green lawns, palm trees and carefully-maintained gardens are the order of the day. Established by German colonists in 1892, there’s a unique charm to Swakopmund’s faded elegance, as demonstrated by graceful buildings like the Swakopmund Railway Station, now a hotel. Soak up the atmosphere in preparation for further exploring tomorrow. (B)

Day 6 - Swakopmund

Don’t be surprised to wake up this morning to find quaint, colonial Swakopmund covered in desert fog – but this should soon melt away, revealing the town’s pretty, palm tree-fringed promenade and well-preserved buildings. Perhaps you’ll visit the museum at the base of the lighthouse to learn more about Namibian history, and look out for the prominent tower of the German-style Woermannhaus, declared a national monument in 1976. Alternatively, choose to join a morning cruise from nearby Walvis Bay, or join a Living Desert tour, a unique 4x4 adventure. (B)

Day 7 - Swakopmund to Damaraland

Heading north along the coast today we call at Cape Cross with its seal colony before moving inland towards Damaraland – home to the desert adapted rhino and elephant. This is one of Namibia’s most scenic areas, with open plains, granite hills and deep gorges. Our next stop is the UNESCO-listed site of Twyfelfontein, which has one of the largest collections of rock paintings and engravings in all of Africa. (B,D)

Day 8 - Damaraland

Today is a leisurely day at Tyfelfontein. Marvel at the rock carvings, thought to have been created by the ancient San people, visit the nearby geological phenomenon that is Burnt Mountain, and the Organ Pipes are not to be missed! There’s also the chance to join an optional excursion to the Damara Living Museum where you can learn about the traditional culture of the Damara, originally hunter-gatherers and one of the oldest nations in Namibia. (B,D)

Day 9 -Damaraland to Etosha Region

Your first stop this morning is the eerie, but unmissable, Petrified Forest, a national monument which was first discovered by two farmers in the 1940s. Featuring fossilised tree trunks estimated to be at least 200 million years old, the trees – now exposed –were once covered in sand and mud, which prevented them from decomposing. We then head to your next base – Etosha National Park, a vast game reserve, which is home to an array of exotic animals, reptiles and birds. (B,D)

Day 10 - Etosha National Park

Enjoy a full day of game viewing at Etosha National Park today and enjoy the spectacular views as you visit different waterholes to observe the animals in their natural habitat. The park, which was proclaimed a game reserve in 1907, is home to 114 species of mammal and four of the socalled Big Five – elephants, lions, rhinoceros and the elusive leopard.

Spanning an area of 8,600 square miles, the park gets its name from the huge Etosha pan, a 75-mile-long dry lakebed almost entirely contained within the reserve. It is home to hundreds of species of mammals, birds and reptiles, including several threatened and endangered species such as the black rhinoceros. (B,D)

Day 11 - Etosha National Park

Explore Etosha further today – perhaps you’ll see giraffe rising high above the dry vegetation, flamingos gathering at waterholes and the world’s largest bird, the ostrich. Later in the day, we’ll leave the park and arrive at our overnight lodge in time to spend the afternoon relaxing by the pool. (B,D)

Day 12 - Etosha to Okahandja

As we head back in the direction of Windhoek, there’s a chance to visit the museum at Tsumeb en route today, to learn about the history of the Tsumeb mine, renowned for its rare and unusual minerals. We’ll then arrive at our overnight stop on the Midgard Estate, where there’s plenty of time to relax. (B,D)

Day 13 - Okahandja to Windhoek

Spend the morning relaxing before you are transferred to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 14 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Favourite moment

Sossusvlei is famous for its breathtaking red sand dunes which are some of the tallest sand dunes in the world!

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LNAMIB 2025

From 13 Sep £4,599

from £1,075

- see page 126

Etosha National Park

Dinner under the Namibian sky

Deadvlei

Kenya: Safari & Savannah Sunsets

Explore Samburu National Reserve and the famous Masai Mara and go in search of the ‘Big Five’ on unforgettable game drives!

10 days from £4,199

Your holiday includes

8 nights in great quality lodges, hotels and luxury tented camps plus 1 night in flight

Included highlights

• Six game drives in 6-seater 4x4 safari vehicles in Samburu National Reserve and Masai Mara Game Reserve

• Stay in luxury tented camps in Samburu and Masai Mara

• Overnight stay in the Aberdare Highlands with a local nature trek

• Journey through the Great Rift Valley

• Post-safari sundowner in the bush in Samburu

• View bird life from the water on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha

• Enjoy an al fresco breakfast next to the Mara River overlooking lounging hippos

Day 1 - UK to Nairobi

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Nairobi.

Day 2 - Nairobi

On arrival in Nairobi, you will be transferred to your hotel. You’ll have the day at leisure before getting together with the rest of the group for your welcome dinner this evening. (D)

Day 3 - Nairobi to Samburu National Reserve

This morning we’re going to head to the Samburu district, where your lodge is situated close to Samburu National Reserve. There’s time for lunch before you head off through the open savannah on a late afternoon game drive.

Wildlife is drawn to the park by the Uaso Nyiro River, which cuts through it, so you’ll notch up plenty of spots. Residents include lion, elephant, cheetah, giraffe, and hippo, as well as more than 350 types of bird. There’s a huge population of Nile crocodile too and look out for rare species including the long-necked gerenuk and Grevy’s zebra. Your safari ends in great style, as you enjoy drinks and nibbles out in the bush watching the sun set over this sublime landscape. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Samburu National Reserve

You’re up early today to head back into the reserve on a morning safari. After lunch back at the lodge, you can take it easy this afternoon. Why not laze by the pool or maybe watch for animals in the river from the viewing deck. Late-afternoon we head out for another game drive. (B,L,D)

KENYA

Nairobi

Aberdare Highlands

Lake Naivasha

Masai Mara

Samburu National Reserve

Samburu warrior

Classic Touring

Day 5 - Samburu National Reserve to Aberdare Highlands

After breakfast we will head to the Aberdare Highlands. Your hotel is the former residence of an English couple, and it has a lovely homely feel. You’ll check in just before lunch, and an afternoon at leisure gives you time to settle in. Why not take a stroll around the gardens, laze by the pool or join your guide for a nature trek. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Aberdare Highlands to Lake Naivasha

Lake Naivasha is our next destination, where your overnight lodge is located on the banks of the lake. Its grounds are visited by many species of wildlife, including colobus monkeys, whose distinctive black and white coats make them easy to spot in the treetops. This afternoon take to the water on a boat trip with a local guide to get close to the huge variety of birds and learn a little of life around the lake. Later, take in the views from your lodge, or perhaps settle by the pool. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Lake Naivasha to Masai Mara Game Reserve

Your day starts very early, but it’s going to be worth it as you journey into the Masai Mara National Reserve. This famous park is home to an array of animals including the ‘Big Five’ – lion, leopard, elephant, rhino, and buffalo. It’s also the setting each year for the great migration, when thousands of wildebeest and zebra cross the Mara River to the greener pastures of the Serengeti. You’ll arrive at your accommodation in time for lunch. The area is home to a large, and vocal, population of hippos, so your wildlife spots start soon after you’ve arrived. Settle in before your Local Guide takes you out on a thrilling game drive. This evening, why not enjoy pre-dinner drinks round the bar’s roaring campfire. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Masai Mara Game Reserve

Sunrise is a great time to catch sight of wild animals, so we’re going to head out into the reserve early today. Afterwards a truly magical experience comes in the shape of breakfast served al fresco at a spot next to the Mara River where hippos spend their days lounging in the water. When you get back to the lodge the rest of the day is free, until we get together for another game drive this afternoon. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Masai Mara Game Reserve to Nairobi

Today you’re heading back to Nairobi, notching up more wildlife spots as you travel through the reserve. The long drive through

Masai villages and towns will reward you with fascinating snapshots of Kenyan daily life. Be sure to return the waves and smiles of children making their way to school! Once in Nairobi, we’ll have lunch before checking into our overnight hotel. Join the rest of your group for a farewell dinner this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Nairobi to UK

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Please note: To make the most of this thrilling destination there are early starts and long distances are covered, sometimes on uneven roads. All transportation is in 4x4 safari vehicles.

Feature camps

Ashnil Samburu Camp

Ashnil Mara Tented Camp

A game drive at sunrise in the Masai Mara to catch first sight of the wild animals, followed by breakfast al fresco in the bush. Favourite moment

Travelsphere cares.

On this holiday we will stop at Café Ubuntu, where excellent coffee and traditional products are available to purchase. The café is part of a project which supports marginalised women and the community as a whole, which is affected by roughly an 80% unemployment rate. The Ubuntu team aims for lasting change by creating jobs and building opportunities to empower the community. In partnership with

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LKESS 2024

Start

From

25 Sep £4,499

23 Oct £4,199

Single Room supplement from £1,125

Flight upgrade available - see page 126

These two stunning camps offer luxury tented accommodation in exceptional surroundings. Each tent at the Ashnil Samburu Camp offers views of the Ewaso Nyiro River, while the Ashnil Mara Tented Camp is located in the Masai Mara Game Reserve.

Masai Mara

Ashnil Samburu

Hippos in Masai Mara Ashnil Mara

Treasures of EgyptPyramids & a Nile Cruise

The ancient delights of Egypt await - admire the Pyramids of Giza, discover bustling Cairo and relax on a 4-night cruise along the Nile.

8 days from £2,549

Return flights from London

3 nights in a 4-star hotel

Local flavours

Egyptian themed lunch including feteer meshaltet with honey for dessert

4 nights on board the 5-star ship, Steigenberger Minerva

Travelsphere Holiday Director

16 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L),

4 dinners (D) plus daily

Afternoon Tea on board the cruise

Transportation

Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 1 - UK to Cairo

You will fly to Cairo from the UK today. On arrival, you’ll be transferred to your hotel in the pyramids area.

Day 2 - Cairo – Pyramids & Sphinx, Egyptian Museum

This morning, breakfast will be served in the hotel before we start our Egyptian Journey. Be amazed by the only remaining wonder of the ancient world, the Pyramids of Giza, and the mysterious Great Sphinx, which is more than 4,000 years old. For the afternoon we will return to the hotel at leisure. In the evening, why not join an optional excursion to see the famous Sound and Light show, where the pyramids are illuminated at night. (B,L)

Day 3 - Cairo

Included highlights

• Visit to see the pyramids and Sphinx

• Visit to the Egyptian Museum

• Tour of Islamic Cairo and visit to Khan El Khalili bazaar

• Tour of Karnak Temple and Luxor Temple

• Tour of the West Bank of the Nile including Valley of the Kings

• Horse-drawn carriage ride to Edfu

• Visit the temple of Kom Ombo

• Visit Aswan including the Aswan Dam and Temple of Isis at Philae

Optional experiences

• Sound and Light show at the Pyramids in Giza

• Visit to the spectacular temples of Abu Simbel

After breakfast depart for downtown Cairo and a tour of Islamic Cairo, discover the citadel of Salah El Din and the famous mosque of Mohamed Ali. The tour ends as you walk through the exotic streets of Cairo, including Islamic El Moez Street, with its ancient mosques. After lunch you will travel to the Egyptian Museum which houses the largest collection of Pharaonic antiquities in the world. One of the most treasured is the collection of Tutankhamun. Afterwards, on a stroll through Khan el-Khalili, Cairo’s buzzing bazaar, you can practise your haggling skills. (B)

Day 4 - Cairo to Luxor

After breakfast, you will check out of the hotel and be transferred to the airport for your flight to Luxor. On arrival, you’ll explore the awe-inspiring Karnak Temple complex with its Avenue of Sphinxes before transferring to your ship where you will enjoy lunch on board. This evening enjoy a tour of Luxor Temple, which formed part of the ancient city of Thebes,

Classic Touring Cruise

before taking a stroll around Luxor with your Holiday Director. You’ll return to the ship for dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Luxor to Edfu

Today you’ll explore the West Bank of the Nile. The first excursion is to the Valley of the Kings, another of Egypt’s must-see sites, where you’ll go inside some of the tombs that are covered in hand-painted hieroglyphics. Then, you’ll visit the astonishing Temple of Hatshepsut which is carved into huge limestone cliffs. Finally, you’ll visit the Colossi of Memnon, two 60-ft-high statues which mark the entrance to the funerary temple of Amenophis III. After all that, it’s time for a well-earned rest on board the ship. Lunch will be served as you sail south to Esna, followed by Afternoon Tea on the sun deck. In the evening enjoy dinner on board as you arrive in Edfu. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Edfu to Kom Ombo

Today is another day packed full of sights. After breakfast on board, you’ll enjoy a horsedrawn carriage ride to the temple complex of Edfu, one of the most well-preserved Egyptian temples in existence today. In the afternoon, the ship will sail south to Kom Ombo and there will be time to observe life on the Nile during Afternoon Tea on the sundeck. On arrival, you’ll visit the temple of Kom Ombo, a mysterious temple on the riverbank dedicated to the crocodile god, Sobek. Enjoy dinner on board this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Kom Ombo to Aswan

If you would like to visit the Temples of Abu Simbel, some of the most spectacular monuments in Egypt, join our optional excursion departing early this morning. You’ll visit this amazing site and tour its highlights before returning for lunch.

This afternoon visit the Temple of Philae, the Aswan High Dam, an engineering marvel that took ten years to build and the Unfinished Obelisk.

Later, enjoy a trip in a traditional Felucca on the Nile at sunset. Dinner onboard. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Aswan to UK

After breakfast disembark the ship early this morning and transfer to the airport for your flight to Cairo. On arrival at Cairo, you’ll board your flight to the UK (B)

Your exclusive ship Steigenberger Minerva

Luxury in its purest form awaits you on the Steigenberger Minerva, on your Nile cruise, with 77 cabins, including 73 double cabins and 2 suites, 4 decks, restaurant, lounge and bar.

Favourite moment

Relaxing on the sundeck of the Nile cruise, with views that haven’t changed for centuries, admiring the spectacular sunsets.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LEGPN 2024 2025

Mosque-Madrassa of Sultan Hassan, Cairo

The Great Sphinx of Giza

River Nile Tomb

Valley of the Kings, Luxor

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders

Jordan’s historic and biblical sites, the enchanting ‘Lost City’ of Petra, and magical desert landscapes unveil the country’s captivating treasures.

8 days from £2,299

Your holiday includes

7 nights in 4-star hotels including 1 night in a Desert Camp

14 meals

7 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 5 dinners and welcome drink

Enjoy

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Panoramic tour of old and new Amman

• Tour of the preserved Roman city of Jerash

• Visit Mount Nebo and Madaba, where St George’s Church houses the Mosaic Map

• Discover the ancient Shobak fortress

• Walking tour of Petra

• Explore ‘Little Petra’

• Desert camp stay in Wadi Rum

• Visit to The Dead Sea

Optional experiences

• Petra cookery class

• Stargazing in Wadi Rum

• Visit the shores of the sacred River

Jordan

Day 1 - UK to Amman

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Amman today. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Amman

A full day of discovery begins with a morning tour to Jerash, one of the largest and best-preserved Roman cities in existence. Highlights here are the Temples of Artemis and Zeus, Hadrian’s Triumphal Arch and a street of columns a mile long.

For lunch today we’ll visit Beit Khayrat, a woman-owned cafe in nearby Souf for a traditional Jordanian meal.

This afternoon we will see some of Amman’s other great sights on our Panoramic coach tour passing by the old and modern vistas of the city, including a Roman amphitheatre, the magnificent citadel, which towers above downtown Amman, and the King Abdullah Mosque. This evening we will head to a restaurant for dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Amman to Petra

We’re heading south today and on the way we’ll visit many interesting sites. Our first stop is Mount Nebo, an elevated ridge that rises more than 700 metres above sea level and is cited as the point from which Moses saw the promised land.

We’ll then head to Madaba to visit St George’s Church, the home of the Mosaic Map. This treasure of early Christianity dates back to the 6th century and is the oldest map of Palestine that exists today.

A further highlight of our journey is the ancient fortress of Shobak. This is one of the largest and most impregnable of the chain of forts built by the Crusaders and is an impressive example of architectural military genius. (B,D)

Ancient Roman ruins, Jerash

Classic Touring

Day 4 - Petra

Today’s the day you will get to explore Petra on a guided walking tour. This extraordinary city carved into the sandstone is concealed beyond a long, narrow gorge – the Siq. Get ready for your first glimpse of the magnificent Treasury Building, it will not disappoint. There will be opportunity for you to explore the area at leisure before returning to the hotel. This evening why not join our optional excursion which offers a dinner with a difference. We’ll head to a restaurant and work alongside the chefs as they create typical Jordanian dishes, eating what we have prepared. (B)

Day 5 - Petra to Wadi Rum

Start the day with a visit to Siq al-Barid, a northern suburb of Petra known as ‘Little Petra’. We then head to the desert of Wadi Rum. With sand dunes and sandstone rock formations of all shapes, sizes and colours, this magical landscape is sure to leave a lasting impression.

You’ll stay tonight in the heart of Wadi Rum, in your own authentic Bedouin-style tent. Enjoy an included dinner of traditional Middle Eastern cuisine. After, maybe join an optional stargazing excursion in the company of an expert guide. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Wadi Rum to Dead Sea

Your journey continues today as you head towards the Dead Sea. This is the lowest spot on earth, and as you stay here for two nights you’ll have the chance to experience its unique waters, renowned for their buoyancy and therapeutic qualities. (B,D)

Day 7 - Dead Sea - Day at leisure

You can spend today at leisure, or you might choose to join an optional excursion to the nearby River Jordan and the biblical site of the baptism of Jesus. The site has been identified on the east bank of the river, and is being systematically surveyed, excavated, restored, and prepared to receive pilgrims and visitors (B,D)

Day 8 - Amman to UK

Transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Feature desert camp Sun City Camp, Wadi Rum

This unique accommodation is located in the heart of the Wadi Rum Desert and offers guests a magical experience. You’ll stay in a Bedouin-style tent with private facilities, a fan and terrace offering mountain views. 11 Apr 2024 departure staying at Jabal Rum Camp.

Travelsphere cares.

On this holiday you will visit Beit Khayrat Souf, a women-owned and managed café in Souf, started with the purpose of combating women’s unemployment and building a strong community of women leaders. This café was the dream of Sumia, a Jordanian woman who took out a personal loan, bearing the risk with the hope of empowering more women for years to come. In partnership with

Favourite moment

Being covered in mud, letting it dry slightly in the sun, then stepping into the Dead Sea to wash off the mud mask, lie back and relax.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: FLJODN 2024 2025

The Treasury, Petra

Highlights of Australia

Take an awe-inspiring journey from Melbourne to Brisbane, discovering iconic cities, famous landmarks, and breath-taking natural wonders along the way!

22 days from £7,499

Your

Return flights from London Local flavours

Experience an Aussie bush barbecue

18 nights in 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

Travelsphere Holiday Director

9 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L),

1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Discover Melbourne

• Sydney’s iconic sights

• Visit Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunset, then visit again at sunrise

• See the Kata Tjuta (The Olgas)

• Experience an Aussie bush barbecue

• Tour of Alice Springs

• Kakadu National Park

• See Aboriginal paintings at Nourlangie Rock

• Cruise the Katherine Gorge

• Great Barrier Reef catamaran cruise

• Discover Brisbane

Optional experiences

• Phillip Island’s ‘penguin parade’

• Tour of Sydney Opera House

• Sydney Harbour Bridge climb

• Blue Mountains and Scenic World

• Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges

• Kuranda Railway ride

• Daintree Tropical Rainforest

• North Stradbroke Island

Day 1 - UK to Melbourne

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Melbourne.

Days 2 & 3 - Melbourne

On early arrival in the beautiful city of Melbourne on day 3 we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Head off on a sightseeing tour this afternoon.

Day 4 - Melbourne – Day at leisure

You can spend the day at leisure, making your own discoveries in Melbourne, or you might be tempted to join an optional excursion to Phillip Island to watch the remarkable penguin parade.

Day 5 - Melbourne to Sydney

This morning we’ll fly to Sydney, where you can tick off many highlights on this afternoon’s tour including the gorgeous white sands of Bondi Beach, Hyde Park, Darling Harbour, and Mrs Macquarie’s Chair

Day 6 - Sydney – Day at leisure

Explore Sydney at your leisure, or join one of our optional excursions. These include a tour of the Sydney Opera House or even a guided climb of Sydney Harbour Bridge!

Day 7 - Sydney — Day at leisure

Enjoy a further day at leisure, or join us on a thrilling optional excursion as we head to the Blue Mountains, past the Three Sisters rock formation and along Jamieson Valley.

Day 8 - Sydney to Uluru

We fly to Uluru, also known as Ayers Rock, this morning. Enjoy a drink this evening as you watch the sun setting over it.

Day 9 - Uluru to Alice Springs

We’ll watch the sunrise over Uluru this

Classic Touring

morning, whilst you’re there you can also tour the base of the rock and view Aboriginal rock paintings in the caves here. After this, we’ll head to the mysterious Kata Tjuta, although you may know these 36 domed rock formations better as The Olgas. We then continue by road to Alice Springs, where you’ll enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback this evening. (B,D)

Day 10 - Alice Springs – Day at leisure

Today enjoy a fascinating tour that introduces you to the Flying Doctor Base and the old Telegraph Station, the first European settlement in central Australia. Explore at your own pace or join an optional excursion to the spectacular Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges. (B)

Day 11 - Alice Springs to Darwin

This morning we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to Darwin. (B)

Day 12 - Darwin to Kakadu National Park

We’re at Kakadu National Park, where you’ll discover lush rainforest, scenic rivers and a diverse range of wildlife. You’ve the chance to walk up Ubirr Rock, where you’ll see some of the most outstanding examples of rock art. (B)

Day 13- Kakadu National Park to Katherine

A journey by road this morning takes us to Katherine via the stunning Nourlangie Rock. Here you can set off on a walk to see more Aboriginal rock art. Then it’s time for a thrilling cruise on the Yellow Water Lagoon. (B)

Day 14 - Katherine to Darwin

Today’s highlight is a cruise through the Katherine Gorge, to see ancient rocks and caves decorated with Aboriginal paintings. (B)

Day 15 - Darwin to Cairns

This morning we’re heading to Cairns where we will stay, it’s your gateway to the Great Barrier Reef! (B)

Day 16 - Great Barrier Reef

Explore the outer Great Barrier Reef by catamaran and go snorkelling in this amazing underwater world. (L)

Day 17 - Cairns – Day at leisure

All you have to do now is relax! However, if you want to see more, a ride on the Kuranda Railway is an option today to see the Atherton Tablelands.

Your first stop will be the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway, where you’ll glide over and through heritage rainforest. After free time in the

village of Kuranda, you’ll take a journey on the Kuranda Scenic Railway, with the Barron Falls just one of the incredible highlights.

Day 18 - Cairns – Day at leisure

You can spend today doing just as you wish, exploring at your own pace or simply enjoying the facilities at your hotel. If you want to get out in the great outdoors, why not come with us on an optional trip to Daintree Rainforest.

Day 19 - Cairns to Brisbane

Today you’ll fly to Brisbane. The capital of the Sunshine State, boasting 293 days a year of sunshine, Brisbane is a modern, bustling metropolis that sits on the banks of the Brisbane River. There is no shortage of things to see and do here including a vast array of restaurants, cafés and shops to explore. A great way to explore is on a CityCat, which takes you out into the river to explore from the water. The South Bank, Queensland’s Cultural Precinct, is also well worth a visit. Here, you’ll find Streets Beach, Australia’s only beach that is located within a city!

Day 20 - Brisbane – Day at leisure

Before flying home tomorrow you might choose to spend a day at leisure. Alternatively, why not join an optional excursion to North Stradbroke Island. Fondly known as Straddie by the locals, it is the world’s second largest sand island. Relax on the beach, or head off on a bush walk, keeping an eye out for resident kangaroos, koalas and kookaburras.

Day 21 - Brisbane to UK

We will transfer you to the airport today for your return flight to the UK.

Day 22 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Please note: Travellers from ‘The Wonders of Australia’ will join you in Melbourne.

Discover more

The Wonders of Australia 30 days from £8,999

We offer a longer version of this tour, see page 122 for details.

Discover more

Australia & New Zealand combined 40 days from £12,698

Explore more of Oceania when you combine our Highlights of Australia and Discover New Zealand tours into one incredible adventure.

Holiday Ref: LAHOANZ

For even more add on a 5 night stay in the Cook Islands

Holiday Ref: LAHOANZRA

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LAHOA

Enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback.

Gather around the camp-fire and experience unrivalled views of the night sky. Favourite moment

Sydney Uluru (Ayers Rock)

The Wonders of Australia

Embark on an epic journey through Australia’s iconic cities, famous landmarks, and diverse natural wonders.

30 days from £8,999

Your holiday includes

Return flights from London Local flavours

Experience an Aussie bush barbecue

26 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

14 meals

10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travelsphere Holiday Director Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Included highlights

• Tour of Perth

• Discover Adelaide

• Visit Kangaroo Island

• Journey along the Great Ocean Road

• Discover Melbourne

• Sydney’s iconic sights

• Visit Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunset, then visit again at sunrise

• See the Kata Tjuta (The Olgas)

• Authentic Aussie bush barbecue

• Tour of Alice Springs

• Kakadu National Park

• See Aboriginal paintings at Nourlangie Rock

• Cruise the Katherine Gorge

• Great Barrier Reef catamaran cruise

• Discover Brisbane

Optional experiences

• Rottnest Island

• Fremantle and Swan River cruise

• Phillip Island’s ‘penguin parade’

• Tour of Sydney Opera House

• Sydney Harbour Bridge climb

• Blue Mountains and Scenic World

• Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges

• Kuranda Railway ride

• Daintree Tropical Rainforest

• North Stradbroke Island

Day 1 - UK to Perth

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Perth.

Days 2 & 3 - Perth

After arriving early on day 3, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Enjoy a half-day tour of this exciting, cosmopolitan city.

DAY 4 - Perth – Day at leisure

Go exploring independently or join an optional excursion to Rottnest Island.

Day 5 - Perth – Day at leisure

Enjoy a day of leisure exploring at your own pace. Or why not enjoy an optional excursion to Fremantle via a cruise on the Swan River.

Day 6 - Perth to Adelaide

We’ll fly to Adelaide and take a tour of the city.

Day 7 - Adelaide to Kangaroo Island

We travel by ferry over to Kangaroo Islanda nature-lovers’ paradise. (B,L)

Day 8 - Kangaroo Island to Adelaide

Spend another day discovering Kangaroo Island, with a visit to Flinders Chase National Park and Hanson Bay Wildlife Sanctuary. (B,L)

Day 9 - Adelaide to Warrnambool

Travel towards the Great Ocean Road today as you head to Warrnambool in Victoria. You’ll see more of this stunning route tomorrow.

Day 10 - Warrnambool to Melbourne

En route to Melbourne, you’ll take in the sights of the Great Ocean Road. A highlight along the route is the Twelve Apostles. (B)

Katherine Gorge, Nitmiluk National Park

Classic Touring

Day 11 - Melbourne

Enjoy a lazy morning, before setting off on a tour of Melbourne. Highlights include Federation Square, Flinders Street Station, the Grand Prix Circuit and the Fitzroy Gardens

Day 12 - Melbourne – Day at leisure

You can slow the pace a little and spend the day at leisure, or join an optional visit to Phillip Island to see the remarkable penguin parade.

Day 13 - Melbourne to Sydney

We’re flying to Sydney this morning before an afternoon sightseeing tour. You can tick off all the highlights including Bondi Beach and Hyde Park.

Day 14 - Sydney – Day at leisure

With a day at leisure, you can discover Sydney at your own pace or choose to join one of our optional excursions.

Day 15 - Sydney – Day at leisure

Enjoy a further day at leisure, or opt to take a trip through the Blue Mountains, past the Three Sisters rock formation to Scenic World.

Day 16 - Sydney to Uluru

Fly to Uluru, or Ayers Rock, via Alice Springs. This gigantic sandstone monolith is one of the most impressive landmarks in Australia.

Day 17 - Uluru to Alice Springs

Watch the sunrise over Uluru before we head to Kata Tjuta and then continue on to Alice Springs. This evening, you’ll enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback. (B,D)

Day 18 - Alice Springs – Day at leisure

Spend today at leisure or if you’d like to explore more, join an optional excursion to MacDonnell Mountain Ranges. (B)

Day 19 - Alice Springs to Darwin

See the Flying Doctor Base and the old Telegraph Station, later you’ll fly to Darwin. (B)

Day 20 - Darwin to Kakadu National Park

Your destination today is Kakadu National Park, where you’ll discover lush rainforest, scenic rivers and a diverse range of wildlife. (B)

Day 21 - Kakadu National Park to Katherine

We’ll drive to Katherine via the stunning Nourlangie Rock and take a thrilling cruise on the famous Yellow Water Lagoon. (B)

Day 22 - Katherine to Darwin

Today’s highlight is a cruise through the Katherine Gorge, to see ancient rocks and caves decorated with Aboriginal paintings. (B)

Day 23 - Darwin to Cairns

This morning we’re heading to Cairns where we will stay, it’s your gateway to the Great Barrier Reef! (B)

Day 24 - Great Barrier Reef

Enjoy a catamaran trip to the outer Great Barrier Reef. You’ll see that marine life comes incredibly close to the vessel. You can also go snorkelling in this underwater world. (L)

Day 25 - Cairns – Day at leisure

You can spend today at leisure or join an optional trip to Daintree Rainforest an ecologically unique tropical forest, home to an extensive range of flora and fauna

Day 26 - Cairns – Day at leisure

Today is free to do your own thing or, if you’d like to explore more, join our optional excursion for a ride on the Kuranda Railway where Barron Falls is just one of the highlights.

Day 27 - Cairns to Brisbane

You’ll fly from Cairns to Brisbane today. The capital of the Sunshine State, boasting 293 days a year of sunshine, Brisbane is a modern, bustling metropolis that sits on the banks of the Brisbane River.

Day 28 - Brisbane – Day at leisure

Spend a day at leisure. Alternatively, why not join an optional excursion to North Stradbroke Island. It is the world’s second largest sand island at about 38km long and 11km wide. Relax on the beach, or maybe head off on a bush walk, keeping an eye out for resident kangaroos, koalas and kookaburras.

Day 29 - Brisbane to UK

We will transfer you to the airport today for your return flight to the UK.

Day 30 - UK

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Please note: Travellers from ‘Highlights of Australia’ will join you in Melbourne.

Discover more

Australia & New Zealand combined

40 days from £14,348

Explore more of Oceania when you combine our Highlights of Australia and Discover New Zealand tours into one epic adventure.

Holiday Ref: LAWANZ

End your ultimate combination tour by adding on a stay in the Cook Islands 5 nights from £1999

Holiday Ref: LAWANZRA

Favourite moment

Visit world-famous Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunrise and sunset, and experience awe-inspiring views as the changing light plays with the landscape.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Flights from London Holiday ref: LAWA 2024 2025 2026

Kangaroo

Panoramic view of Sydney

Discover New Zealand

Experience the very best of New Zealand from the volcanic landscapes of the north and glacial influences of the south.

22 days from £6,199

Your holiday includes

18 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

20 meals

18 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink Scenic train Journey on the TranzAlpine train Transportation Overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage Travelsphere Holiday Director and Driver Guide

Included highlights

• Tour of Auckland

• Visit the Treaty House of Waitangi

• Te Puia Thermal Reserve

• Lake Taupo

• Tamaki Hangi Feast

• New Zealand’s capital Wellington

• Journey on the TranzAlpine train

• Beautiful Milford Sound including lunch

• Glow Worm Caves

• See the Moeraki Beach Boulders

Optional experiences

• Cape Reinga

• Look out for dolphins from Cape Brett

• Float-plane/helicopter ride to Mount Tarawera

• Hobbiton movie set

• Scenic helicopter flight over a glacier

• Kawarau Jet Boat ride

• Dart River excursion

• Steamboat cruise on Lake Wakatipu

• Visit the Royal Albatross Colony

• Mount Cook scenic flight

Optional experiences: Some of the above can only be booked when you arrive in New Zealand.

Day 1 - UK to Auckland

Your holiday starts with your flight from the UK to New Zealand.

Days 2 & 3 - Auckland

On arrival in Auckland on day 3, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. The rest of the day has been left free for you to relax.

Day 4 - Auckland

Discover the beautiful city of Auckland on an included tour. The area is home to stunning landscapes of thermal springs and geysers, luxuriant forests and more. (B)

Day 5 - Auckland to Paihia

Travelling up the beautiful Hibiscus Coast you’ll visit the treaty House of Waitangi en route to Paihia. (B)

Day 6 - Paihia – Day at leisure

Spend the day exploring or join our excursion to Cape Reinga, located at the very top of North Island. (B)

Day 7 - Paihia – Day at leisure

You’ve a chance to explore the stunning Bay of Islands on an optional cruise today. (B)

Day 8 - Paihia to Rotorua

Our journey to Rotorua takes us through the Waikato farming region, home of the Maori. You can take an optional float plane or helicopter flight to Mount Tarawera. (B)

Day 9 - Rotorua

Enjoy Te Puia Thermal Reserve, where you’ll see bubbling mud, dramatic spouting geysers and traditional Maori architecture. You can also opt to join a tour of Hobbiton. Tonight, experience an authentic Hangi style meal. Visit the Tamaki Maori Village, where you’ll experience ceremonial rituals including the world famous ‘haka’. (B,D)

Classic Touring

Day 10 - Rotorua to Wellington

We’ll make our way to Wellington via the forested slopes of the Wairakei Thermal Valley and Lake Taupo. In Wellington, a short tour will help you get your bearings. (B)

Day 11 - Wellington

We’ll explore Wellington in more detail on a walking tour. We’ll take in the Te Papa Museum and the lively waterfront area. We’ll also visit the botanical gardens, which run over 26 hectares, and take a trip on the historic Wellington Cable Car. (B)

Day 12 - Wellington to Christchurch

Today we’re going to cross the Cook Strait to South Island and travel to Christchurch. This city, has a fascinating English heritage, which is apparent in some of its older buildings. (B)

Day 13 - Tranzalpine Train

You’ve a spectacular journey ahead today, as you board the TranzAlpine train and head into the Southern Alps. Your journey continues to the Franz Josef and Fox Glacier regions - see valleys of ice and deep, dramatic ravines. Later, (subject to weather conditions) you’ll have the opportunity to take an optional helicopter flight over the glaciers. (B)

Day 14 - Franz Josef Glacier to Queenstown

The road through the Westland National Park to Queenstown has to be one of the most scenic, crossing Clark Bluff and the Haast River Bridge. Queenstown is known as New Zealand’s capital of adventure and one option on your free afternoon is to take a ride on the Kawarau Jet Boat. (B)

Day 15 - Queenstown – Day at leisure

Spend time at leisure or join our optional excursion a jet boat for an exhilarating ride along the Dart River. This evening you could enjoy a relaxing cruise on Lake Wakatipu with dinner served in a restaurant at the foot of Walter Peak. (B)

Day 16 - Milford Sound

Today you’ll visit Milford Sound. Located deep within Fiordland National Park, this inky-blue expanse of water is surrounded by forestcovered hills and dramatic mountain peaks. Weather permitting, we’ll take in the fjord’s majestic beauty on a cruise. (B,L)

Day 17 - Te Anau to Dunedin

Today en route to Dunedin, we’ll stop at the Glow Worm Caves - a labyrinth of limestone caverns lit by thousands of glow worms, offering us an incredible sight. (B)

Day 18 - Dunedin – Day at leisure

Enjoy time at leisure, or join an optional trip to the Royal Albatross Colony on the Otago Peninsula. This is the world’s only mainland breeding colony of these fascinating birds (B)

Day 19 - Dunedin to Omarama

As we travel to Omarama, we’ll stop at the Moeraki Beach Boulders, shrouded in myth and legend. Our route then follows the Waitiki River inland. (B)

Day 20 - Omarama to Christchurch

On our way to the Mount Cook region, we’ll make a stop at Lake Tekapol, a picturesque turquoise-coloured body of water, which boasts a stunning backdrop of the Southern Alps. We’ll then head over Burkes Pass and continue across the Canterbury plains. If weather conditions are favourable why not take an optional Mount Cook scenic flight. We’ll arrive back in Christchurch late this afternoon (B)

Day 21 - Christchurch to UK

We’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 22 - UK

It’s time to say farewell to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK today.

Discover more

Australia & New Zealand combined

40 days from £12,698

48 days from £14,348

Explore even more of Oceania when you combine either Highlights of Australia or Wonders of Australia with this tour.

Holiday Ref: LAHOANZ / LAWANZ

Extend your stay

Cook Islands

5 nights from £1,999

Add a 4 night stay at the Manuia Beach Resort in Rarotonga plus a final night in Auckland on a bed and breakfast basis. Available on all 2025 and 2026 dates.

Holiday Ref: LNZRA / LAHOANZRA / LAWANZRA

Favourite moment

Silently glide through the starry wonderland of the Glow Worm Cave and marvel at this galaxy of living lights.

Departure dates & prices

Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Milford Sound

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION

This Essential Information is to help you prepare and take any necessary actions prior to your forthcoming holiday. Information contained in this section of the brochure and any other relevant information on the website, together with the Booking Conditions, form your contract with us.

BEFORE YOU BOOK

We do hope that your Travelsphere holiday will meet your expectations so it is very important that you choose the holiday that is right for you. Our Holiday Advisors are happy to share their knowledge. Please make sure you are familiar with the up-to-date travel advice in the destination(s) you will be going to.

Please visit the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office website at www.gov. uk/foreign-travel-advice or www.gov.uk/ travelaware. Packed with essential travel advice and tips, these websites offer a wealth of country specific information including the latest on security, local laws, passport, visa and entry requirements. Keep informed on current travel health news by visiting www. travelhealthpro.org.uk. The advice can change so please check regularly for updates. You can also access Sherpa via our website at https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ travel-requirements-visa-service, an online tool that provides up to the minute entry requirements for the country you are visiting.

AFTER MAKING YOUR BOOKING

Please read your confirmation invoice carefully and let us know immediately if there are any corrections required. If you have not received a confirmation invoice within 7 days of booking your holiday please contact us immediately. The balance payment for your holiday must be paid no later than 12 weeks before departure unless otherwise stated. The payment deadline will be clearly marked on your confirmation invoice along with details of how to pay online: www.travelsphere.co.uk/ payments. Prior to departure we will send you further information to help you prepare for your trip.

If you have any queries you can ether email us at enquiries@travelsphere.co.uk or you can call our Customer Services Department 01858 415 055. Please check our website for the latest opening times.

YOUR HOLIDAY DIRECTOR

On the majority of our Flight-Inclusive package holidays you will be escorted by a knowledgeable Holiday Director. Please be aware of the following:

• On some of our Flight-Inclusive package holidays your Holiday Director will meet you at your UK airport, on others they will meet you at your overseas airport or in your resort.

• If you choose to fly to your destination from a regional airport your Holiday Director may not be travelling with you.

• Your Holiday Director may not accompany you on your homeward transfer to the airport but they will advise you of the arrangements made on a Flight-Inclusive holiday.

COACHES

When our packages include coach travel or any other transportation, all customers are required to abide by instructions given by the Holiday Director; Coach Driver or Representative with regards to their Health; Safety and Wellbeing.

Regular comfort stops will be taken to ensure a relaxing journey is experienced each day. Some coaches may be equipped with washroom facilities however, it cannot be guaranteed that they will be useable at all times.

Customer health, safety and well-being is of paramount importance and customers are required to adhere to all Health and Safety requirements and guidelines. Please note that these may vary from country to country.

RUNNING ORDER OF ITINERARIES

Occasionally we may have to make changes to the running order and inclusions of your holiday itinerary. This could be due to a number of reasons such as public holidays, festivals, weather, traffic conditions or operational reasons and may sometimes be at short notice.

Due to changes in river water levels, river cruise itineraries may occasionally be modified. On the rare occasions that this happens we will act in the best interests of our customers to ensure the enjoyment of your holiday is not impaired.

HOTEL ACCOMMODATION

The prices in our brochure/website are based on twin occupancy of a double room or twin bedded room with private facilities unless otherwise stated. Single rooms: A limited number of rooms are available for most holidays. Single rooms do not often match the same requirements of twin bedded rooms in terms of size and facilities. For single room supplements please refer to the price panel on the brochure page or website. Our reference to ‘Hotel’ covers all accommodation and does not necessarily distinguish between local classifications such as ‘Motel’ or ‘Inn’. It may occasionally be necessary to accommodate you in a different but equal category of hotel to that featured in the brochure/website. If this is known before departure and is a significant change to the confirmed arrangements, we will of course advise you. The confirmed hotel(s) will be advised in your final travel information.

Porterage: One bag per person is included on most of our package holidays as stated in the holiday details.

Voltage/Electrical Items: The type of plug sockets you can use in your destination can be checked by visiting: www.worldstandards.eu/ electricity/plug-voltage-by-country/

Swimming Pools: If your hotel/s has a swimming pool, you may wish to take your own pool towel, as some hotels do not provide these. Please familiarise yourself with the depth of the pool and use the steps provided to access and exit the pool. Diving is not recommended.

Additional Charges: Payment for any extras such as drinks, laundry, telephone calls and meals other than those included in your package holiday price are to be made directly to your hotel prior to check out.

On occasion noise from works in the local vicinity of your hotel may occur and these can be unavoidable and unknown to ourselves. We make every effort to ensure your hotel stay is free from disturbance, however these may be out of our control. In addition, unrelated events and local activities may also be taking place. If you do have a complaint at your hotel, or indeed any other service, you must inform your Holiday Director or the hotel direct who will try

OUR GUARANTEES TO YOU

PRICE MATCH

If you find an identical package holiday offered by one of our competitors (excluding any online special offers or arrangements made by yourself rather than through a tour operator) at a lower price within 7 days of booking with us our ‘price match’ will apply. By identical, we mean another holiday which:

• Departs on the same day from the same port/ airport using the same flight with the same carrier (if Flight-Inclusive).

• Visits the same destination(s).

• Has the same duration (i.e. number of nights).

• Offers the same number of included excursions.

• Features accommodation of the same category and board basis and, where applicable, the services of a Holiday Director/ Local guide.

If this happens we will refund the difference between the cost of the Flight-Inclusive package holiday that you have booked with

and resolve the matter as soon as possible.

Air Conditioning: In some hotels, air conditioning is operated according to individual hotel policy and/or, in some cases, local laws.

OPTIONAL EXPERIENCES/EXCURSIONS

We want to give you the opportunity to see as much as possible of the countries you are visiting so there will nearly always be a selection of optional excursions. Any optional excursions will of course operate subject to demand, traffic and weather conditions. Changes to the advertised excursions programmes are rare but the excursion providers reserve the right to change excursions and we reserve the right to amend the advertised prices at any time. We advise against the purchase of excursions from hotels or street vendors as these may not have been safety checked and may not meet required local standards or have adequate insurance cover in place. A list of approved excursions will be sent to you, in some cases these may include hotel excursions which have been checked. If you choose to partake in an excursion/activity which is not arranged by us, we advise you check that your travel insurance covers you for that specific activity.

MAXIMUM GROUP SIZE

Where we display a “Maximum Group Size” icon, the number given will be the maximum expected group size for the tour. Where this may differ is for the ‘Discover More’ modular tours. We have designed and contracted this holiday with the maximum number of customers in mind and expect and aim to operate to this level. Under exceptional operational conditions, including force majeure, the expected group size may require to be exceeded. This Maximum Group Size is therefore not a condition of booking, though we will use best endeavours to ensure these stated group sizes are adhered to.

ABOUT OUR FLIGHTS FOR TRAVELSPHERE FLIGHT INCLUSIVE TOURS

The prices for the Flight-Inclusive Tours set out in our brochures/website are based on planned group flights from London. The actual selling price may vary from that published due to numerous factors including but not limited to; additional taxes or fuel surcharges being introduced, the airline only allowing us to hold a limited number of seats at a pre agreed group rate or because alternative flights are being used.

Limited availability seats: Holiday prices are based on limited availability special air fares. Whilst these fares are correct at the time of going to press they may have sold out by the time you make a booking. In this case further seats will usually be available at a supplement. Such supplements if any will be confirmed at the time of booking.

By booking early you maximise your chances of getting on our group flights which ensures you are getting the benefit of our group costs and also reduces the chance of you ever having to pay any flight related supplements or additional costs.

Baggage Handling and Allowance: The baggage allowance for all our holidays is one piece of luggage/suitcase – with the dimensions of 76cm x 58cm x 25cm (30” x 23” x 10”) maximum weight of 44lb (20kg)

per person, plus one standard piece of hand luggage. Irrespective of individual airline allowances the above limits apply. They are set taking account of our wider operational requirements including ground transportations, porterage, etc. To avoid any problems with our transportation providers, possible delays and inconvenience to you and your fellow travellers, please ensure these maximum baggage conditions are adhered to. You are responsible for the carriage and care of your luggage throughout your holiday except for such times as it may be in the hands of the airline, here in such circumstances the airline specific terms and conditions relating to the carriage of luggage apply or when porterage at a hotel on arrival and departure is included. We will not be held responsible for any delays and/or additional costs arising from any breach of the above luggage allowances.

Airport Taxes: Any airport taxes and security charges which are payable in advance and therefore form part of the scheduled air ticket have been calculated and included in the price of your holiday. These include the UK Government Airline Passenger Duty and various overseas airport and airline charges where applicable.

At some airports there are also passenger charges which are payable locally. Where possible these will be paid by us on your behalf and included on your confirmation invoice. Some taxes have to be paid locally and we will advise you as soon as we are aware of such charges.

Fuel Surcharges/Environmental Taxes: Airlines generally pass on any fuel price increases to customers directly or tour operators when they occur. Occasionally we have no choice but to pass on all or part of these directly to our customers. You will be informed of any fuel related surcharges or new and additional taxes, airport or security charges in place or other sums payable in addition to the advertised price before you pay in full.

Flight Routings: On some routes we use a number of indirect flights which may require you to change planes en-route. This may be because we cannot obtain a block allocation of seats on a direct flight or it may be the only option. If you are interested in booking a direct flight with a supplement (where available) please ask one of our Holiday Advisors.

Flight Schedule Changes: When you book one of our Flight-Inclusive Tours, your holiday confirmation will contain provisional flight details. We aim to make this as accurate as possible from the start, however, the timings or the flight numbers can change before departure. We will monitor all changes and inform you as soon as possible if there is a change which affects your departure by a considerable time or moves the tour to a different day or significantly affects the tour itinerary. Final timings will be sent about ten days before you travel. If we notify you of a significant change to your holiday and you do not accept the change you must tell us within 7 days of us advising you of the significant change to your holiday. Details of what constitutes a major or minor change is contained within Booking Conditions.

Airlines and Aircraft: All prices in our brochures/on the website are based on air travel in economy class. Passenger travel on scheduled airlines is provided under the conditions of the airline. For a copy of these

REGIONAL DIRECT/INDIRECT FLIGHTS

us and the price of the identical holiday offered by our competitor. Plus we will give you an extra £100 per person towards a future booking. Refunds will be in the form of a credit towards future travel. Applicable to new bookings only.

FLIGHT CHOICES CONNECTING FLIGHTS

Book a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday and if you cannot depart directly from your local UK airport we can arrange a connecting flight to London Heathrow or Gatwick for a supplement. The offer is only applicable when booking a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday. The offer is subject to availability of seats in our contracted classes on the connecting flight on the required dates and suitable timings from/to local UK airport and London Heathrow or Gatwick. Please note that not all local UK airports have routes to or frequent connecting flights to London airports. Routes offered

are selected and limited to those enabling a smooth transition to the Tour’s Principal Flight. Due to timings for early departures from/late arrivals back to the UK for the Travelsphere Flight Inclusive package holiday you may not be able to get a connecting flight on the same day and may need to pay for an overnight hotel at London Heathrow/ Gatwick. If you book a Regional Connecting flight with Travelsphere, subject to availability and viable fares your luggage will be checked through from the UK to your destination. If your luggage will not be checked through to your destination, you will be contacted to be made aware. If you arrange your own connecting flight to London Heathrow or Gatwick to join the main flight we will take no responsibility that your luggage will be checked through to your destination. We will also not accept responsibility for any costs or losses due to delays and cancellations and will not be held responsible should you miss the Principal Flight from London Heathrow or Gatwick.

Book a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday and if the route is available (some flights may be indirect) you can fly from your local airport for a supplement. The offer is only applicable when booking a Travelsphere

Flight Inclusive holiday. The offer is subject to availability of seats in our contracted classes to the destination on the required dates and suitable timings from/to local UK airport. Routes offered are selected and limited to schedules matching the Principal Flight and itinerary. Please see below for clarification of flight types: Principal Flight – included in the tour price, the flight departing from London. Regional Connecting Flight - A flight from your local airport to London Heathrow or Gatwick, to connect with our Principal flight. Regional Direct/Indirect Flight - A flight from your local airport which may be direct or indirect to your holiday destination

terms and conditions please go to the appropriate airline’s website.

Change of Airline: Due to the ever changing nature of the airline business, airlines selected and used for our tours can change after your booking is made, as can flight schedules and timings. This can be for a number of reasons such as the airline withdrawing the flight or operating with smaller aircraft than first planned. Where this is the case we will endeavour to find an alternative with the same carrier or similar flights with another carrier.

Flight Meals and Medical Equipment

Requests: Although meals are provided on most long haul flights you should be aware that most airlines do not provide complimentary food on shorter flights within Europe. We therefore cannot guarantee that meals will be provided on all flights. Please note, we also cannot guarantee that the airline will be able to fulfil your request for a special dietary meal and any such requests are not a condition of booking. If you require a special dietary meal due to an allergy such as a nut allergy, and the airline provides complimentary meals, we will need you to fill in a medical questionnaire to send to the service provider. The airline will not be able to guarantee that their aircraft meals are 100% nut free and will require you to carry any special medication (such as an EpiPen) in your hand luggage.

If you need to carry a CPAP machine or oxygen cylinders please let us know at the time of booking so we can ensure this request is sent through to the relevant airline. It can take up to 6 weeks for airlines to confirm whether medical requests can be accommodated.

Seat Requests (Airlines & Trains): We strongly recommend (particularly if you are flying economy class) that you check in early if you have particular seat requests. Travelsphere has no control over the allocation of seats by the airline. Even if a request has been made to pre-book seats, no guarantee can be made that they will be available on departure. The provision of particular seats does not constitute a term of your contract with us.

Please note, suppliers operate older and more modern aircraft within their fleets and we cannot guarantee which type you will travel on as this may be subject to change and general availability. Although some airline/ train companies offer the ability to book seats online this may not be the case when booking a holiday through us, as we offer holidays based on special tour operator fares and booking conditions. If this is particularly important to you then please ask about our upgrade options.

Transfers: Where your flight inclusive holiday includes scheduled transfers from the destination/departure airport to/from your hotel, these are all based on group transfers and operate at specified times designed around our brochured flights. These transfer times may be adjusted due to airline flight schedule changes. If for any reason flight times change due to delay or cancellation that cause you to miss the scheduled transfers, alternative arrangements will be made for you.

HOLIDAYS BY RAIL

Where your holiday includes rail travel, Standard Class fares are included unless otherwise stated.

Please note: we are unable to provide porterage at stations and you will be required to handle your own luggage.

You can choose to upgrade your seats on Eurostar to Standard Class Premier. This upgrade also includes first-class tickets for the remainder of your journey aboard local trains, where applicable.

SMOKING

E-cigarettes: Since their introduction, a number of countries have banned or limited the use of e-cigarettes. We recommend you visit this website, which is an information forum for further information: www.ecigarette-politics.com/electroniccigarettes-global-legal-status.

BOOKING ADDITIONAL EXTRAS FOR YOUR HOLIDAY

It is advisable to leave booking travel arrangements to your UK departure point until you have received your final travel documents as timings can change. We can book nonflight arrangements for you and offer the option of cancellation/amendment insurance. Please speak to our Holiday Advisors for more information.

HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELL-BEING

Customers with Reduced Mobility: We want to ensure you make the correct choice before you book your holiday with us. If you have any concerns regarding the suitability of the holiday due to reduced mobility we would encourage you to contact us to discuss these concerns. Our holidays include a comprehensive sightseeing programme, due to the natural terrain of the locations we visit these may be a challenge for anyone with reduced mobility. We also sometimes use different modes of transport to complete our itinerary which includes though not limited to, boats, trains and jeeps these may also pose a challenge for anyone with reduced mobility. Regrettably motorised scooters are not allowed on our holidays.

Altitude: On certain tours you will travel to places at high altitude. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns please consult your doctor.

Prescribed Medication: Carry all prescribed medication in your hand luggage.

Safety: Although we take every precaution to look after you on tour the responsibility for your personal safety and welfare and the care of your possessions is obviously the same as that which you would exercise whilst at home. It is advisable to avoid carrying your passports/ extra cash/credit cards etc. during day to day activities unless required. Whenever possible leave valuables in your hotel safe. Extra care should be taken when walking around cities, especially at night and we recommend that you stay in well lit, populated areas. It is also wise to avoid carrying valuables or wearing expensive jewellery.

Please review the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office advice on safety and security for your destination: www.gov.uk/ foreign-travel-advice. The Holiday Director/ Guide will be on hand to provide any local notifications. For further information on staying safe overseas, please visit: www.travelhealthpro.org.uk/personal-safety/

Age restriction: You must be 18 years or over to travel on a Travelsphere holiday. Please also note our Booking Terms and Conditions.

PASSPORT INFORMATION AND ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Passport information: You must ensure that you have a valid passport. All costs incurred in obtaining such documentation must be paid by you. Some countries do not allow you to enter with certain country stamps. For further information please visit www.fco.gov.uk., If you are not currently in possession of a valid passport please make sure you leave plenty of time before your holiday to apply for this document. Our recommendation is that you should apply for one at least three months before your holiday. The UK Passport Service has to confirm your identity before issuing your first passport and will ask you to attend an interview in order to do this. For further information visit www.fco.gov.uk.

Check the date that your passport expires. When travelling to the EU, the UK Government recommends that you have 6 months left on your passport on the date of your arrival to an EU country. You should also check when your passport was renewed. If you renewed a 10 year adult passport before it expired, extra months may have been added to your passport’s expiry date. These extra months over 10 years will not count towards the 6 months that must be remaining. The UK Government has published a website tool to check the validity of your passport under these new rules https://www.gov.uk/browse/abroad/ passports

Note: In many countries, it is now a legal requirement to show some form of identification if requested by the police or authorities, therefore, it is advisable to carry a photocopy of the data page of your passport when out and about.

It is your responsibility to ensure that you understand and adhere to all entry requirements for the countries you’re visiting (and what’s required upon your return to the UK).

We have partnered with Sherpa, online self service industry experts who can guide you with extensive information around Visas and Travel restrictions to ensure that you have the correct travel documentation and all the up-to-date travel requirements that will ensure you have the best holiday experience. Travel requirements per country, can change, Sherpa is the complete service that will ensure you have all the current information so that you are good to go. We recommend that you check the information regularly, along with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office in order to familiarise yourself with any requirements. We’re unable to accept any responsibility should you not be able to travel if as you have not complied with any passport, entry and immigration requirements. This comprehensive service will ensure you have a worry free and stress free holiday. You can purchase your visa or check your Travel Requirements on travelsphere.co.uk/ sherpa.

EUROPEAN HEALTH INSURANCE CARD

The European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) or Global Health Insurance Card (GHIC) allows any EU Citizen to access state medical care when they are travelling in another EU Country. For most people, the UK GHIC replaces the existing EHIC for new applications. You should make sure, and it is a requirement of booking, that you have appropriate travel insurance.

MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE

It is a requirement of the terms and conditions that you complete a medical questionnaire as required to assist Travelsphere to ensure it complies with national and local regulations regarding public health. Failure to complete a questionnaire if required in the stipulated time frames may jeopardise your ability to travel. In these circumstances if you are denied or unable to travel due to non compliance normal cancellation terms and conditions will apply as contained within these terms and conditions.

This does not replace any official documents you are required to complete in order to travel.

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS

Experiencing a public holiday in your chosen destination can really enhance your holiday experience, especially if there are local festivals or celebrations. Virtually all countries have public holidays, religious or otherwise. The festivities may temporarily disrupt your package holiday and some religious holidays such as Ramadan, which is observed in many Muslim countries, may result in a reduction of facilities, services and entertainment. We suggest that you take this into consideration when selecting your departure date. To discover the national holidays in your destination, please visit: www.timeanddate. com/holidays/

WEATHER

World weather is becoming more erratic and unpredictable and we cannot be held responsible for disruption to your package holiday or any other holiday arrangement due to bad or unusual weather conditions.

BROCHURE/WEBSITE DETAILS

We have taken great care to ensure that the details in the brochure/website are correct at the time of their publication. Please bear in mind however that the availability of certain services may vary particularly outside high season periods. This may be for a variety of reasons, for example, lifts need servicing, swimming pools must be cleaned and outdoor amenities such as chair lifts and cable cars can be affected by weather or lack of demand.

SHERPA

Travel & Visa requirements

We have partnered with Sherpa, an on-line self-service tool that allows customers to search up-to-date information regarding travel entry requirements for all countries. Using the Sherpa travel guide, you can access the latest information on entry requirements, travel restrictions, quarantine policies, visa and e-visa conditions and various health declaration forms to destinations all around the world, in one convenient virtual location. The entry requirements shown will always show the latest information and are updated constantly - so if you have booked or are looking to travel on a later date - please ensure you check closer to your departure date.

Simply visit travelsphere.co.uk/sherpa

Direct - A flight that travels non-stop to your destination

Indirect - A flight that travels via somewhere else and you are required to get off the plane and potentially board an on-ward alternative flight. Please speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to check availability of regional departures.

BOOK TWO OR MORE TRIPS

Save an extra £50 per person when you book two or more different holidays at the same time on the same call, both 8 days or longer, for the same traveller. This offer is combinable with other offers. The additional £50 per person will be applied to the second and subsequent holiday(s) and will not be transferable should you cancel, unless you are re-booking on the same day. Normal cancellation penalties apply. This offer is for new bookings only and cannot be applied retrospectively.

BOOKING TERMS AND CONDITIONS - Applicable from April 2024

These Booking Terms and Conditions, together with our Privacy Policy and, where your holiday is booked via our website, our website terms and conditions of use, together with any other written information we brought to your attention before we confirmed your booking, form the basis of your contract with

G Touring Limited trading as Travelsphere, whose registered office is at Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Market Harborough, LE16 9HW. Company No: 04956006. Please read them carefully as they set out our respective rights and obligations. In these Booking Conditions references to “you” and “your” include the first named person on the booking and all persons on whose behalf a booking is made or any other person to whom a booking is added or transferred.

By making a booking you agree that:

a. you have read and understood these terms and conditions and have the authority to, and agree to be bound by them;

b. you are over 18 years of age and where placing an order for services with age restrictions declare that you are of the appropriate age to purchase those services;

c. you consent to our use of information in accordance with our Privacy Policy (https:// www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/privacypolicy/) and you are authorised on behalf of all participants in your party to disclose their personal details to us, including where applicable, special categories of data (such as information on health conditions or disabilities and dietary requirements);

d. you accept financial responsibility for payment of the booking on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking.

1. Booking and Paying for your Arrangements

A booking is made with us when you pay us a deposit (or full payment if you are booking within 84 days of departure) and we issue you with a booking confirmation. We reserve the right to return your payment and decline to issue a confirmation at our absolute discretion. A binding contract will come into existence between you and us as soon as we have issued you with a booking confirmation.

If your confirmed arrangements include a flight, we (or if you booked via an authorised agent of ours, that agent) will also issue you with an ATOL Certificate. Upon receipt, if you believe that any details on the ATOL Certificate or booking confirmation or any other document are wrong you must advise us immediately as changes cannot be made later and it may harm your rights if we are not notified of any inaccuracies in any document within ten days of our sending it out (five days for tickets).

If your confirmed arrangements booked through Travelsphere do not include a flight, we provide financial security for holiday arrangements booked through us by way of a financial failure insurance policy. You will be given full details of the insurer with your confirmation invoice or, alternatively, please go to www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ financial-protection-insurance/

The balance of the cost of your arrangements (including any applicable surcharge) is due not less than 84 days prior to scheduled departure (or by such other date as is notified to you at the time of booking). If we do not receive this balance in full and on time, we reserve the right to treat your booking as cancelled by you in which case the cancellation charges set out in clause 8 below will become payable.

Any money paid to an authorised agent of ours in respect of a booking covered by our ATOL is held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust at all times, but subject to the agent’s obligation to pay it to us for so long as we do not fail financially. If we do fail financially, any money held at that time by the agent or subsequently accepted from the consumer by the agent, is and continues to be held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation to pay that money to us.

Special Sales: If there are services that you request from us in addition to one of our packages (such as a connecting flight, flight upgrade or additional services) these will be put on request by our Sales Team and are subject to availability and confirmation of the price. Our team will advise you of this, take the appropriate deposit (or full payment for a flight upgrade) and send you a holding letter together with an ATOL Certificate. Once the additional service is confirmed we will advise you and if your international flight details have changed, send a revised ATOL Certificate to you.

Please note: Where your booking includes flights or flight upgrades with restrictive

ticketing conditions, we may ask you to pay the full airfare or a higher deposit and any associated charges before full payment has been made to minimise any additional cost to you. This is in addition to the normal deposit payable on the holiday. If the flight has restrictive ticketing deadlines it may mean that the ticket has to be issued before you have paid the balance for the holiday and specific cancellation charges may apply which increase the usual cancellation charges. Please refer to 8) If You Cancel Before Departure.

Booking on behalf of others: By booking on behalf of other participants, you are deemed to be the designated contact person for every participant included on that booking. This means that you are responsible for making all payments due in connection with your booking, notifying us or our authorised agent if any changes or cancellations are required and keeping your party informed.

By booking on behalf of another person or persons, you represent and warrant that you have obtained all required consents. You are responsible for verifying that any information you provide on behalf of another participant is complete and accurate and we will under no circumstances be liable for any errors or omissions in the information provided to complete a booking.

2. Accuracy

We endeavour to ensure that all the information and prices both on our website and in any advertising material that we publish are accurate, however, occasionally changes and errors occur and we reserve the right to correct prices and other details in such circumstances. You must check the current price and all other details relating to the arrangements that you wish to book before your booking is confirmed. On very rare occasions, we may unfortunately make a genuine mistake in the price we quote and subsequently confirm to you for your holiday. This may come to light at any time prior to your holiday. We are not obliged to honour the original price if a mistake has been made when pricing your holiday. We will ask you to meet any additional costs if you wish to go ahead with the holiday. However, should you not wish to meet these additional charges, you may cancel your holiday with a full refund.

3. Insurance

We consider adequate travel insurance to be essential. It is therefore a condition of booking that you are adequately insured when travelling abroad. We’ve partnered with Holiday Extras please go to www.travelsphere. co.uk/insurance. We will require you to give us details of your travel insurance company including the policy number, although we will not check your policy for suitability. If you purchase an alternative policy, you must ensure that it offers cover which is at least as comprehensive as the policy we recommend and, which as a minimum, covers cancellation for the total value of the holiday, delay or curtailment, medical charges and repatriation costs for not less than £5million. Your travel insurance should cover you for any pre-existing medical conditions. You should also ensure you are covered for the curtailment or cancellation of your holiday by us for reasons such as, but not limited to, FCDO advice, Government restrictions or local restrictions, you should ensure you are covered up to the full value of your trip and expenses.

We would recommend that your policy should cover you fully for COVID-19 should you need to cancel in advance of travelling, or should you contract it while away. Please read your policy details carefully and take them with you on holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure that the insurance cover you purchase is adequate for your particular needs including cover for any optional excursions/activities that you may have booked. You shall be responsible for indemnifying us in full in respect of any costs that we incur as a result of your failure to have adequate, appropriate and comprehensive travel insurance. We will decline any booking where adequate insurance has not been arranged.

4. Pricing

We guarantee that absolutely no surcharge will be added to the basic price of your holiday once your booking has been confirmed and you have paid in full irrespective of any subsequent fluctuation in currency exchange rates or increases in international air fares or other costs associated with the holiday. This price guarantee does not apply to any optional services including, but not limited to, insurance premiums, visa charges and amendment fees and supplements. Before you have confirmed your booking and paid in full, we reserve the right to amend the price of unsold holidays at any time and correct errors in the prices of

confirmed holidays.

Should the price of your holiday go down solely due to:

a. The price of the carriage of passengers resulting from the cost of fuel or other power sources;

b. The level of taxes or fees applicable to the holiday imposed by third parties not directly involved in the performance of the holiday, including tourist taxes, landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports and airports; or

c. The exchange rates relevant to the package then any refund due will be paid to you less an administrative fee of GBP£75 or EUR€75, based on the currency of your booking. However please note that travel arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to contractual and other protection in place. There will be no change made to the price of your confirmed holiday within 20 days of your departure nor will refunds be paid during this period.

5. Jurisdiction and applicable law

These Booking Terms and Conditions and any agreement to which they apply are governed in all respects by English law. We both agree that any dispute, claim or other matter which arises between us out of or in connection with your contract or booking will be dealt with by the Courts of England and Wales only.

6. Cutting your holiday short

If you are forced to return home early, we cannot refund the cost of any travel arrangements you have not used. If you cut short your holiday and return home early in circumstances where you have no reasonable cause for complaint about the standard of accommodation and services provided, we will not offer you any refund for that part of your holiday not completed, or be liable for any associated costs you may incur. Depending on the circumstances, your travel insurance may offer cover for curtailment and we suggest that any claim is made directly with them.

7. Changes by you before departure

If you wish to change any part of your booked arrangements after our confirmation invoice has been issued, you must inform us in writing as soon as possible. Whilst we will do our best to assist, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to meet your requested change.

Request to change more than 75 days before departure: Where we can meet a request, all changes will be subject to payment of an administration fee of £75 per person per change plus any applicable rate changes or extra costs incurred by ourselves or imposed by any of our suppliers. You should be aware that these costs could increase the closer to the departure date that changes are made and you should contact us as soon as possible. Where we are unable to assist you and you do not wish to proceed with the original booking we will treat this as a cancellation by you. A cancellation fee may be payable.

Transfer of booking to someone else: If you are prevented from travelling it may be possible to transfer your booking to another suitable person provided that written notice is given. An administration fee will be charged, details available upon request.

Transfer of Booking: If you are prevented from travelling, you may transfer your place to someone else (introduced by you and satisfying all the conditions applicable to the arrangements) provided:

a. you contact us as soon as possible and provide us with the name of the replacement passenger and who they will be replacing from the original booking. We can only transfer customers up to 75 days before departure, subject to availability;

b. you pay an amendment fee of £75 per person transferring, meet all costs and charges incurred by us and/or incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers; and

c. the transferee agrees to these Booking Conditions and all other terms of the contract between us.

If there are any payments outstanding for the applicable booking when the transfer is requested these must also be paid before the transfer can be made. Any replacement passengers must show us evidence of their holiday insurance prior to the transfer being completed. You and the transferee remain jointly and severally liable for payment of all sums. If you are unable to find a replacement, cancellation charges as set out herein will apply in order to cover our estimated costs. Otherwise, no refunds will be given for passengers not travelling or for unused services.

Note: Certain arrangements (such as “Low Cost” flight bookings, flight upgrades, flights with restrictive ticketing deadlines and nonrefundable elements of your booking) may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements.

Request to change booking within 75 days of departure: Any request to change a booking to a different holiday or departure date will be treated as a cancellation and rebook. Cancellation charges will apply as set out in section 8.

8. If you cancel before departure

If you decide to cancel your confirmed booking you must notify us (or your travel agent) in writing, as soon as possible. To notify us please send an email to CustomerCancellations@ travelsphere.co.uk or write to us. Any notification by telephone should be to our Service Centre on 01858 415 055 and must be followed up in writing or by email, within 24 hours by the lead name to confirm the cancellation. Your notice of cancellation will only take effect from the date on which we receive it. If the call to notify us of cancellation is from anyone other than the lead name then the lead name must confirm the cancellation in writing or by email within 3 days of the initial call. If you need to cancel your booking within 24 hours of departure please contact the Service Centre or call the number stated on your final documentation. If verbal notification is within 5 days of departure we reserve the right to cancel the booking after 24 hours. Since we incur costs in cancelling your arrangements, you will have to pay the applicable cancellation charges up to the maximum shown below. The cancellation charge detailed is calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) cancelling excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges which are not refundable in the event of the person(s) to whom they apply cancelling:

Number of Days’ Notice Before

Please note that amendment fees charged due. Please note that insurance premiums and amendments charges are not refundable in any circumstances.

Note: Certain arrangements (such as “Low Cost” flight bookings, flight upgrades, flights with restrictive ticketing deadlines and nonrefundable elements of your booking) may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements.

Where any cancellation reduces the number of full paying party members below the number which the price and/or any concessions agreed for your booking were based, we will recalculate these items and re-invoice you accordingly. If the reason for your cancellation is covered under the terms of your insurance policy, you may be able to reclaim these charges. We will deduct the cancellation charge(s) from any monies you have already paid to us.

The cancellation charges above have been calculated as a genuine pre-estimate of the losses we would incur in the event you cancelled your holiday within the stipulated time period, taking into account the charges we will incur from our suppliers (some of which will be up to 100%) and the expected cost savings and income from alternative deployment of the travel services (if possible) calculated as an average charge over a period of time.

Cancellation by You due to Unavoidable & Extraordinary Circumstances: You have the right to cancel your confirmed holiday before departure without paying a cancellation charge in the event of “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” occurring at your holiday destination or its immediate vicinity and significantly affecting the performance of the holiday or significantly affecting the transport arrangements to the destination. In these circumstances, we shall provide you with a full refund of the monies you have paid but will not be liable to pay you any additional compensation. Please note that your right

to cancel in these circumstances will only apply where the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO) has changed its advice to warn against travel to your destination or its immediate vicinity after the date of your booking. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” means warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination.

9. If we change or cancel

As we plan your holiday arrangements many months in advance we may occasionally have to make changes or cancel your booking and we reserve the right to do so at any time. Changes: If we make an insignificant change to your holiday, we will make reasonable efforts to inform you or your travel agent as soon as reasonably possible if there is time before your departure but we will have no liability to you for failing to inform you or your travel agent.

Examples of insignificant changes include:

• alteration of your outward/return flights by less than 12 hours

• changes to aircraft type

• change of accommodation to another of the same or higher standard

• changes of carriers

Please note that carriers such as airlines used in our advertising material may be subject to change.

Occasionally we may have to make a significant change to your confirmed arrangements. Examples of “significant changes” include the following, when made before departure:

A change of accommodation area for the whole or a significant part of your time away, provided that the new area is more than 15 miles away from the original.

A change of cabin accommodation to a significantly lesser grade. Where you are taking a tour, a significant change to the itinerary. i.e. when the itinerary has to be changed by more than 50% and may have to exclude an iconic highlight.

• A change of accommodation to that of a lower standard or classification for the whole or a significant part of your time away.

A change of outward departure time or overall length of your arrangements of twelve or more hours.

A significant change to your itinerary, missing out one or more destinations entirely.

A change of UK airport from the one you were due to fly to or from, except where the change is between London airports (Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, London City or Luton) or where the new airport is within 50 miles of the original airport.

Please note: We do not classify a change of air or sea port as a significant change where coach transfers between a UK town and the relevant air/sea port are included in the holiday. A change of flight from direct to indirect is not classified as a significant change.

Cancellation: We will not cancel your travel arrangements less than 75 days before your departure date, except for reasons of force majeure or failure by you to pay the final balance.

We may cancel your holiday before this date. For example, in the case of Force Majeure, or if the numbers booked do not reach the required amount to deliver a particular travel arrangement or group experience. If we have to make a major change or cancel, we will tell you as soon as possible and if there is time to do so before departure, we will offer you the choice of:

a. (for significant changes) accepting the changed arrangements;

b. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of equivalent value;

c. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of a superior value (at no additional cost to you);

d. if available, accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of a lower or comparable standard from us (we will refund any price difference between the original arrangements and the alternative arrangements if the alternative arrangements are of a lower value), or

e. having a refund of all monies paid for the cancelled holiday;

You must notify us of your choice within 7 days of our offer. If we do not hear from you within 7 days, we will contact you again to request notification of your choice. If you fail to respond again within 3 days we will assume that you have chosen to accept the change or

alternative booking arrangements.

Once a tour has departed, itinerary changes may be necessary as a result of unforeseen circumstances, operational concerns, or concerns for your health, safety, enjoyment or comfort. Any changes are at our discretion.

You acknowledge that you must have reasonable financial resources to cover incidental expenses during all travel with us, whether or not such expenses arise from a change of itinerary, and we are not liable for your failure to prepare adequately for travel and unforeseen circumstances which may arise during travel.

We will not be liable for any indirect and or consequential losses associated with any changes to a booking or itinerary or cancellation. Including visas, vaccinations, non-refundable flights or rail, non-refundable car parking or other fees, loss of earnings, or loss of enjoyment.

We may also cancel your holiday booking if we consider it is not suitable for you for mobility reasons or otherwise, but will endeavour to discuss this with you prior to doing so.

Compensation: If we cancel your booking or make a significant change less than 75 days before departure, in addition to a full refund of all monies paid by you, we will pay you reasonable compensation as detailed below.

Period before departure

a significant change or cancellation is notified to you

More than 75 days before departure

Compensation payable per person (excluding infants)

NIL

29-74 days £10 15-28 days £20 8-14 days £30 7 days or less £40

IMPORTANT NOTE: We will not pay you compensation in the following circumstances:

where we make an insignificant change;

where we make a significant change or cancel your arrangements more than 75 days before departure;

where we make a significant change and you accept those changed arrangements or you accept an offer of alternative travel arrangements;

where we have to cancel your arrangements as a result of your failure to make full payment on time;

where the change or cancellation by us arises out of alterations to the confirmed booking requested by you;

where we are forced to cancel or change your arrangements due to Force Majeure (see clause 10).

If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the arrangement that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will, if possible, make alternative arrangement for you at no extra charge and where those alternative arrangements are of a lower standard, provide you with an appropriate price reduction.

Please note: where accommodation with a higher price than the original accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you, the difference in price will be deducted from any compensation payable. In no case will we pay compensation if accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you with a higher price than that originally booked in the same location where no additional payment is made by you. If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the services that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will make alternative arrangements for you at no extra charge and, if appropriate in all the circumstances, will pay you reasonable compensation.

Please note: should it become impossible to make alternative arrangements in the circumstances mentioned above, our legal obligation is to return you to the point of departure, where you commenced your booked arrangements with us, only. It will be your responsibility to arrange any onward transport from the point at which you commenced your booked arrangements with us and your home.

10. Force majeure

Force Majeure including where we have had to curtail your holiday except where otherwise expressly stated in these Terms, we will not be liable or pay you compensation if its contractual obligations to you are affected by “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” meaning any event beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been

avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. Examples include warfare and acts of terrorism (and threat thereof), civil strife, labour difficulties, interference by authorities, political disturbance, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions or changes in travel guidelines by organisations such as Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO), WHO (World Health Organisation (WHO), Local or national Governments guidelines or regulations which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination or remain at the travel destination, the act of any government or other national or local authority including port or river authorities, industrial dispute, lock closure, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, chemical or biological disaster, unavoidable technical problems with transport, closure of airports, ports or airspace or changes of schedules by airlines and all similar events outside our or the supplier(s) concerned control. If your holiday is curtailed due to (not limited to) FCDO Guidance / WHO advice / local or national Government guidance or regulations – due to but not limited to Pandemic.) the Tour Operator will, in accordance with the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements

Regulations 2018 and our own Terms and Conditions, provide the traveller with an appropriate refund. The refund will be based on the number of days of the holiday that was missed (based on the total cost of your holiday less the services used, for example flights that were taken, hotel nights that were used and tour days that took place).

11. Special requests

Any special requests must be advised to us at the time of booking. You should then confirm your requests in writing. Whilst every effort will be made by us to try and arrange your reasonable special requests, we cannot guarantee that they will be fulfilled. The fact that a special request has been noted on your confirmation invoice or any other documentation or that it has been passed on to the supplier is not confirmation that the request will be met. Any special requests or requirements do not form part of these Terms or the contract between us and we are not liable for any failure to accommodate or fulfill such requests. We do not accept bookings that are conditional upon any special request being met.

12. Disabilities and Medical Problems

The Equality Act 2010

We believe in trying to make our holidays as accessible to as many people as possible. You must tell us before you book of any special needs you may have as result of any disability or medical condition, whether physical or mental health and we will do all we can to accommodate you. This includes making any reasonable adjustments to the holiday itself and/or to the booking process. You may be asked to complete a medical information form (the “Medical Form”) or produce a Doctors certificate/letter prior to travel. We will endeavour to respond within 5 working days of receipt of this documentation. If you wish to have this documentation returned please let us know as we only hold this information for your current holiday. This information will be treated confidentially and will only be used to check that you are likely to be sufficiently fit and able to undertake your chosen holiday, and that any special requirements are passed on to our suppliers. If you, or any member of your parties situation changes after you have booked (including where any medical condition or disability deteriorates or develops) you must let us know straight away. Travel with us may involve visiting remote or developing regions, where medical care may not be easily accessible and medical facilities may not meet the standards of those found in the UK. We and our suppliers make no representations and gives no warranties in relation to the availability or standard of medical facilities in those regions. Whilst we will endeavour to make any reasonable adjustments to the holiday itself, sometimes this may not be possible. Examples of where we may not be able to make a reasonable adjustment include: Providing wheelchair access ramps to overseas hotels in remote locations;

• Our staff pushing a customer in a wheelchair throughout the duration of the holiday, or other customers on the trip.

• Provision of daily personal care whether for a physical or mental health condition. Regrettably we are unable to accommodate motorised scooters.

Please note that personal care cannot be provided by any member of our staff

It is your responsibility to tell us before you book whether you have any special requirements, limited mobility or medical conditions either physical or mental health that might affect your ability to take part on our holidays. A reasonable level of fitness is required for all our holidays as some walking will be involved. Being able to walk 1 mile (1.6km) unaided is a necessary requirement to maximise your enjoyment on our tours. Please note some of our more strenuous tours have additional requirements and these will be outlined on the specific tour information. If you are in doubt about the suitability of any of our holidays

please just ask but, it is vital that you seek confirmation from your own Doctor to establish that you are sufficiently fit both physically and mentally, to travel and to undertake the excursions that may be required to undertake your tour. Where we can we will make any reasonable adjustments but where we cannot make such adjustments we may have to cancel your booking. It is our intention to make our holidays as accessible to as many people as we can, especially those with disabilities. We cannot do this if you don’t tell us of your needs so please mention any relevant information to us before you book. In particular to establish:

a. Any special requirements for air, coach, ferry or cruise ship travel so these are passed on to our suppliers;

b. That we are aware whether your mobility may be limited and therefore whether the holiday is suitable for you or not;

c. Whether you are taking medication and might require medical attention during your holiday;

d. Whether there might be any pre-existing medical conditions, either physical or mental health, that should be disclosed to your insurer (or to the insurer recommended by ourselves) and which could result in your insurance being invalidated. We can recommend a special travel insurance policy for those with existing medical conditions and would recommend that this or a similar policy be purchased prior to travel.

It is your responsibility to check your health and fitness to travel with your own Doctor before travel and we would recommend that you seek this confirmation and send us this information. We will endeavour to assist with any special requirements that might be needed and can also advise against certain tours and excursions that might be challenging for a customer with particular medical issues. We have to rely upon your honesty about your medical condition and cannot advise you properly if we are unaware of this. Please contact our Special Services Team at customercare@travelsphere.co.uk and we can arrange to advise you of the pre-travel medical clearance that you should clarify with your doctor.

We will assume, unless you inform us otherwise, that you are in a good state of health both physically and mentally, to participate in the holiday. If you do not tell us about any disability or medical condition which may affect your holiday arrangements and any resulting special needs, and we find ourselves in the position where you are at your UK departure point or on holiday and are unable to participate fully, then we reserve the right to:

a. Organise extra assistance or make any adjustments so you can continue with the holiday and pass on the costs of doing this to you.

b. Arrange your return to the UK, or to your home address if you haven’t left the UK and pass on the costs of doing this to you.

We very much hope that all our customers will be completely open, honest and upfront with us so the above situation does not occur. However, we do reserve the right to take action in the interests of your health and safety and the health and safety of our staff and other customers should we need to. We can only accept your booking upon the clear understanding that we cannot be liable if you do not inform us of such a condition and an airline or cruise line refuses to accept you as a passenger.

13. Complaints

We make every effort to ensure that your arrangements run smoothly but if you do have a problem during your holiday, you must inform your Holiday Director or the relevant supplier immediately who will endeavour to put things right. If the problem cannot be resolved and you wish to complain further, you must send formal written notice of your complaint to us at Travelsphere, Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Market Harborough, LE16 9HW or by e-mail to customer.care@ travelsphere.co.uk within 28 days of the end of your stay, giving your booking reference and all other relevant information. Any complaints

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION

made via our Customer Service Questionnaire will not be responded to unless they have been made formally as outlined above. Please keep your letter / email concise and to the point. This will assist us to quickly identify your concerns and speed up our response to you. Failure to follow the procedure set out in this clause may affect ours and the applicable supplier’s ability to investigate your complaint, and this may affect your rights under this contract. Please note that we offer an Alternative Dispute Resolution service through our ABTA membership. Please see clause 14 for further details. You can also access the European Commission Online Dispute (ODR) Resolution platform at http://ec.europa. eu/ consumers/odr/. This ODR platform is a means of registering your complaint with us; it will not determine how your complaint should be resolved.

14. ABTA

We are a Member of ABTA, membership number Y6412. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. We can also offer you ABTA’s scheme for the resolution of disputes which is approved by the Chartered Trading Standards Institute. If we can’t resolve your complaint, go to www.abta.com to use ABTA’s simple procedure. Further information on the Code and ABTA’s assistance in resolving disputes can be found on www.abta.com.

15. Our responsibilities

(We will accept responsibility for the arrangements we agreed to provide or arrange for you as an ‘organiser’ under the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018, as set out below and as such, we are responsible for the proper provision of all travel services included in your package, as set out in your confirmation invoice. Subject to these Booking Conditions, if we or our suppliers negligently perform or arrange those services and we do not remedy or resolve your complaint within a reasonable period of time, we will pay you reasonable compensation. The level of such compensation will be calculated taking into consideration all relevant factors such as but not limited to: following the complaints procedure as described in these conditions and the extent to which we or our employees’ or suppliers’ negligence affected the overall enjoyment of your holiday. Please note that it is your responsibility to show that we or our supplier(s) have been negligent if you wish to make a claim against us.

We will not be responsible or pay you compensation for any injury, illness, death, loss, damage, expense, cost or other claim of any description if it results from:

a. the acts and/or omissions of the person affected; or

b. the acts and/or omissions of a third party unconnected with the provision of the services contracted for and which were unavoidable and extraordinary; or

c. Force Majeure

We limit the amount of compensation we may have to pay you if we are found liable under this clause as follows:

(a) loss of and/or damage to any luggage or personal possessions and money: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is an amount equivalent to the excess on your insurance policy which applies to this type of loss per person in total because you are required to have adequate insurance in place to cover any losses of this kind.

(b) Claims not falling under (a) above and which don’t involve injury, illness or death: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is up to three times the price paid by or on behalf of the person(s) affected in total. This maximum amount will only be payable where everything has gone wrong and you or your party has not received any benefit at all from your booking.

(c) Claims in respect of international travel by air, sea and rail, or any stay in a hotel:

a. The extent of our liability will in all cases be limited as if it’s a carrier under the appropriate Conventions, which include The Warsaw/Montreal Convention (international travel by air); The Athens Convention (with respect to sea travel); The Berne/Cotif Convention (with respect to rail travel) and The Paris Convention (with respect to hotel arrangements). You can ask for copies of these Conventions from us. In addition, you agree that the operating carrier or transport company’s own ‘Conditions of Carriage’ will apply to you on that journey. When arranging transportation for you, we rely on the terms and conditions contained within these international conventions and those

‘Conditions of Carriage’. You acknowledge that all of the terms and conditions contained in those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ form part of your contract with us, as well as with the transport company and that those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ shall be deemed to be included by reference into this contract.

b. In any circumstances in which a carrier is liable to you by virtue of the Denied Boarding Regulation 2004, any liability we may have to you under our contract with you, arising out of the same facts, is limited to the remedies provided under the Regulation as if (for this purpose only) we were a carrier.

c. When making any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money which you have received or are entitled to receive from the transport provider or hotelier for the complaint or claim in question.

It is a condition of our acceptance of liability under this clause that you notify any claim to us and our supplier(s) strictly in accordance with the complaints procedure set out in these Terms.

Where any payment is made, the person(s) receiving it (and their parent or guardian if under 18 years) must also assign to us or our insurers any rights they may have to pursue any third party and must provide us and our insurers with all assistance they may reasonably require.

Please note, we cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss or expense or other sum(s) of any description:

a. which on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to us accepting it, we could not have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you; or

b. relate to any business.

We will not accept responsibility for services or facilities which do not form part of its agreement or where they are not advertised in our brochure or on our website. For example any excursion you book whilst away, or any service or facility which your hotel or any other supplier agrees to provide for you.

Where it is impossible for you to return to your departure point as per the agreed return date of your package, due to “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances”, we shall provide you with any necessary accommodation (where possible, of a comparable standard) for a period not exceeding three nights per person. Departure point will be the location where you commenced your first travel arrangement booked through Travelsphere as listed on your booking confirmation. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” mean warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely back to your departure point.

16. Your behaviour & acceptance of reasonable risks

You acknowledge that travel and the products and services offered by us may involve risk to your health and safety. By travelling with us you acknowledge that you have considered any potential risks to health and safety. To the extent permitted by law, you hereby assume responsibility for all such risk and release us from all claims and causes of action arising from any losses, damages or injuries or death resulting from risks inherent in travel, including visiting foreign destinations, and participating in adventurous activities such as those included in Tour itineraries or otherwise offered by us. You acknowledge that the degree and nature of personal risk involved depends on the products or services booked and the location(s) in which a product or service operates. There may be an increased degree of risk participating in physical activities, travel to remote locations, carriage by watercraft, or other high-risk activities, or travel to countries with developing infrastructure.

You agree that we are not responsible for providing information or guidance with respect of local customs, weather conditions, physical challenges or laws in effect in any locations where a Tour, product or service is operated. You acknowledge you have considered the potential risks, dangers and challenges and your own personal capabilities and needs, and you expressly assume the risks associated with travel under such conditions. You must at all times strictly comply with all applicable laws and regulations of all countries and regions. Should you fail to comply with the above, or commit any illegal act when on tour or, in our opinion (acting reasonably) from the time of booking to returning from your trip

your behaviour is causing or is likely to cause danger, distress, or material annoyance to others including our staff, suppliers and any other customers, we may terminate your travel arrangements or any product or service immediately at your expense and without any liability on our part. You will not be entitled to any refund for unused or missed services or costs incurred as a result of termination of our travel arrangements, including, without limitation, return travel, accommodations, meals, and incidentals.

You are responsible for any costs (including repair, replacement and cleaning fees) incurred by us or our suppliers for property damage, destruction or theft caused by you while on a tour. You agree to immediately report any preexisting damage to one of our representatives or staff of the accommodation, transportation service, or facility as soon as possible upon discovery. You agree to take all prudent measures in relation to your own safety while on tour including, but not limited to, the proper use of safety devices (including seatbelts, harnesses, floatation devices and helmets) and obeying all posted signs and oral or written warnings regarding health and safety. Neither we nor our third party suppliers are liable for loss or damages caused by your failure to comply with safety instructions or warnings.

17. Excursions and local activities

Included Excursions: For all excursions that form part of the advertised arrangements that you have booked, your contract for the excursion will be with ourselves and we will take responsibility for that excursion in accordance with the remainder of these Booking Terms and Conditions.

Optional Excursions: Aside from included excursions, optional excursions and activities may be available for you to purchase either before you depart the UK or during your holiday. Occasionally, these are offered for sale by our holiday advisors in the UK or our Holiday Directors or representatives overseas. However, we have no involvement in any such excursions or activities which are not run, supervised or controlled in any way by us. Full responsibility for providing and operating the excursion or activity rests with the local operator/provider. Optional excursions or other activities that you may choose to book or pay for whilst you are taking part in your trip are not part of your contracted arrangements with us. Where you make a booking of an optional excursion via us or our Holiday Director, we act solely as a booking agent for the local operator/ provider of all such optional excursions and activities with whom you will have a contract. The local operator’s terms and conditions will apply. We are not responsible for the provision of any optional excursions or activities or for anything that happens during the course of its provision by the local operator. We cannot accept any liability on any basis in relation to any optional excursions or activities which do not form part of your contracted arrangements with us. We do not however exclude liability for the negligence of ourselves or our employees resulting in your death or personal injury. A minimum number of people are needed for an optional excursion to operate. If that number is not achieved, the local operator may have to cancel it.

If this happens, you will be offered a full refund of the money that you have paid. If the local operator has to cancel and you paid for the excursion overseas your Holiday Director will refund you overseas, on behalf of the local operator. If you pre-booked in the UK before the holiday, the refund will be processed by our head office in the UK, and will be sent to the lead passenger’s home address within 10 working days of your return date to the UK, on behalf of the local operator.

If you want to cancel an optional excursion that you have booked, we on behalf of the local operator, are unable to refund the cost of the excursion once it has been paid for. Our Holiday Directors are happy to suggest local places of interest to you. However, these are suggestions only and are not recommendations or endorsements and no liability is accepted for any issues that may arise.

18. Financial Security

We provide financial security for flight inclusive Packages and ATOL protected flights. We do this through our Independent Trust Fund, where all of your monies are held until you return from your holiday. This is a legal requirement of our ATOL license and is monitored regularly by ATOL. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. For further information, visit the ATOL website at www.atol.org.uk.

The price of our flight inclusive arrangements includes the amount of £2.50 per person as part of the ATOL Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included in our advertised prices. Not all holiday or travel services offered and sold by us will be protected by the ATOL Scheme. ATOL protection extends primarily to customers who book and pay in the United Kingdom or the first leg of any flight or flights we arrange for you commences in the UK.

We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you have bought (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL Scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable).

If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme. We provide financial security for holidays not including flights by way of our ABTA bond. If you book arrangements other than an ATOL protected flight or Package from us, your monies will not be financially protected. Please ask us for further details. For more information about financial protection and the ATOL Certificate go to: www.atol.org. uk/ATOLCertificate or contact Civil Aviation Authority of CAA House, 45-59 Kingsway, London WC2B 6TE.

Refunds: If you are eligible for a refund(s) or all or part of your booking, this will be made to the lead passenger on the booking and generally refunded to the same payment method that was used to pay us. In the case of card payments, this will be refunded to the relevant card account. Any fees incurred while making the payment will not be refunded. Refunds will be completed as soon as possible and in line with our Terms and Conditions.

19. Passport, visa and immigration requirements and health formalities We will provide you with standard information about the passport, visa, health and immigration requirements applicable to your itinerary, but it is your responsibility to confirm that this information is relevant to your individual circumstances. You must check requirements for your own specific circumstances with the relevant Embassies and/or Consulates and your own doctor as applicable and you are responsible for ensuring that you meet the entry requirements for the destinations listed on your itinerary. We are unable to accept any responsibility if you are unable to travel because you are not granted a visa and relevant cancellation charges will apply. It is your responsibility to ensure that you understand and adhere to all entry requirements for the countries you’re visiting (and what’s required upon your return to the UK).

We have partnered with Sherpa, an industry expert who can guide you with extensive information to ensure that you have right travel visa documentation and easy access to the all up-to-date travel requirements that will ensure you have the best holiday experience. Travel requirements per country can change. Sherpa is the complete service that will ensure you have all the current information so that you are good to go. We recommend that you check the information regularly, along with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office in order to familiarise yourself with any requirements. We’re unable to accept any responsibility should you not be able to travel if you have not complied with any passport, entry and immigration requirements.

This comprehensive service will ensure you have a worry free and stress free holiday. All

your Travel Requirements can be accessed via travelsphere.co.uk/sherpa

Requirements do change, and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure so that you have the correct documentation and are adequately vaccinated. Information on health is available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre www. travelhealthpro.org.uk

Most countries now require passports to be valid for at least 6 months after your return date.

When travelling to the EU, the UK Government recommends that you have 6 months left on your passport on the date of your arrival to an EU country. If your passport is in its final year, you should check with the Embassy of the country you are visiting. You should also check when your passport was renewed. If you renewed a 10 year adult passport before it expired, extra months may have been added to your passport’s expiry date. These extra months over 10 years will not count towards the 6 months that must be remaining.

The UK Government has published a web site tool to check the validity of your passport under these rules. Please go to https://www. gov.uk/check-a-passport-travel-europe. For further information contact the Passport O ce on 0300 222 0000 or visit https://www.gov. uk/browse/abroad/passports. The European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) or the Global Health Insurance Card allows you to access state medical care when they are travelling in another EU Country. Requirements do change and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure so that you have the correct documentation and are adequately vaccinated. Information on health is available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre www.travelhealthpro.org.uk

We do not wish to mar the prospective enjoyment of your holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure you are aware of up to date travel information and advice for your chosen destination; please review the Foreign O ce web site for detailed information www. gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice. Up to date travel advice can also be obtained from the Foreign and Commonwealth O ce, visit www.gov.uk/ travelaware.

Non British passport holders, including other EU nationals, should obtain up-to-date advice on passport and visa requirements from the Embassy, High Commission or Consulate of your destination or country(ies) through which you are travelling.

We do not accept any responsibility if you cannot travel or incur any other loss because you have not complied with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities. You agree to reimburse us in relation to any fines or other losses which we incur as a result of your failure to comply with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities.

20. Cruises River and Ocean Cruise vessels enforce the highest standards of cleaning and sanitation in order to prevent the spread of viruses and illness. If you experience any gastrointestinal symptoms whilst on board, you may be confined to your cabin until your symptoms are clear. This action is to protect all passengers on board and contain the spread of any virus.

In most cases, prior to boarding, you will be asked by the cruise operator/carrier to complete a medical form confirming you are not ill or have not been ill prior to boarding the vessel. You must answer these questions truthfully. If you have experienced any gastrointestinal symptoms prior to boarding your vessel, we on behalf of the cruise operator/ carrier reserve the right to ask passengers to produce medical evidence of fitness to travel this may include the submission of any required medical certificates. In the interests of passenger safety we reserve the right to refuse boarding at our discretion. In such circumstances passengers will not be entitled to claim compensation or a refund.

In some ports, it may be necessary for the river or cruise vessel to anchor o shore rather than alongside. When this is the case, the cruise line will use a tender to take passengers ashore. A tender is a small vessel and may not be suitable for persons with disabilities or reduced mobility or balance problems. It is important that passengers are able to use the tender safely. Passengers may be required to descend to a platform or pontoon and into the tender and passengers may need to navigate a gap between the platform and the tender. Depending on weather, tide and sea conditions, there may be some movement and

passengers must be fit and mobile enough to access and disembark the tender.

If passengers have impaired mobility, or use a mobility aid such as a stick, then they must carefully consider their ability to embark the tender safely. Wheelchairs and mobility equipment will not be carried by the crew or Holiday Director and all passengers must be independently mobile enough to use the tenders. Ultimately, carriage by tender may be refused by the Captain of the river or cruise vessel or any of his o cers if there is any doubt as to the safety of any passengers.

21. Conditions of suppliers

Many of the services which make up your holiday are provided by independent suppliers. Those suppliers provide these services in accordance with their own terms and conditions which will form part of your contract with us. Some of these terms and conditions may limit or exclude the supplier’s liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable International Conventions. Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned.

22. Assistance in resort

If, whilst you are on holiday, you find yourself in di culty for any reason, we will o er you such assistance as is appropriate in the circumstances. In particular, we will provide you with appropriate information on health services, local authorities and consular assistance, and assistance with distance communications and finding alternative travel arrangements. Where you require assistance which is not owing to any failure by us, our employees or sub-contractors, we will not be liable for the costs of any alternative travel arrangements or other such assistance you require. Any supplier, airline or other transport supplier may however pay for or provide refreshments and/or appropriate accommodation and you should make a claim directly to them. Subject to the other terms of these Booking Conditions, we will not be liable for any costs, fees or charges you incur in the above circumstances, if you fail to obtain our prior authorisation before making your own travel arrangements. Furthermore, we reserve the right to charge you a fee for its assistance in the event that the di culty is caused intentionally by you or a member of your party, or otherwise through your or your party’s negligence.

23. Delays, missed transport arrangements and other travel information

If you miss your flight or other transport arrangement, it is cancelled or you are subject to a delay of over 3 hours for any reason, you must contact us and the airline or other transport supplier concerned immediately.

Under EU Law, you have rights in some circumstances to refunds and/or compensation from the airline in cases of denied boarding, cancellation or delay to flights with a European airline or flights operating from a European airport.

Full details of these rights will be publicised at EU airports and will also be available from airlines. If the airline does not comply with these rules you should complain to the Civil Aviation Authority at www.caa.co.uk/ passengers. Reimbursement in such cases is the responsibility of the airline and will not automatically entitle you to a refund of your holiday price from us. If your holiday arrangements include a flight and, for any reason, you do not claim against the airline and make a claim for compensation from us, you must, at the time of payment of any compensation to you, make a complete assignment to us of the rights you have against the airline in relation to the claim that gives rise to that compensation payment. A delay or cancellation to your flight does not automatically entitle you to cancel any other arrangements even where those arrangements have been made in conjunction with your flight inclusive holiday.

We cannot accept liability for any delay which is due to any of the reasons set out in clause 10 of these Booking Conditions (which includes the behaviour of any passenger(s) on any flight who, for example, fails to check in or board on time).

The carrier(s), flight timings and types of aircraft shown in this brochure or on our website and detailed on your confirmation invoice are for guidance only and are subject to alteration and confirmation. We shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of it. The latest flight timings will be shown on your final documentation which will be despatched to you approximately two weeks before departure. You should check

your tickets very carefully immediately on receipt to ensure you have the correct flight times. If flight times change after tickets have been dispatched we will contact you as soon as we can to let you know.

Please note the existence of a “Community list” (available for inspection at https://ec.europa. eu/transport/modes/air/safety/air-ban_en) detailing air carriers that are subject to an operating ban with the EU Community. Our advertising material is our responsibility, as your tour operator. It is not issued on behalf of, and does not commit the airlines mentioned herein or any airline whose services are used in the course of your travel arrangements.

24. Advance Passenger Information

A number of Governments are introducing new requirements for air carriers to provide personal information about all travellers on their aircraft to the Authorities before the aircraft leaves the UK. The data will be collected either at the airport when you check in or in some circumstances when, or after you make your booking. Accordingly, you are advised to allow extra time to check in for your flight. Where we collect this data, we will treat it in accordance with our privacy policy.

25. Foreign O ce advice

You are responsible for making yourself aware of Foreign O ce advice in regard to the safety of the countries and areas in which you will be travelling and to make your decisions accordingly. As the advice can change we recommend that you keep up to date and check the situation closer to your departure date at https://www.gov.uk/foreign-traveladvice. Advice from the Foreign O ce to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure (see clause 10).

26. Baggage

You are responsible for the carriage and care of your luggage throughout your holiday except for such times as it may be in the hands of the airline; herein such circumstances the airline specific terms and conditions relating to the carriage of luggage apply, or when porterage at a hotel or on arrival and departure is included. Please ensure that your luggage is loaded on to all transport and be careful to take the correct luggage with you when you leave any mode of transport.

27. Marketing and images

You acknowledge and agree that, while participating in any tour, images, photos or videos may be taken by other participants, us or our representatives that may contain or feature you (the “Visual Content”). You consent to any such pictures being taken and grant a perpetual, royalty-free worldwide, irrevocable license to us, our contractors, sub-contractors and assigns, to reproduce the Visual Content for any purpose whatsoever (including marketing, promotions and the creation of promotional materials by or with sub-licensees), in any medium whatsoever, whether currently known or hereinafter devised, without any further obligation or compensation payable to you.

28. Severability

If any provision of these Booking Conditions is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision will be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof will in no way a ect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

29. Amendments

We reserve the right to update or alter these Booking Conditions at any time, and will post up to date Booking Conditions on the our website https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/ information/booking-conditions/. The Booking Conditions that were in place on the date your booking was confirmed will apply to your holiday. We recommend that you refer to the Booking Conditions applicable to your booking prior to travel to familiarise yourself.

30. Privacy Policy

We must collect your personal information to deliver your booked arrangements and any products or services booked. We collect, use and disclose only that information reasonably required to enable us and our third party suppliers to provide your booked arrangements, products and/or services that you have requested as described in our Privacy Policy, which can be accessed any time at https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ privacy-policy/ and is expressly incorporated into these Booking Terms and Conditions. By submitting any personal information to us, you indicate your acceptance of our Privacy Policy.

BOOKING IS EASY

You can request a brochure, check availability and book online 24 hours a day/7 days a week at www.travelsphere. co.uk. Booking one of our holidays is easy on line.

If you prefer to speak to someone to make your booking you can call us on 01858 415 055. Please see our website for our opening hours. Calls may be recorded to ensure a high level of customer service.

When you are ready to book please have the following information to hand:

✔ Holiday reference as shown on the holiday page

✔ Preferred departure date

✔ Full names of all those travelling as stated on their passport

✔ How many rooms and type

✔ Holiday insurance requirements

✔ Credit or debit card details for deposit payment

You will be given a booking reference, please quote this whenever you contact us. If you book by telephone you will be asked for your email address so that we can send you details of all the relevant documentation for your booking; which will include: your confirmation invoice, holiday information, final travel documents and a health questionnaire.

DEPOSIT & PAYMENT

Each booking must be accompanied by the appropriate deposit payment. In most cases we will charge the following deposit per person but the actual amount will be made clear at the point of booking:

UK HOLIDAYS - £150

EUROPEAN HOLIDAYS - £200 PER PERSON

WORLDWIDE HOLIDAYS - £250 OR 10% WHICHEVER IS THE GREATER

OCEAN CRUISES - £250 OR 10%

WHICHEVER IS THE GREATER

On some holidays we may charge a slightly higher deposit, to cover any costs we have to pay immediately to secure your booking with our suppliers. This will be made clear at the time of booking.

You can use your debit or credit card to confirm your booking instantly.

All major credit cards are accepted and there is no charge for paying by debit/ credit card, by cheque or bank transfer.

CONFIRMATION

A confirmation invoice will be available to you shortly after your booking is confirmed. An email will be sent to you with details on how to access your Confirmation Invoice. Please read it carefully and let us know immediately if there are any errors. The balance must be paid no later than 12 weeks before departure. The payment deadline will be clearly marked on your confirmation invoice along with details of how to pay online at www.travelsphere. co.uk/payments

FINAL TRAVEL DOCUMENTS

Your Final Travel Documents will be emailed to you approx 2 weeks before you are scheduled to travel. Your documentation will be available for your to access through the Manage my Booking section of the website. You just need to Log-in or register to access it.

FEEDBACK

If you have any feedback after your holiday please contact us at: feedback@ travelsphere.co.uk We endeavour to respond to all emails within five working days.